Syllabus SCS

COURSES & CONTENTS

for

BA/BCom/BSc/BCA/BBA/COP

of

University of North Bengal

SSSSSALESIAN COLLEGEALESIAN COLLEGEALESIAN COLLEGEALESIAN COLLEGEALESIAN COLLEGE

UGC certified College of Excellence

NAAC Accredited (2nd Cycle) College with 'A' Grade

CGPA of 3.16 out of 4

Affiliated to the University of North Bengal

Salesian College Publication

Platinum Jubilee Year 1938 - 2013

PO Sonada

West Bengal - 734 209, INDIADon Bosco Road, Post Box - 73

Siliguri - 734 001, WB, INDIA

e-mail: [email protected]

website: www.salesiancollege.net

© Salesian College Publication

Compiled & Edited by Salesian College Publication for the staff and students of the

Departments of Salesian College.

November 2013

Cover Design & Printed by: Systematic Designers & Printers Pvt. Ltd.

Foreword

Learning becomes inter-disciplinary when the contents and issues of different

disciplines are brought together onto one platform for exchange, discourse and

critique. This larger vision is underlying the present apparently ordinary exercise of

reproducing the course contents of various disciplines of the University of North

Bengal being offered at the College.

In this task, therefore, the college publication intends to acknowledge and give due

credit to the various Boards of Studies that have worked out the syllabi keeping in

mind the developments of knowledge in the respective fields and the needs of the

contemporary generation of students and their potential employers. We are indeed

happy that in the preparation of two sets of syllabi, Music and Psychology, among

the many included in this compendium, our college departments have had an active

share. It thereby also endeavours to offer a common space for comparison and

contrast not only with regard to stylistics and content modulisation but also the

impact each discipline intends to have on the others and on the wider society.

I would like to thank specially the Heads of Departments and the respective faculty

members for having collaborated in compiling, editing and proof reading the matter

presented in the compendium of syllabi of the courses being taught by them at

Salesian College Sonada and Siliguri. I am sure this exercise of reviewing the

course content in the process of getting it ready for publication would have generated

ideas for the further revision of the syllabus as well as helped in preparing the

course plan against which each faculty makes the weekly diary entries and the

monthly unitization reports. These, though routine activities are significant indicators

of a system operating in its full potential.

I would like to thank specially the chief coordinator of this syllabus book project for

the second consecutive attempt, Mr Peter Lepcha, Assistant Professor, Department

of English as well as the Campus Coordinator of the Day session and the Systematic

Printers and Designers, Sevoke Road, Siliguri, for the neat execution of this task

which will benefit in many ways the College and persons probably even beyond its

confines.

Fr (Dr) George Thadathil, SDB

Principal

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Bachelor of Arts - Honours Degree Courses 1

2. Education Honours 2

3. English Honours 15

4. Geography Honours 22

5. History Honours 39

6. Political Science Honours 49

7. Psychology Honours 59

8. Bachelor of Business Administration 67

9. Bachelor of Computer Application with Data Management 95

10. Bachelor of Commerce - Honours Degree Course 121

11. Bachelor of Science - Computer Science Honours 136

12. Bachelor of Science - Mathematics Honours 145

13. Bachelor of Arts - General Degree Courses 169

14. Economics General 170

15. Education General 174

16. Elective English 179

17. History General 181

18. Philosophy General 186

19. Political Science General 190

20. Psychology General 196

21. Bachelor of Commerce General Degree Course 202

22. Bachelor of Science - Computer Science General 217

23. Bachelor of Science - Mathematics General 223

24. Statistics General 234

25. Modern Indian Languages (MIL) 240

26. Compulsory English 246

26. Environmental Studies 248

27. Career Oriented Programme (COP) 250

28. Communicative English 251

29. Computer Applications 258

30. Music 266

31. Sports Management 293

32. Tourism & Travel Management 298

BACHELOR OF ARTS

(B. A.)

THREE YEAR’S HONOURS

DEGREE COURSE

2

Salesian Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences, IV(2013)1:1-6

SALESIAN COLLEGE SONADA

Part-I consists of Papers I & II (1st Year)

Part-II consists of Papers III & IV (2nd Year)

Part-III consists of Papers V - VIII (3rd Year)

PART- I / 1st Year

EDUCATION (Honours)

Paper I Philosophical and Sociological Foundation of Education

Course Ofjectives:

• To develop understanding of the meaning, aims, objectives and functions

of education.

• To develop understanding of the roles of Philosophy and Sociology in

Education.

• To develop an understanding of the attempts of some great educators

for the evolution of sound philosophy of education and a better

understanding of the process of education.

• To develop understanding of major components in and their

interrelationship.

• To develop knowledge of the structure and functions of the society and

the process of social interaction for a change towards better human

relationships.

Group A: Philosophy and Education

Course contents:

Unit - I

o Modern concept and scope of Education; with stress on

a) Education as a Science

b) Education as a social process.

c) Education as human resource development and development of social

moral and aesthetic value.

o Aims of education: Individual and Social aims of education.

The functions of Education:

Individual development (Development of skill, basic knowledge, interest and

appreciation). With special emphasis on child centric & life centric education

features & significance.

Unit - II

o Role of Philosophy in Education

a) Schools of Indian philosophy- (a) Vedic schools (Samkhya, Yoga, Nyaya)

Non-Vedic schools (Charvaka, Buddhist, Jain)

b) Some major schools of Philosophy: Idealism, Naturalism, Realism,

Marxism and Pragmatism, -their contribution to present day education.

Technology And Society 3


SALESIAN COLLEGE SILIGURI

Unit- III

Freedom and discipline:

a) The concept of freedom and discipline

b) The interrelation between discipline, liberty and democracy

c) Importance of discipline in social life and maintaining discipline through

reward and punishment.

Unit - IV: a) Pupil b) Teacher c) Curriculum d) Educational Institution

Unit - V: a) Education for National Integration b) International understanding.

Group B: Sociology and Education

Unit VI

Nature and scope of educational sociology. Need for sociological approach

in Education.

Education as social heritage; education as an instrument of social change,

education as a factor of social change, education as a reflection of social

change. Agencies of social change:

i. School as a social sub-system;

ii. Mass media as a social means.

Unit VII

Social groups- Primary, Secondary and tertiary. Social interaction and social

stratification.

Culture- Education and Culture; Cultural heritage of India; Religion and Class.

Current social problems relating to education in India- Equalization of

educational opportunities; problems of education of the backward classes;

problems of illiteracy and social education; specific problems of education

in urban and rural areas; role of community in solving social problems in the

field of education; problems of education of the physically handicapped

children in society.

Reference Books:Agarwal J.C., Theory & Principle of Education, Vikas Publishing House, 2013.

Saxena, S., Philosophical and Sociological Foundations of Education, Meerut, Surya Publications,

2001.

Taneja, VR., Foundation of Education, Mohindra Capital Publishers, 2002.

Havinghurst, Robert et al., Society and Education, Boston, Allyn & Bacon Publishers, 1995.

Paper II Educational Psychology and Pedagogy

Course objectives:

1. To initiate students in understanding the structure and functions of

Higher ‘mental processes’.

2. To enable the students to understand the meaning and scope of

educational psychology.

4



3. To enable them to understand the dimensions of growth (e.g. social,

emotional, creative and intellectual) and the causes of individual

differences.

4. To enable them to understand different aspects of personality and

means of developing an integrated personality.

5. To develop understanding of the process of learning and teaching

and problems of learning.

6. To understand the role of the school, the teacher and the environment

for the growth of child.

7. To understand the problems of adolescents and role of education in

solving those problems.

8. To develop understanding of various theories of teaching.

9. To initiate students to the field of pedagogy.

10. To develop the ability to analyse classroom teaching-learning, and

the ability to observe classroom behaviour; and group dynamics.

11. To develop a positive attitude towards life and the teaching profession.

Group A : Educational Psychology

Course contents:

Unit - I

o Definition of Psychology; Relationship between Psychology and Education;

Nature, scope and methods of educational psychology; applications of

educational psychology in teaching-learning and in understanding individuals

behaviour.

o Psychological basis of human/mental life; functions of the human nervous

system and the Endocrine system (Preliminary ideas).

o Meaning of development; stages of development with special stress on

education for social, emotional and Intellectual; Fundamentals of Piagetian

developmental psychology.

o Concept of Individual Differences:

a) Intelligence, definition and nature of intelligence; Determinants of Intelli

gence heredity and environment; theories of Intelligence; Measurement

of intelligence.

b) Creativity- its meaning and nature; characteristics of a creative person;

Relationship between creativity, intelligence and mental health.

Unit - II

o Personality - Definition, meaning and nature; development of personality;

type and trait theories of personality.




Unit - III

o Learning - Meaning and Nature; Factors affecting learning; Learning and

Maturation: Learning and Motivation; Theories of Learning- Trial and Error;

Classical conditioning, operant conditioning, Insightful; Transfer of learning.

Unit - IV

o a) Sensation & Perception

b) Attention

c) Memory

Group B : Pedagogy

Unit - V

o Science of Teaching- Relation between teaching and learning general

principles of teaching: Maxims.

Unit - VI

o Factors affecting attitude & aptitude. Science of teaching.

o Teaching Methods- Lecture, demonstration, problem solving and programme

instruction; story-telling; function of a teacher as a planner, as a facilitator,

as a counsellor, as a researcher. Differences between Traditional, Micro,

Macro and Team teaching.

Reference Books:

Aggarwal J.C., Essential of Educational Psychology, Vikas Publishing House, 2010.

Chauhan S.S., Advanced Educational Psychology, Vikas Publishing House, 2013.

Kundo C.L. & Tutoo S.N., Educational Psychology, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1988.

Hilgard E. R., Theories of Learning, New York, Appleton Century, Crafts.

PART - II / 2nd Year

Paper III Development of Education in India

Course objectives:

1. To help students understand the development of education in India

historical perspective.

2. To understand the salient features of education in ancient, medieval

and British India.

3. To acquaint with significant points of selected educational documents

and reports of these periods.

4. To have an adequate knowledge of the recommendations of various

commissions and committees on Indian Education.

6



Group A : Education in Ancient and Medieval India

Course contents:

Unit - I

o Education in Ancient India: Vedic and Brahmanic period.

a) Vedic Education: Aims of education process of Education, Curriculum

and organization, methods of teaching, Discipline, Teacher-pupil relation.

b) Buddhist Education: Aims of Education, Curriculum & organization

methods of teaching discipline, teacher-pupil relation, centres of learning,

libraries.

Unit - II

o Education in Medieval India- Types of Educational institutions, State

patronage in Educational endeavour, Contribution of Akbar and Aurangzeb.

Group B:

Education in British India in the Post-Independence Period

Course contents:

Unit - III

o Education in British India: Indigenous education in India at the beginning of

the eighteenth century with reference to Munroe, Elphinstone & Adams

Report & Charter Act, of 1813. Maculay’s Minutes. Wood’s Education

Dispatch, Report of Hunter’s commission, Movement for compulsory

education, Gokhale’s Bill, Calcutta University Education Commission 1917,

Hartog Committee Report, 1929, Lord Curzon’s educational policy, India

Renaissance movement & National Education movements towards

development of a national system of education.

Unit - IV

o Development of Indian education during the post-independence period with

special reference to Radhakrishnana Commission 1948, Secondary

education Commission 1952, Kothari Commission Report-1964-66, National

Policy on Education 1986.

Reference Books:

Altekar A.S.,Education in Ancient India, Varanasi, Manohar Prakashan, 1994.

Banerjee J.P., Education in India Past, Present & Future, Jagadhatri Printers, 2010.

Surendra C. Ghosh, Historyof Education (Modern Period), New Delhi, Orient Longman Ltd., 1986.

Uarullah S. & Naik J.P., History of Education in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman Ltd. 1974.

Purokait B.R., Milestone in indian Education, New Delhi, New Central Book Agency, May 2012.

Mukherjee, R.K., Ancient Indian Education, London, MacMilan & Co. Ltd., 1947.




Paper IV Issues and Trends in Contemporary Indian Education

Course objectives:

1. To develop understanding of significant trends in contemporary

education.

2. To develop awareness of various organizations and their role in the

implementation of policies and programmes.

3. To focus attention on certain major national and social issues and role

of education in relation to them.

4. To acquaint with the role of technology / mass media in spreading

education among the masses.

5. To develop understanding of the alternative systems/modes of education

and their implications in the Indian scenario.

Group A: Conventional Mode

Course contents:

Unit - I

o Elementary Education- Aims and objective, universalization, girls’ education

problems of non-involvement and non-retention, functions of DIET, NCERT,

SCERT, Operation Blackboard, District Primary Education Programme.

Unit - II

o Secondary Education- Aims and objectives of general and vocational

education, role of NCERT, SCERT, NIEPA, CBSE.

o Reports on Committee/Commissions since Independence- National policies

of education- their implications.

o Higher Education- General and Technical, Role of UGC, AIU, AICTE, ICSSR,

CSIR, ICA, Types of Universities and equivalent institutes of higher learning.

Group B: Alternative Schooling

Course contents:

Unit - III

o Elementary - Non-formal, National Adult Education Programme (NAEP),

National Literacy Mission (NLM), TLC, PLC, JSN, Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan.

o Adult Education- Literacy Education and Further Education (Global and

Indian context)

o Continuing Education.

a) General/Liberal Education through open learning system

b) Technical/Vocational Education.

8



Unit - IV

o Educational finances and Grant-in-aid system, population education, family

of life and sex education, value oriented education, work experience &

SUPW, Environmental education, Education of Women, Education of

Minority Community with reference to their aims and objectives, methods

and problems.

Unit - V

o Mass-media, communication process, programming, use of software in

education, the programmes conducted by UGC, open learning system.

Unit - VI

o Alternative Education in U.K.

Reference Books:

Banerjee J.P., Education in India: Past, Present and future, Laxmi Narayan Printing Works, 2010.

Purkait B.R., Milestones of Modern Education, Central Book Agency, 2012.

Govt. of India, Report of Education commission (1966) Education & National Development, Ministry

of Education, NCERT, 1970.

PART - III / 3rd Year

Paper V Educational Evaluation and Statistics in Education

Marks 100

Course objectives:

1. To develop understanding of the concepts of measurement and

evaluation in the field of Education.

2. To acquaint with different types of measuring instruments and their uses.

3. To acquaint with the principles of test construction- both educational

and psychological. To develop understanding of the concepts of validity

reliability and their importance in education in educational measurement.

4. To develop the ability to organize relevant educational data. To develop

the ability to use various statistical measures in analysis and interpretation

of educational data. To develop the ability to interpret test data results.

Group A: Educational Evaluation

Course contents:

Unit I :

Meaning and nature of educational measurement- need for measurement

in education- concept of evaluation in education- relation between

measurement and evaluation, norm referenced and criterion referenced

tests.




Unit II :

Measuring instruments and their classification, errors in measurement, types

of scales in educational measurement. Characteristics of good measuring

instrument validity, and objectivity- methods of determination. Measurement

of interest, Intelligence aptitude, academic achievement, attitude and

personality- different tools.

Unit III :

General principles of test construction and standardization. Scoring of

student achievement, methods of interpreting test scores. Reporting test

results (Essay type, objective type, short answer type and oral type tests)

cumulative record card.

Group B: Statistics in Education

Course contents:

Unit IV :

• Meaning, nature and scope of educational statistics. Sources of

educational data and use of educational statistics. Difference between

statistics and parameter. Significance of statistics.

• Measures of variability central tendency- its uses and limitations. (Mean,

Median and Mode calculation and application).

• Measures of variability- its use and limitation. (Range Quartile deviation

average deviation, standard Deviation, calculation and their uses.

• Concept of normal distribution- properties and uses of normal probability

curve in interpretation of test scores. Divergence from normality -

skewness and kurtosis, derived scores: Linear and normalized- their

uses. Percentile & Percentile Rank.

Unit V :

• Concept of variable variate. Types of data- grouped and ungrouped data

Graphical presentation of data- Pie-diagram, histogram, frequency

polygon, cumulative frequency graph- Ogive and their uses.

• Bivariate distribution: correlation, computation of coefficients of

correlation by rank difference, product moment methods, interpretation

of coefficients of correlations. Meaning of Z-score and its use in

comparison to Raw-score, T-score (Basic concept).

• Application of computer in data processing.

Reference Books:Garret, H.E., Statistics in Psychology & Education, Vakils, Feffer & Symon, 1973.

Guilford J.P. & Fructir B., Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education, New York,

MacGraw Hill, 1973.

Agarwal, Y.P., Statistical Methods, Sterling Publisher, 1998.

Ferguson, George A., Statistical Analysis in Psychology & Education, MacGraw Hill, 1976.

10



Paper VI Educational Management and Educational Technology

Marks: 100

Course objective:

1. To develop knowledge and understanding of the meaning, scope process

and types of management.

2. To develop the ability to identify the roles of participating members

(individual or collective) and to plan various institutionalized managerial

activities.

3. To develop ability of making objective decision in educational

management.

4. To enable the students to understand about the concept, nature and

scope of educational technology.

5. To expose the students to the basic developments in Educational

Technology.

Group A: Educational Management & School organization

Course contents:

Unit I :

• Concept of Educational Management: Meaning, nature, need and

scope. Class management & supervision.

• Managerial Behaviour: Factors affecting managerial behaviours:

personal, socio-cultural, political, institutional etc.

Unit II :

• Aspects of Institutional Management: Curricular and co-curricular

programmes, (organization of Games & Sports, cultural programme,

Debate discussion) student welfare auxiliary services including school

health services, school plant including equipment and assets, Sanitation

and beautification, institutional planning, time table.

Unit III :

• Interpersonal relationship, insitutional climate and discipline, hostel and

staff accommodation, management of finance, home, school and

community relationships, school meal, evaluation of students

achievement and promotion, admission, office management, assignment

of teachers.




Group B: Educational Technology

Course contents:

Unit IV :

• Communication process: Theory, concept, nature, process, components,

types of classroom communication, mass media approach in educational

technology, Role of communication in effective teaching learning

situation.

• System approach on Instruction: System approach in instructional

process, instructional system designing: concept, components, physical

and human resources, steps.

• Innovations in Educational Technology: Programmed learning, micro and

macro teaching, team teaching. Panel discussion, seminar, symposium,

workshop (basic-concept).

• Personalized system of instruction, computer assisted instruction,

simulated teaching, distance teaching. Visual, audio, audio-visual-

different types and their uses.

Reference Books:Mangal, S. K. & Mangal, Uma, Essentials of Educational Technology, PHI, 2011.

Ford, Percival & Ellengteen Herry, A Handbook of Educational Technology, Golt Rinechart & Wiston,

1963.

Paper VII Educational Guidance and Curriculum Construction

Marks: 100

Course objectives:

1 To help in understanding the meaning and importance of guidance and

counseling.

2. To develop the ability to interpret various records for assessing the

student’s strengths and weaknesses.

3. To develop the ability to identify gifted childred who need enrichment

and to channelise their unique potentialities in a positive way through

proper guidance.

4. To develop the ability to identify exceptional children who need special

attention and help and to make such provisions for them.

5. To understand the concept of mental health and processes of healthy

adjustment and good interpersonal relationships.

6. To understand the qualities of an ideal counsellor. To help the adolescents

in facing their problems to develop a positive self-concept, self-confidence

and an optimistic attitude towards life, through proper counselling.To

develop interest in one’s own personal and professional growth.

7. To understand the meaning, concept and scope of curriculum.

8. To understand the basis of curriculum construction, transaction evaluation

and innovation.

12



Group A : Guidance and Counselling

Course contents:

Unit I :

• The concept of Guidance

a) Meaning, nature & scope of guidance

b) Economical, psychological and sociological bases of guidance

c) Need and importance of educational guidance services in schools.

• Vocational Guidance

a) Purpose and functions of vocational guidance

b) Relationship between educational and vocational guidance

c) Relationship between vocational guidance and work education

d) Job analysis and occupational information services.

Unit II :

• Educational Guidance

a) Basic data necessary for educational guidance- pupil’s abilities,

aptitudes, interests and attitudes, educational attainments and

personality traits.

b) Construction, administration and interpretations of (i) Cumulative

Record cards, (ii) Interest inventories.

Unit III :

• The concept of Counseling.

a) Meaning, nature and scope of counselling

b) Different types of counseling

c) Various steps and techniques of counselling

• Necessary qualities (personal and a professional) of a good counselor.

Role of the counsellor in secondary schools. Relationship between

guidance, counselling and teaching.

• Diagnostic and remedial measures: Special provisions for deviant

children to enable them face problems of the daily life. Gifted and creative

children.

a) Concept of mental health and mental hygiene

b) Causes and symptoms of maladjustment- Genetic pre-disposition &

environmental factors.

c) Frustration and conflicts, Anxiety - The role of school in preventing

maladjustment.

d) Adjustment mechanaisms.




Group B: Curriculum Construction

Course contents:

Unit I :

• Meaning of curriculum - its relation with aims and objectives. Writing

objectives relating them to different domains of personality of education

determinants of curriculum. Core curriculum and co-curricular activities.

• Different types of curricula - i.e. their relative merits and demerits- the

concepts of balanced curriculum, Explicit or Written curriculum, Hidden

curriculum, Holistic view of curriculum. Bloom’s Taxonomy of educational

objectives (an overview).

Unit II :

• Curriculum framework at different levels of education

• Principles of curriculum construction, methods of organization of syllabus

in formulating curriculum operations.

Unit III :

• Curriculum Development - its progress: Role of curriculum development,

culture based, knowledge based, need based.

• Evaluation of curriculum: A critical study of curricula at the school stage,

Meaning and utility, Means of curriculum evaluation, Formative &

summative evaluation.

Reference Books:Khan, M.I & Nigam, B.K., Evaluation & Research in Curriculum Construction.

Kelly, A.V., The Curriculum: Theory & Practical.

Lawton S. Gordon P., Theory and Practice of Curriculum Studies.

Taylor P.H., Richards, Nelson, An Introduction to Curriculum Studies.

Vashist, S.R. (Ed.), Vols.1-5: Perspective in Curriculum Development.

Bernard H.W. & Falner, Principles of Guidance, A Basic Text

Fuster, J.M., Psychology Counselling.

Kochar, S.K., Guidance & Counselling in Secondary Schools.

Rao, S.N., Counselling and Guidance.

Paper VIII Educational Thoughts and Practices Marks: 100

Course objectives:

1. To enable the students to develop an understanding of educational ideas

of Indian and Western Educations.

2. To obtain an understanding of pedagogical concepts given by Indian

and Western educational thinkers.

3. To orient the students to scientific study of some educational problems.

Group A : Educational Thinkers- Oriental and Occidental

Course contents:

Critical study of the educational thought of the following and their implications for

Indian Education.

14



a) Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi.

b) Swami Vivekananda

c) Rabindranath Tagore

d) Sri Aurobindo

e) Rousseau

f) Dewey

g) Froebel

h) Montessori.

Group B : Project Work Education

Course contents:

Unit I :

Each candidate is required to complete any one project selected from any

area of the syllabus (I - VIII) to be evaluated by internal and external

examiners jointly. The project should emphasise the following steps:

a) Identification of the problem/topic

b) Formulating and reviewing the relevant literature (if any)

c) Actual plan of work: Writing the hypotheses (wherever possible)

i) Field identification- scope and delimitations.

ii) Nature of information/data required, their sources.

iii) Collection and organization of data, analyzing and drawing references.

iv) Reporting.

Note: The project may either be a theoretical critical study or an empirical study.

Areas of Projects - 1

a) Survey of Montessori, Kindergarten or any pre-primary school.

b) Preparation and execution of lesson plan.

c) Local survey in respect of nutrition and sanitation.

d) Undertaking a literacy programme.

e) Educational tour or excursion and writing a report.

f) Organization of Seminar Symposium and exhibition on any topic.

g) Framing objective test & their application.

Reference Books for Group A:

1. Mukherjee, K.K., Great Educators.

2. Purkait, B.R., Great Educators.

3. Rusk, Great Educators.

4. Taneja, Educational Thinkers.

Report writing should be done in a practical note book : 30 marks

Viva : 20 marks




PART - I / 1st Year

ENGLISH (Honours)

Paper I History of the English Language (15x2=30;5x2=10)=40

A. Topics for essay-type questions:

i. General Features of English

ii. Loan words

iii. Influence of Christianity

iv. The Scandinavian Elements

v. The French Elements

vi. The Classical Elements (Latin and Greek)

B. Additional topics for short-notes: (5 marks each)

Hybrids; modern; Coinages; Malapropism; Johnsonese; Journalese;

Euphemism; Portmanteau words; Slang terms; Back-formation; False

etymology.

Books Recommended:

i. Jespersen, Otto, Growth and Structure of English Language, Komath, Book Valley,

1998.

ii. A.C. Baugh, A History of the English Language, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd., 2008.

iii. F.T. Wood, An Outline History of the English language, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd.,

2008.

iv. Bhattacharya, Arundoy, Studies in Rhetoric and Prosody, Kolkata, Booksway, 2012.

v. Daiches, David, A Critical Hisory of English Literature, New Delhi, Supernova, 1998.

vi. Sanders, Andrew, A Short Oxford of English Literature, New Delhi, Clarendon Press,

1994.

History of Old and Middle English Literature (20x1) =20

Heroic poetry, Christian poetry, Beginnings of Prose, Chaucer, Langland

and Beginnings of Drama.

Critical Resume (20)

Rhetoric and Prosody (12+8) = 20

Paper II Elizabethan, Jacobean and Caroline Literature

Historical and literary topics (20x1) =20

The Renaissance, Humanism, the Sonnet, the University Wits, the Comedy

of Humours, Shakespearean Tragedy, Metaphysical poetry.

16



Poetry (16x2; 4x2=8) = 40

Spencer : One day I wrote her name upon the strand

Shakespeare Sonnets : No. 18, 64, 65, 73, 137, 148

Donne : The Good-Morrow, The Anniversary.

Marvell : A Dialogue between the Soul and Body,

: Thoughts in a Garden.

Vaughan : Regeneration, The Retreat.

Drama (One Shakespeare play and another from the rest)

(16x2; 4x2=8) = 40

Marlowe : Edward-II

Shakespeare : Othello, Twelfth Night

Jonson : The Alchemist

Reference Books:

i. Banerjee, A. K., Twelfth Night and Edward II, Kolkata, Joydurga Library, 2000.

ii. Thomson, Shakespearean Sonnets, England, Associated University Press, 2007.


Paper III

Restoration and 18th Century Literature Marks 100

1. Historical and Literature topics (20x1=20)

The Restoration, The Comedy of Manners, Augustan Verse Satire, The

Rise of the periodical Essay and the Novel.

2. Poetry (16x2=32;4x2=8)=40

Milton : Paradise Lost - Bk. I

Dryden : MacFlecknoe

Or,

Pope : Rape of the Lock

3. Novel (20x1)=20

Defoe : Robinson Crusoe

Fielding : Joseph Andrews

4. Drama (16x1=16; 4x1=4) = 20

Goldsmith : She Stoops to Conquer

Sheridan : The Rivals




Recommended Books:i. Paulson, Ronald, Satire and the Novel in the Eighteenth Century, New Haven, Yale

University Press, 1967.

ii. Willey, Basil, The Seventeenth Century Background: Studies in the Thought of the Age

in Relation to Poetry and Religion, England, Routledge, 1979.

Paper IV

Romantic Literature

Historical and Literary Topics (20x1) = 20

The French Revolution, the Romantic concept of the Imagination, precursors

of Romantic Poetry, Major Romantic poets.

Poetry (16x2=32; 4x2=8) = 40

Gray : Elegy written in a Country Churchyard

Blake : The Lamb, The Tiger

Wordsworth : Tintern Abbey, Yarrow Unvisited

Coleridge : Christabel, Part-I

Byron : Sonnet on the Castle of Chillon; Roll on,

thou deep and dark blue ocean.

Shelley : Ode to the West Wind, To a Skylark

Keats : Ode to a Nightingale, Ode on a Grecian Urn.

Prose (16x1=16; 4x1=4) =20

Lamb : Dream Children, The Praise of Chimney sweepers, New Year’s

Eve, The Superannuated Man.

Novel (20x1) =20

Austen : Emma

Scott : Ivanhoe

Recommended Books:i. Luebering, J. E., English Literature from the Restoration through the Romantic Period,

New York, Britanica Educational Publishing, 2010.

ii. Richetti, John, The Life of Daniel Defoe: A Critical Biography, London, Routledge, 1972.

iii. Shinagel, Michael, Norton Critical Edition on Robinson Crusoe, London, Harvard


18




Paper V

Victorian Literature Marks 100

1. Historical and Literary topics (20x1)= 20

The Industrial Revolution, Colonialism and Imperialism, Science and

Religion, Victorian Poetry and Novel.

2. Poetry (16x1=16; 4x1=4) = 20

Tennyson : Tithonus

Browning : The Last Ride Together

Arnold : The Scholar Gypsy

3. Novel (20x1) =20

Dickens : A Tale of Two cities

Hardy : Far From the Madding Crowd

Charlotte Bronte : Jane Eyre

4. Essay Writing 40

Paper VI

Twentieth Century Literature Marks 100

Historical and Literary topics (15x2)=30

The two World Wars, War Poetry, Poetic Drama, The stream of

consciousness Novel, Imagism, Symbolism, Modernism, Feminism.

2. Poetry (16x1=16; 4x1=4)= 20

Yeats : The wild Swans at Coole, Byzantium

Eliot : Marina

Auden : Look Stranger

3. Novel (20x1)= 20

E.M.Forster : A Passage to India

V. Woolf : Mrs. Dalloway

S. Maugham : The Moon and Sixpence

4. Drama (16x1=16; 4x1=4) =20

Shaw : Arms and the Man

Synge : The playboy of the western world.

5. Short Story (10x1)= 10

From Modern Phrase, (Ed. Michael Thorpe)

Conrad : The Lagoon




Joyce : Araby

Mansfield : The Fly

Paper VII

Other Literatures in English Marks 100

1. Poetry (15x2=30; 5x1=5) =35

Tagore : The Golden Boat, The Conch, Arrival

(From Rabindranath Tagore-Selected Poems,

Trans. by William Radice, Penguin)

Or,

Kamla Das : An Introduction, Forest Fire, Smoke in Colombo

(From Only the Soul Knows How to Sing, D.C.

Books, Kerala)

Or,

Whitman : Pioneers! O Pioneers! I Sit and Look Out. To a

Stranger.

Or,

Frost : Sitting by a Bush in a Broad Sunlight.

: Come in & Provide, Provide.

2. Novel (15x2)=30

R.K. Narayan : The English Teacher

Or,

V.S. Naipaul : The Mystic Masseur

Hemingway : A Farewell to Arms

Or,

J.M. Coetzee : Waiting for the Barbarians

3. Drama (15x2=30; 5x1=5) = 35

Indira Parthasarathi Aurangzeb

Or,

Mahasweta Devi :Mother of 1084 (From Modern Indian Drama, Ed.

G.P. Deshpande, Sahitya Academy)

Or,

Albes : The Zoo Story

Paper VIII

(Any one of the following special papers may be offered)

Marks-100

Greek Drama (in translation)

Aeschylus : Agamemnon

Sophocles : Oedipus Rex

Euripides : Medea

Aristophanes : Frogs

20



Four Essay-type and Four short questions are to be answered.

(20x4=80;5x4=20)

Indo-Anglian Literature

Group A

Nissim Ezekiel

A.K.Mehrotra,

A.K. Ramanujan Ed. : Twelve Modern Indian Poets (OUP, India)

Jayanta Mahapatra

Group B

Mulk Raj Anand : Untouchable

Anita Desai : Voices in the City

Group C

Badal Sircar : Evam Indrajit (OUP, Kolkata)

Vijay Tendulkar : Silence! The court is in Session (OUP, Kolkatta)

Four Essay-type and four short questions (at least one from each group)

are to be answered.

(20x4=80; 5x4=20)

American Literature

Group A

Whitman : The Wound-Dresser

: I hear America Singing

: In paths untrodden

: Out of the cradle endlessly rocking

: On the beach at night

Dickinson : I felt a funeral in my brain

: Because I could not stop for Death

: A light exist in spring

: The saddest noise, the sweetest noise

: There came a Day at summer’s full

Frost : An Old Man’s Winter night

: Stopping by woods

: Desert Places




: Two Tramps in Mud Time

: Mowing

Group B

Emerson : Selected Essays: (a) Nature, (b) Self-Reliance (c) The over-

soul (d) The American Scholar.

Hawthorne : The Scarlet Letter (Prentice Hall, India)

Group C

O’Neill : Desire under the Elms

Miller : The Crucible

Four Essay-type & four short questions (at least one from each group) are

to be answered. (20x4=80; 5x4=20)

PART - I / 1st Year

GEOGRAPHY (Honours)

Paper I

Physical Geography Marks: 50

The origin of the earth: theories of Kant, Laplace, tidal hypothesis. recent

theory (8).

History or geomorphic ideas (views of different Geomorphologists):

American and European schools (4), fundamental concepts in geomorphol-

ogy (3). The constitution of the earth's interior (3), theories of isocracy (3),

continental drift theory (3) and plate tectonics (3).

Concept of earth's movements and related topography: Folds (2) @

Faults (2); Mountain building theories (3).

Denudation: Weathering & mass wasting (6).

Books Recommended:1. Ahmed, E., Geomorphology, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 1985.

2. Chorley, R.J.and B.A. Kennedy, Physical Geography: A System Approach, London, Prentice

Hall, 1971.

3. Chorley, R.J., Schumm, S.A. and Sudgen, D.E., Geomorphology, Cambridge, University

Press,1985.

4. Dayal, P., A Textbook of Geomorphology, New Delhi, Rajesh publications, 2007.

5. Fairbridge: R. W., The Encyclopedia of Geomorphology, Reinhold Book Corp. New York, 1968

6. Hugget, R. J., Fundamentals of Geomorphology, London, Rutledge, 2007.

7. Hussain, M., Fundamentals of Physical Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 2009.

8. Kale, V. and Gupta, A., Introduction to Geomorphology, Kolkata, Oxford University press, 2004.

9. Selby, M.J., Earth's Changing Surface, USA, Oxford University Press,1986

10. Siddhartha K. and Mukherjee. S., The Earth's Dynamic Surface, Delhi, Kisalaya Publications Pvt.

Ltd., 2013.

11. Singh, S., Geomorphology, Allahabad, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2007.

12. Small, R. J., The Study of Landforms: A Textbook of Geomorphology, Cambridge, Cambridge


13. Sparks, B.W., Geomorphology, Green, London, Longmans, 1986.

14. Strahler, A. H., Introducing Physical Geography, New York, Wiley, 2013.

15. Thornburry, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology, New York, John Weily, 1969.

16. Wooldridge, S. and Morgan, R.S., An Outline of Geomorphology, London, Longmans Green and

Co, 1960.

Paper II

Physical Geography Marks: 50

Processes of erosion, deposition and resulting landforms: river, wind,

glacier & underground water (12). Development of drainage system in

uniclinal and folded structure (4).

Concept of normal cycle of erosion and its interruption; Davis & Penck; con-

cept of dynamic equilibrium of Hack (8).

Types of coasts, coastal landforms - erosional and depositional (6).

Hydrology: modes of occurrences of water in the earth (2); hydrological




cycle (2); factors affecting run-off, infiltration, ground water movement and

storage (4); river basin as a hydrological unit (2).

Books Recommended:1. Ahmed, E., Geomorphology, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 1985.

2. Chorley,R.J., Schumm, S.A. and Sudgen, D.E.: Geomorphology, Cambridge, University

Press,1985.

3. Chorley, R.J. and B.A. Kennedy: Physical Geography: A system Approach, London, Prentice

Hall, 1971.

4. Dayal, P.: A Textbook of Geomorphology, New Delhi, Rajesh publications, 2007.

5. Fairbridge, R. W.: The Encyclopedia of Geomorphology, New York, Reinhold Book Corp. 1968.

6. Hugget, R. J.: Fundamentals of Geomorphology, London, Rutledge, 2007.

7. Hussain, M.: Fundamentals of Physical Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 2009.

8. Kale, V. and Gupta, A.: Introduction to Geomorphology, Kolkata, Oxford University press, 2004.

9. Meinzer, O.E.: Hydrology, New York, Dover Publication Inc, 1942.

10. Selby, M.J. : Earth's Changing Surface, USA, Oxford University Press,1986

11. Siddhartha K. and Mukherjee. S.: The Earth's Dynamic Surface, Delhi, Kisalaya Publications

Pvt. Ltd., 1999.

12. Singh, S.: Geomorphology, Allahabad, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2007.

13. Small, R. J.: The Study of Landforms: A Textbook of Geomorphology, Cambridge, Cambridge


14. Sparks, B.W.: Geomorphology, Green, London, Longmans, 1986.

15. Strahler, A. H.: Introducing Physical Geography, New York, Wiley, 2013.

16. Thornburry, W.D.: Principles of Geomorphology, New York, John Weily, 1969.

17. Ward, R.C.: Principles of Hydrology, New York, McGraw-Hill, 2000.

18. Wooldrige , S. and Morgan, R.S.: An Outline of Geomorphology, London, Longmans Green and

Co, 1960.

Paper III

Geography of Resources Marks: 50

Resources: nature, scope and significance of resources studies (3), mean-

ing and classification of resources (2); infrastructural facilities for utilization

of resources: power, transport & communication and other infrastructures.

(5).

Natural resources: global treatment of forest resources (2), their utilization

& conservation policy and management of natural resources (4).

Power resources: coal and petroleum: production, utilization and problems

of conservation in major producing countries of the world (8), hydroelectric

power: favourable conditions, advantages, present production, potentiali-

ties in major producing countries (4).

Population resources: human resource (2), population resources relation-

ship (3), over utilization of resources (2); depletion and conservation of re-

sources (4); concepts and principles of sustainable development (2).

Books Recommended:

1. Alexandersson, C, Geography of Manufacturing, New Delhi. Prentice Hall India, 1971.

2. Berry, B.J.L., Conklin, E.C. and Ray, M. D., The Geography of Economic Systems, Prentice Hall,

New Jersey, 1976.

3. Gourtney, P., Plantation Agriculture, London, G. Bell and Sons,1965.

4. Guha, J. L. and Chattaraj, P.R., Human and Economic Geography, Calcutta, World Press, 1992.

5. Hussain, M., Systematic Agricultural Geography, Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 1996.

24



6. Isard, W. et al, Location, Space and Economy, New York, Technology Press of MITand John

Wiley, 1956.

7. Leong, G. C. and Morgan, G. C., Human and Economic Geography, Kuala-Lumpur, Oxford Uni-

versity Press, 1982.

8. Memoria, C. B., Economic and Commercial Geography of India, Agra, Shivlal Agarwal Publica-

tion Co. 1984

9. Mitra, A., Resource Studies, Kolkata, Sreedhar Publishers, 2002.

10. Roy, P., Economic Geography, Kolkata, Central Educational Enterprises (P) Ltd, 2001.

11. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley India Private Ltd. Pearson Edu-

cation, 2006.

12. Sharma, T. C., India: Economic and Commercial Geography, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House,

1988.

13. Siddhartha, K. and Mukherjee, S., Economic Geography, Delhi, Kisalaya Publications Private

Limited, 2013.

Paper IV

Practical Marks: 50

i) Scale: principles & types; liner, diagonal and vernier, scale conversion.

(5 Marks)

ii) Map Projection: definition, principles, classification and choice of map

projection; construction, properties, limitations and uses of: a) Gnomonic

Projection (polar case), b) Simple Conical Projection with one Standard

Parallel, c) Bonne's Projection, d) Polyconic Projection, e) Cylindrical Equal

Area Projection with one Standard Parallel and f) Sinusoidal Projection.

(15 Marks)

Note: Calculations for projection may be done either mathematically or graphi-

cally.

iii) Topographical maps: Interpretation of Indian topographical maps (SOI)

of plain and plateau areas; determination of broad as well as micro-physical

and cultural features; determination and representation of gradient & aver-

age slope (Wentworth's method), relative relief, drainage density, dissection

index, profiles (serial, superimposed, composite and projected), transect

charts and sketches of typical features, drainage patterns and cultural fea-

tures. (20 Marks)

iv) Minor instruments: uses of rotameter, planimeter & pantograph.

(5 Marks)

v) Laboratory Note Book and Viva Voce: (2 + 2 = 5 Marks)

Books Recommended:

1. Ishtiaque, M., Practical Geography, New Delhi, Heritage Publishers, 1989.

2. Misra, R.P. and Ramesh, A., Fundamentals of Cartography, New Delhi , Macmillan,1986.

3. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wilkinson, H.R., Maps and Diagrams, New Delhi, B.I. Publications

Private Limited, 1980.

4. Robinson, A.H., Morrison, J.L., Muehrcke, P.C., Kimerling, A.J. and Guptill, S.C., Elements of

Cartography, New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1995.

5. Singh, R.L. and Singh, R.P.B., Elements of practical Geography, New Delhi, Kalyani Publish-

ers, 1992.




6. Steers, J.A., An Introduction to the Study of Map Projections, London, University of London

Press, 1954.

7. Sarkar, A., Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Orient Black Swan, 2008.


Paper V

Geography of Economic Activities Marks: 50

Economic activities: meaning, & sectoral classification; industrial classifi-

cation of workers (Census of India) (3)

Farming in 'humid tropics - subsistence rice farming in South East Asia

(3); Mountain environment - terrace farming in South Asia (3); Horticulture -

European Mediterranean region (3) and Dairy industry in New Zealand and

Australia (3), Plantation - Rubber in south East Asia (3).

Industrial occupation: factors affecting the location of industries (2), theo-

ries of Weber, Losch and Isard (9); concept of globalization and industrial-

ization (3); industrial development and associated environmental pollution -

air and water pollution (4) .

Books Recommended:1. Alexandersson, C., Geography of Manufacturing, India, NewDelhi, Prentice Hall, 1971.

2. Guha, J.L. and Chattaraj, P.R., A New Approach to Economic Geography: A Study of Re-

sources, Kolkata, World Press, 1998.

3. Hartshorn, T.A. and Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall,

1988.

4. Husain, M., Systematic Agricultural Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 1996.

5. Isard, W. et al., Location, Space and Economy, New York, Technology Press of MITand John

Wiley, 1956.

6. Isard, W. et al., Methods of Regional Analysis, New York, Technology Press of MIT and John

Wiley, 1960.

7. Jones, C.F. and Darkenwald, G.G., Economic Geography, NewYork, Macmillan, 1954.

8. Leong. G.C. and Morgan, G.C., Human and Economic Geography, Hong Kong, Oxford


9. Mamoria, C.B., Economic and Commercial Geography of India, Agra, Shivalal Aggarwala and

Co., 1996.

10. Miller, E. A, Geography of Manufacturing, Englewood Cliff, N. J. Prentice Hall, 1962.

11. Mitra, A., Resource Studies, Kolkata, Sreedhar Publishers, 2002.

12. Morgan, W.B. and Manton, R.J.C., Agricultural Geography, London, Methuen, 1971.

13. Roy, Prithwish, Economic Geography: A Study of Resources, Kolkata, New Central Book

Agency (P) Ltd, 2001.

14. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley India Private Ltd. Pearson

Education, 2006.

15. Siddhartha, K. and Mukherjee, S., Economic Geography, Delhi, Kisalaya Publications Private

Limited, 2013.

16. Simmons, I. G., The Ecology of Natural Resources, London, ELBS/ Edward Arnold, 1981.

17. Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1984.

18. Smith, D.N., Industrial Location- An Economical Geographical Analysis, New York, John Wiley,

1971.

19. Thoman, R.S. and Corbin, P.B., Geography of Economic Activity, New York, McGrawHill, 1968.

20. Zimmermann, E.W., World Resources and Industries, New York, Harper Brothers, 1956.

26



Paper VI

Population Geography Marks: 50

Population Geography: nature, scope and content (2), spatial pattern of

distribution (3), density of population (3), determinants of world distribution

of population (3), Growth of world population (2), demographic transition

theory (3); concept of overpopulation, under population and optimum popu-

lation, population explosion (5). Structure and composition: basic factors

and their effects, age and sex composition (2), rural-urban composition (3),

economic composition (2) and ethnic composition (2).

Migration: definition, classification (1), determinants and consequences of

migration (3); world migration patterns since World War II (3).

Books Recommended:1. Agarwala, S.N., India's Population Problems, New Delhi, Tata McGraw hill, 1985.

2. Bhende, A.A. and Kanitkar, T., Principles of Population Studies, Mumbai, Himalayan Publish-

ing House, 2006.

3. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of Population, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2006.

4. Clarke, J. I., Population Geography and the Developing Countries, Oxford, Pergamon Press,

1971.

5. Clarke, J. I., Population Geography, Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1972.

6. Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population, London, Longman, 1966.

7. Halli, S.S. and Rao, K.V., Advanced Techniques of Population Analysis, New York, Plenum

Press, 1992.

8. Hassan, M.H., Population Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 2005.

9. Jingan, M.L. et al., Demography, Delhi, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd, 2005.

10. Johnston, R. J. et al (Ed.), The Dictionary of Human Geography, England, Blackwell, 1981.

11. Khullar, D.R.: India, A comprehensive Study, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2005.

12. Mandal, R.B. et al., Introductory Methods in Population Analysis, New Delhi, Concept

Publishing Company, 2007.

13. Premi, M.K., India's Changing Population Profile, New Delhi, National Book Trust India, 2009.

14. Premi, M.K., Population of India in the New Millennium: Census 2001, New Delhi, National

Book Trust India, 2011.

15. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population- World Patterns, New York, John Wiley, 1969.

16. Trewartha, G.T., The Less Developed Realms-A Population Geography, New York. McGraw

Hill, 1972.

17. Zacharia, E. and Sinha, V.C., Elements of Demography, New Delhi, Allied publishers Pvt. Ltd,

1986.

18. Zelinsky, W., A Prologue to Population Geography, New Delhi, Prentice Hall India, 1966.

Paper VII

Settlement & Political Geography Marks: 50

Settlement Geography: scope and content (1), origin and growth of rural

settlement (2); characteristics of rural settlements: effects of physical and

cultural environment on location, morphology and pattern with special refer-

ence to India (5); types of rural settlements in India (2); origin of urban cen-

ters and urbanization in the world (4); hierarchy of settlements: Central Place

Theory (3); urban agglomeration (2); urban morphology (2). Environmental

problems of rural and urban settlements in India (2).




Political Geography: scope and content of Political Geography (2); world

political blocks (2); concept of State, Frontier and Boundary (2); geo-political

importance of India (2); geo-politics of South-East Asia (2); geo-strategic

ideas of Ratzel (2) & Mackinder (2).

Books Recommended:1. Adhikari, S., Political Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publication, 2004.

2. Carter, H., The Study of Urban Geography, London, Edward Arnold, 1975.

3. Chapman, K., People, Pattern and Process: An Introduction to Human Geography, London,

Edward Arnold Ltd., 1979.

4. Daniel, P. and Hopkins, M., A Geography of Settlement, Essex, Oliver and Boyd, 1989.

5. Dickinson, R.E., City and Region: A Geographical Interpretation, London, Routledge and Kegam

Paul Ltd., 1968.

6. Dikshit, R.D., Political Geography: the Spatiality of Politics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

7. Dwivedi, R.L., Fundamentals of Political Geography, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House,

2004.

8. Ghosh, S., Introduction to Settlement Geography, Calcutta, Orient Longman Ltd., 2003.

9. Hardoy, J .E. et al., Environmental Problems in the World Cities, London, Earthscan Pub. Ltd.,

1992.

10. Hudson, F.S., A Geography of Settlements, Plymouth, MacDonald and Evans Ltd.1977.

11. Hussain, M., Human Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Pub. Co., 2011.

12. Johnson, J.H., Urban Geography: An Introductory Analysis, Oxford, Pergamon press, 1977.

13. Johnston, R.J., Urban Geography, London, Penguin, 1984.

14. Mandal, R.B., Urban Geography: A Text Book, New Delhi, Concept Publishing Company, 2006.

15. Mandal, R.B., Systems of Rural Settlements in Developing Counties, New Delhi, Concept Pub.

Co., 1988.

16. Mandal, R.B., Introduction to Rural Settlements, New Delhi, Concept Publishing Company, 2005.

17. Mayer, H.M. and Kohn, C.F. (ed.), Readings in Urban Geography, Chicago, The University of

Chicago Press, 1959.

18. Pound, J., Introduction to Political Geography, Oxford, Oxford Publication, 1999.

19. Ramachandran R., Urbanisation and Urban Systems in India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,

1989.

20. Sen, J. and Sengupta, P., Political Geography, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2013.

21. Siddhartha, K. and Mukherjee, S., Cities, Urbanization and Urban Systems, New Delhi, Kishalaya

publication (P) Ltd., 2002.

22. Siddhartha, K. and Mukherjee, S., Nation-State, Territory and Geopolitics, New Delhi, Kishalaya

publication (P) Ltd., 2004.

23. Singh, R. Y., Geography of Settlements, New Delhi, Rawat Pub. Co., 1994.

24. Singh, R.L. et al. (ed.), Geographic Dimensions of Rural Settlements, Varanasi, National Geo-

graphical Society of India,1976.

25. Tiwari, V. et al., Indian Cities: Ecological Perspectives, New Delhi, Concept Pub. Co., 1986.

Paper VIII

Practical Marks: 50

a) Surveying: concept of surveying and map making, prismatic compass

survey (closed traverse); plane table surveying (intersection method); level-

ing by Dumpy level along a given line with a least one change point by rise

and fall and collimation method; determination of height of an object with

accessible and inaccessible base in the same vertical plane by Theodolite

(transit). (20 Marks)

b) Geological maps: drawing of sections and interpretations of the relief

and structure of the geological maps showing: a) horizontal/uniclinal beds,

28



b) folded, c) faulted, d) unconformities and e) intrusions. (15 Marks)

c) Identification of the following rocks and minerals (megascopic

study): granite, basalt, dolorite, pegmatite, sandstone, limestone, conglom-

erate, shale, quartzite, schist, gneiss, slate, phyllite, quartz, feldspar, marble,

mica, talc, graphite, magnetite, haematite, chalcopyrite bauxite, calcite and

galena. (10 Marks)

d) Laboratory Note Book and Viva Voce: (2 + 3 = 5 Marks)

Books Recommended:1. Kanetkar, T.P. and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Pune, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan,

1972.

2. Misra, R.P. and Ramesh, A., Fundamentals of Cartography, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1986.

3. Platt, J.I., Selected Exercises upon Geological Maps, Part I, London, Unwin, 1956 .

4. Roy, A. K., Introduction to Geological Maps and Structures, Kolkata, The World Press Private

Limited, 2009

5. Sarkar, A., Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Kolkata, Orient Black Swan, 2008.

6. Singh, R.L. and Singh, R.P.B., Elements of practical Geography, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers,

1992.

PART III / 3rd Year

Paper IX

Climatology Marks: 50

Composition and structure of the atmosphere: (1) insolation (2) terrestrial heat

balance (1), horizontal and vertical distribution of temperature (2), inversion of

temperature (1); importance of the ozone layer and green house effect (3).

Atmospheric pressure: horizontal and vertical distribution of pressure (2): plan-

etary and periodic wind with special reference to monsoons (4).

Atmospheric moisture: processes and forms of condensation, mechanism & types

of precipitation (4).

Air mass, fronts & front genesis, tropical cyclones, EI Nino & La Lima (8).

Classification of Climate: basis and nature of Koppen's & Thornthwaite's

climatic classification (4).

Books Recommended:1. Barry, R.G. and Chorley, R.J., Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, London, Methuen, 1985.

2. Blair, T.A. and Fite, R.C., Weather Elements: A Text in Elementary Meteorology, New York,

Prentice Hall, 1965.

3. Critchfield, H.J., General Climatology, New York, Prentice Hall, 1966.

4. Das, P.K., The Monsoons, New Delhi, National Book Trust, India, 1988.

5. Hussain, M., Geography of India, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2011

6. Khullar, D. R., India: A Comprehensive Geography, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2006.

7. Lal, D.S., Climatology, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House, 1986.

8. Nag, P. and Gupta, S. S., Geography of India, New Delhi, Concept Publishing Company, 1992.

9. Siddhartha, K. and Mukherjee, S., Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Dehli, Kisalaya

Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2004.

10. Singh, R. L., India - A Regional Geography, Varanasi, National Geographical Society of India,

1989.

11. Spate, O. H. K. and Learmonth, J. A., India and Pakistan, London, Methuen Co. Ltd., 1979.

12. Tiwari, R.C., Geography of India, Allahabad, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2007.

13. Trewartha, G.T., An Introduction to Climatology, New York, McGraw Hill, 1968.




Paper X

Pedology & Biogeography Marks: 50

Definition, scope and content of pedology (2), soil formation; factors

affecting soil formation (2); processes of eluviation and illuviation (2); soil

profile development (2).

Soil composition: physical (texture & structure) (2) and chemical (acidity &

alkalinity) (2) and organic matter (2).

Soil classification: genetic classification of soils (2); U.S.D.A. soil taxonomy

(3).

Soil erosion and conservation (3) soil fertility - macro & micronutrients

(2).

Biogeography: definition, scope and significance of Biogeography (2); fac-

tors affecting the growth and distribution of natural vegetation (2).

Ecosystem: meaning, types, component parts and their functions: bio-en-

ergy cycle in the terrestrial ecosystem; trophic levels and food chain (6).

Concept of Biome (1), ecotone and community (1), types - tropical ever-

green and Savannah (2).

Geographical distribution of animal life on the earth and its relation to the

natural environment (2).

Concept of bio-diversity and its importance (2).

Wetlands: definition, characteristics, degradation & conservation of wet-

land (4).

Books Recommended:1. Biswas, T.D. and Mukherjee, S. K.. Text book of Soil Science, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill,

1987.

2. Brady, Nyle C., The Nature and Properties of Soils, New Delhi, India, Prentice-Hall of India

Private Ltd., Tenth Edition, 2001.

3. Chapman J.L. and Reiss, M.J., Ecology: Principles and Applications, Cambridge, Cambridge


4. Daji, J.A., Kadam, J.R. and Patil, N.D. A Textbook of Soil Science, Mumbai, Media, Promoters

and Publishers Pvt Ltd, 1996.

5. Das, P.K., The Monsoons, New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1988.

6. Huggett, R. J., Fundamentals of Biogeography, London, Routledge, 1998.

7. Joffe, Jacob S., The ABC of Soils, Oxford Book Company, New Delhi, Second Edition, 1953,

First Indian Edition, 1965.

8. Odum, E.P., Fundamentals of Ecology, Philadelphia, W.B. Sanders, 1971.

9. Saxena, H.M. , Environmental Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 2007.

10. Sharma,P.D., Ecology and Environment, Meerut, Rastogi Publications, 2012.

11. Siddhartha K. and Mukherjee, S., Biosphere: A Geography of Life, New Delhi,

KisalayaPublications (P) Ltd., 2003.

12. Singh, S., Environmental Geography, Allahabad, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2000.

Paper XI

Geography of India Marks: 50

The Land: major physiographic divisions of India (1); origin and geomor-

phological characteristics of the Himalayas (2), the Indo-gangetic plain (2)

and the peninsular India (2).

30



Climate: climate controls; pressure, temperature, wind (2); rainfall (2); ori-

gin and characteristics of Indian monsoon (2).

Soil: soil zones of India, nature and distribution (2).

Natural Vegetation: nature, distribution and classification by Champion &

Seth (2), deforestation and conservation (2).

The people: distribution (1), density (1) and vibration of population (1951-

2001 census period ) (1), population problems (1), India's population policy

since Independence (2).

The economy: A) globalization and Indian economy (2), new agricultural

policy (2); general character of Indian agriculture (1), agrarian problems (1)

and agricultural regions of India (1); major types of irrigation and their distri-

bution (1); B) Power resources and their utilization: coal (1), petroleum (1)

and water power (1); problems of water power development (1); C) Industry

- problems & prospects: cotton textile - (1) and Iron and & Steel (1).

Books Recommended:1. Adhikari, S., Fundamentals of Geographical Thought, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House,

1992.

2. Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, Institute of Islamic Studies, Aligarh, Aligarh Muslim University, 1960.

3. Dikshit, R. D., Geographical Thought. A Critical History of Ideas. New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of

India, 2003.

4. Hartshorne, R., Perspective on the Nature of Geography, London, John Murray, 1959.

5. Hartshorne, R., The Nature of Geography, USA, Association of American Geographers, 1939.

6. Husain, Majid., Evolution of Geographical Thought, Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 2002.

7. Johnston, R. and Sidaway, J.D., Geography and Geographers: Anglo-American Human Geogra-

phy Since 1945, London, Arnold Publishers, 2004.

8. Johston, R. J. et al (Ed.), The Dictionary of Human Geography, England, Blackwell, 1981.

9. Rana, L., Geographical Thought, New Delhi, Concept Publishing House, 2008.

Paper XII

Nature & Methodology in Geography Marks: 50

Geographical thoughts: definition, scope and evolution of geography as a

discipline (3); a short view of geographical thoughts - determination,

Major postulates: man-environment relation; regional differentiation, loca-

tion and space (5).

Approaches to geographical study: regional vs systematic (3).

Role of field work in geography: types & sources of data (2); primary and

secondary data (2); methods of data collection: schedule (2), questionnaire

(2) and sampling technique (2); preparation of model questionnaire/sched-

ule for (a) socio-economic survey and (b) physical survey (4).

Books Recommended:1. Adhikari, S., Fundamentals of Geographical Thought, Allahabad, Chaitanya Publishing House,

1992.

2. Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, Institute of Islamic Studies, Aligarh, Aligarh Muslim University, 1960.

3. Dikshit, R. D., Geographical Thought. A Critical History of Ideas. New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of

India, 2003.

4. Hartshorne, R., Perspective on the Nature of Geography, London, John Murray, 1959.

5. Hartshorne, R., The Nature of Geography, USA, Association of American Geographers, 1939.

6. Husain, Majid., Evolution of Geographical Thought, Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 2002.




7. Johnston, R. and Sidaway, J.D., Geography and Geographers: Anglo-American Human Geogra-

phy Since 1945, London, Arnold Publishers, 2004.

8. Johston, R. J. et al (Ed.), The Dictionary of Human Geography, England, Blackwell, 1981.

9. Rana, L., Geographical Thought, New Delhi, Concept Publishing House, 2008.

Paper XIII

Social & Cultural Geography Marks: 50

Scope and content of social and cultural geography (3);

Concepts: culture, community, society, cultural contact, convergence & dif-

fusion (5); Languages, religions and races of the world (6).

Social processes: different elements of social processes (1); social space

(2); social groups (1), social distance (1); intra-urban mobility (2); indicators

of social well-being and quality of life (2); social inequality in the world and in

India (2);

Cultural landscape: settlement forms as expression of social and cultural

processes (2), rural settlement its forms-and morphology (2); social set-up

in Indian villages (2), caste and religion as determinants of social groups in

India (3); urban-industrial landscape in India (2).

Emergence of regions as social entities (4)

Books Recommended:1. Ahmad, A., Social Geography. Jaipur and New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 1999.

2. Dubey. S.C., Indian Society. New Delhi, National Book Trust, 1991.

3. Forde, C. D., Habitat, Economy and Society, London, Methuen and Company, 1934.

4. Ghosh, S., Settlement Geography, Kolkata, Orient Longman Ltd., 1998.

5. Johston, R. J. et al. (Ed.) The Dictionary of Human Geography, England, Blackwell, 1981.

6. Jones, E. and Eyles, J., An Introduction to Social Geography, Oxford, Oxford University Press,

1977.

7. Leong, G. C. and Morgan, G. C., Human and Economic Geography, Hong Kong, Oxford


8. Mandal, R.B., Introduction to Rural Settlements, New Delhi, Concept Publishing Company,

2001.

9. Rubenstain, J. M. and Becon, J. M., Cultural Geography, New York, John Wiley and Sons Inc.,

1990.

10. Smith, D.: Human Geography, A Welfare Approach. London, Edward Arnold, 1977.

XIV

Optional Paper Marks: 50

Optional I: Agricultural Geography

Scope and content of agricultural geography (2); approaches of agricul-

tural geography; ecological, economic and regional (3); development of ag-

riculture through ages (2)

Factors of agricultural production (2); Location of agriculture and related

activities, models of Von Thunen (2) and Sinclair (2); agricultural regions of

India (2); characteristics of Indian agriculture (2), problems and develop-

ment of agriculture during the plan periods (2)

Whittlesey's classification of world agriculture; physical, economic and

institutional characteristics of agricultural types: a) shifting cultivation (2); b)

32



intensive agriculture in developing countries (2); c) plantation farming with

particular reference to tea and coffee in India (3) and d) horticulture (2).

Agricultural land use: land use decision (1), land capability assessment

(USDA & FAO methods) (4).

Environmental consequences of agriculture: soil degradation and ero-

sion & its effects (3), impact on rivers (2), lakes (2); impact on habitat (2) and

biodiversity (2).

Books Recommended:1. Dumont, R.: Types of Rural Economy, Studies in World Agriculture, London, Douglas Manin,

Methuen, 1970.

2. Gregor, H. P., Geography of Agriculture. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1970.

3. Husain, M., Systematic Agricultural Geography, Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 1996.

4. Khullar, D. R., India: A Comprehensive Geography, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2006.

5. Misra, R. P. Diffusion of Agricultural Innovations, Mysore, University of Mysore, 1967.

6. Mohammad, A., Studies in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi, Rajesh Publications, 1978.

7. Sauer, O. C., Agricultural Origins and Dispersals. Cambridge , MIT Press, 1969.

8. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography of South Asia, Delhi, McMillan, 2000.

9. Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S., Agricultural Geography. New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

10. Singh, S., Agricultural Development in India: A Regional Analysis, Shillong, Kaushal Publica-

tions, 1994.

11. Tiwari, R.C., Geography of India, Allahabad, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2007.

Option II: Population Geography Marks: 50

Scope and content of population geography (2), sources of population

data (1)

Composition of population: age, sex, marital status, family & household,

economic composition, nationality, language, religion and ethnic (8).

Population growth: global trends and patterns, population transition theory

(3); measures and determinants of fertility & mortality (2); different mea-

sures of population density and their implication (2); factors governing world

distribution of population (2).

Economic characteristics of population: concept of economically active

& inactive people, working & nonworking and dependant people, occupa-

tional structure (6).

Population growth: Malthus theory (2); characteristics of population growth

in developing countries (2); population policies of selected countries: India,

China, Japan & Sweden (4).

Population migration: major theories (2); international migration: history,

types & causes (2); internal migration: rural to urban; urban to rural, sea-

sonal migration, commutation and forced migration (4).

Books Recommended:1. Agarwala, S.N., India's Population Problems, New Delhi, Tata McGraw hill, 1985.

2. Bhende, A.A. and Kanitkar, T., Principles of Population Studies, Mumbai, Himalayan Publish-

ing House, 2006.

3. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of Population, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2006.

4. Clarke, J. I., Population Geography and the Developing Countries, Oxford, Pergamon Press,

1971.




5. Clarke, J. I., Population Geography, Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1972.

6. Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population, London, Longman, 1966.

7. Halli, S.S. and Rao,K.V., Advanced Techniques of Population Analysis, New York, Plenum

Press, 1992.

8. Hassan, M.H., Population Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 2005.

9. Jingan, M.L. et al., Demography, Delhi, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd, 2005.

10. Johnston, R. J. et al (Ed.)., The Dictionary of Human Geography, England, Blackwell, 1981.

11. Khullar, D.R.: India, A comprehensive Study, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2005.

12. Mandal, R.B. et al., Introductory Methods in Population Analysis, New Delhi, Concept

Publishing Company, 2007.

13. Premi, M.K., India's Changing Population Profile, New Delhi, National Book Trust India, 2009.

14. Premi, M.K., Population of India in the New Millennium: Census 2001, New Delhi, National

Book Trust India, 2011.

15. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population- World Patterns, New York, John Wiley, 1969.

16. Trewartha, G.T., The Less Developed Realms-A Population Geography, New York. McGraw

Hill, 1972.

17. Zacharia, E. and Sinha, V.C., Elements of Demography, New Delhi, Allied publishers Pvt. Ltd.,

1986.

18. Zelinsky, W., A Prologue to Population Geography, New Delhi, Prentice Hall India, 1966.

Option III: River Geography Marks: 50

Definition, scope, development and modern content of river geography (3);

Hydrology: definition, hydrological cycle (2).

Fluvial processes: erosional processes & landform development - valley

development, valley widening, river terraces (5): depositional processes &

landform development - alluvial fan, flood plain and delta (6).

River profiles: longitudinal and transverse profiles (4);

Channel patterns: origin, development and characteristics of meander,

braided and straight channel (6).

Drainage basin as a geomorphic unit: definition, function and character-

istics: drainage basin network and morphometric variable (4).

Problems related to river bank erosion and sedimentation with particular

reference to the sub-Himalayan rivers in North Bengal (3); effects of em-

bankments, dykes and dams on the river regime (case study of DVC and

Tista Barrage Project) (6).

Flood problems in West Bengal and their remedies with particular refer-

ence to the North Bengal (3)

Books Recommended:1. Chorley, Richard J., (Ed.), Water, Earth and Man: A synthesis of Hydrology, Geomorphology

and Socio-economic Geography, New York, USA, Methuen and Company Ltd., 1969.

2. Crickmay, C. H., The Work of the River: A critical study of the central aspects of

Geomorphogeny, London, UK, The Macmillan Press Ltd., 1974.

3. Leopold, Luna B., Wolman, M. Gordon and Miller, John P., Fluvial Processes in Geomorphol-

ogy, New Delhi, S. Chand and Company Ltd., First Indian Reprint, 1970.

4. Morisawa, Marie, (Ed.), Fluvial Geomorphology, London, George Allen and Unwin, 1981.

5. Morisawa, Marie., Rivers: Form and Process, New York, Longman Group Ltd., First Edition,

1985.

6. Rao, K. L., India's Water Wealth: Its Assessment, Uses and Projections, New Delhi, Orient

Longman Limited, Revised Edition, 1979.

7. Thornburry, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology, New York, John Weily, 1969.

8. Ward, R. C., Principles of Hydrology, London, UK, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, Ltd.,

First Edition, 1967.

34



Option IV: Urban Geography Marks: 50

Definition, scope and contents of urban geography (2); definition of towns

and cities in Indian and world perspectives (2)

History of urbanization in the world and its growth (3); urbanization in the

developed and developing world (4); concept of primate cities (2), rank size

rule (1).

Rural-urban differentiation: spatial and functional differences between rural

and urban settlements (2); problems of defining urban areas (2); rural urban

fringe (2).

Characteristics of urban settlement: classification of towns (2); internal

structure of cities and morphology (3); Concentric Zone Theory (2), Sector

Theory (2), Multiple Nuclei Theory (2); decay of urban core (2).

Urban sphere of influence: concept of metropolis (3), metropolitan area

and metropolitan region with Indian examples (2), urban agglomeration (3).

Urbanization and environmental problems in urban area with particular ex-

amples from India (3)

Books Recommended:1. Carter, H., The Study of Urban Geography, London, Edward Arnold, 1975.

2. Dickinson, R.E., City and Region: A Geographical Interpretation, London, Routledge and

Kegam Paul Ltd., 1968.

3. Ghosh, S., Introduction to Settlement Geography, Calcutta, Orient Longman Ltd., 2003.

4. Hardoy, J .E. et al., Environmental Problems in the World Cities, London, Earthscan Pub. Ltd.,

1992.

5. Johnson, J.H., Urban Geography: An Introductory Analysis, Oxford, Pergamon press, 1977.

6. Johnston, R.J., Urban Geography, London, Penguin, 1984.

7. Mandal, R.B., Urban Geography: A Text Book, New Delhi, Concept Publishing Company,

2006.

8. Mayer, H.M. and Kohn, C.F. (ed.), Readings in Urban Geography, Chicago, The University of


9. Ramachandran, R., 1992, Urbanisation and Urban Systems in India, New Delhi, Oxford

University Press.

Option V: Regional Planning Marks: 50

Concept, scope and objectives of regional planning (2), principles and tech-

niques of regional planning (3)

Spatial organization and economic development: location theories: Von

Thunen, Christaller, Losch and Growth Pole Theory. (10)

Geographer's role in regional planning: character and programme con-

tent with Indian. National, State, District, Metropolitan and Block level plan-

ning. (8)

Regional imbalances in India, backward area development: Concept of

Integrated rural area development, settlement planning, landuse planning,

planning of transport and market centers with special reference to India. (2)

Major problems of rural development in West Bengal and experience of

decentralized development under Panchayeti Raj. (2)




Books Recommended:1. Bhat, L.S., Regional Planning in India, Calcutta, Indian Statistical Institute, 1972.

2. Chand, M. and Puri ,V.K., Regional Planning in India, New Delhi, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,

1983.

3. Chandana, R. C., Regional Development and Planning. New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2005.

4. Glasson J., An Introduction to Regional planning: Concept, Theory and Practice, London,

Hutchinson and Co. (Publishers) Ltd., 1983.

5. Misra, R.P, Sundaram, K.V., and Prakasarao, V.L.S., Regional Development Planning in India,

New Delhi, Vikas Publishers., 1976.

Option VI: Cartography Marks: 50

Nature, scope and history Cartography (2)

Principles of determining plan metric points in plane table traverse and

plane table intersection survey (2)

Method of triangulation for determination of height and distance of ob-

jects by transit theodolite (3)

Solution of computational problems connected with surveying by pris-

matic compass, dumpy level and theodolite (8)

Properties, advantages, limitations and construction of following pro-

jections: Polar Zenithal Equal Area, Polar Zenithal Equidistant, Polar Ze-

nithal Gnomonic, Orthographic, Conical with Two Standard Parallels, Bonnes

Projection, Mercator's Projection & International Projection (2).

Principles of photogrammetry: methods of acquiring aerial photographs,

their optical and geometric properties, principles of visual interpretation of

aerial photograph (6).

Books Recommended:1. Campbell, J.B., Introduction to Remote Sensing, London, Taylor and Francis, 1996.

2. Kanetkar, T.P.and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Pune, Pune Vidyarthi Griha

Prakashan, 1972.

3. Kellaway, G.P., Map Projections, New Delhi, B.I. Publications, 1979.

4. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer, R.W., Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, New York, John

Wiley and Sons, Inc. 2003.




7. Raisz, E., General Cartography. New York, John Wiley and Sons, 5th edition, 1962.



9. Steers, J.A., An Introduction to the Study of Map Projections, London, University of London

Press, 1954.

10. Wolf, Paul R., Elements of Photogrammetry, Delhi, India, McGraw-Hill, Second Edition, 1997.

Option VII: Environmental Geography Marks: 50

Scope and concept of environmental Geography, meaning of environment

and associated terminology, concept of holistic environment. (4)

Components of environment: physical environment (geology, soil, relief,

36



hydrology, climate, flora and fauna) and socio-cultural environment (food &

nutrition, shelter, health, education, social stability & leisure) (6)

Resource utilization and environment: environmental definition and clas-

sification of resources and resource processes (land, water, mineral and

energy) (5)

Energy and environment: energy flow in ecosystem, biomass and energy,

exchanges of organic and inorganic elements in ecosystem (5)

Environmental hazards: definition, classification and different approaches,

general principles of hazard assessment and mitigation (5)

Selected global & regional hazard: global warming, flood in North Bengal,

arsenic contamination in West Bengal (6)

Major contemporary issues in environment: environmental conserva-

tion vs economic development, resource crisis and population growth (4)

Environmental approach to management: principles of environmental im-

pact assessment and environmental management plan (6)

Books Recommended:1. Allaby, M. , Basics of Environmental Science,London, Routledge, 1996.

2. Burton, I. et al., The Environment as a Hazard, London, Oxford University Press, 1974.

3. Chapman J.L. and Reiss, M.J., Ecology: Principles and Applications, Cambridge, Cambridge


4. Chapman, D., Natural Hazards, Melbourne, Oxford University Press, 1994.

5. Chatterjee, S.N., Water resources, Conservation and Management, New Delhi, Atlantic Publish-

ers and Distributors (P) Ltd. 2008.

6. Farmer, A., Managing Environmental Pollution, London, Routledge, 1997.

7. Gilpin, A. , The Dictionary of Environment and Sustainable Development, Chichester, John Wiley

and Sons Ltd.,1996.

8. Nebel, J.B. , Environmental Science, New York, Prentice Hall,1981.

9. Negi, S.S. , Environmental Conservation, Dehradun, Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh Pub-

lisher, 1983

10. Odum, E.P. , Fundamentals of Ecology, Philadelphia,W.B. Sounders,1971.

11. Park, C., The Environment: Principles and Applications, London, Routledge,1998.

12. Saxena, H.M. , Environmental Geography, New Delhi, Rawat Publications, 2007.

13. Sharma,P.D. , Ecology and Environment, Meerut, Rastogi Publications, 2012.

14. Siddhartha K. and Mukherjee, S., Biosphere: A Geography of Life, New Delhi, KisalayaPublications

(P) Ltd., 2003.

15. Singh, R.B. and Misra, S., Environmental Laws in India: Issues and Responses, New Delhi,

Rawat Pub.1996.

16. Singh, S., Environmental Geography, Allahabad, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, 2000.

17. Smith, K., Environmental Hazards: Assessing Risk and Reducing Disaster, London, Routledge,

1996.

Paper XV

Practical Marks: 50

Meteorological Instruments: recording of maximum & minimum thermom-

eter, Fortin's barometer, hygrometer and Simon's rain-gauge. (5 Marks)




Books Recommended:1. Atkinson, Peter M. Nicholas J. Tate (Ed.)., Advances in Remote Sensing and GIS Analysis, New

York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1999.

2. Chang, Kang-tsung, Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-

Hill Edition, Third Edition, 2006.

3. Curran, P.J., Principles of Remote Sensing, London, Longman, 1985.

4. Heywood, Ian, Cornelius, Sarah, Carver, Steve and Raju, Srinivasa, 2006, An Introduction to

Geographical Information Systems, Delhi, Pearson Education, Inc., Low Price Edition, Second

Edition

5. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer, R.W., Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, New York, John

Wiley and Sons, Inc. 2003.

6. Mahmood, A., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, New Delhi, Rajesh Publications,

1998.


8. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wilkinson, H.R., Maps and Diagrams, New Delhi, B.I. Publications Private

Limited, 1980.

9. Nag, P, ed, Thematic Cartography and Remote Sensing, New Delhi, Concept Publishing, Co.,

1992.

10. Narayan, L.R.A., Remote Sensing and Its Application, Hyderabad, Universities Press (India)

Ltd., 1999.

11. Rampal, K.K., Handbook of Aerial Photography and Interpretation. New Delhi, Concept Publish-

ing. Company, 1999.



13. Sarkar, A.: Practical Geography, A Systematic Approach, Kolkata, Orient Longman, 2008.

14. Singh, R.L. and Singh, Rana, P.B., Elements of Practical Geography, New Delhi, Kalyani Pub-

lishers, 1993.

Paper XVI

Practical Marks: 50

Cartograms: representation of population data by choropleth, dot & spheres;

representation of agriculture and socio-economic data by pie-graph, pro-

portional divided circle, cube and chorochromatic methods; representation

of traffic & transport data by by flow chart. (15 Marks)

Field Report (report: 15 marks + viva voce: 15 marks = 30 Marks)

Field Report (handwritten) is to be prepared for an area (C.D. block/P.S./

mauza/G.P./municipality/drainage basin) on the basis of the study of any

given/selected area. Questionnaire/schedule to be prepared for collection

of primary data; data collected from the field are to be analysed/processed

and represented by suitable methods; report should contain adequate num-

ber of tables, diagrams and maps; photocopying of anything associated with

field report should not be allowed; field report is to be authenticated by the

concerned supervisor(s). Participation and preparation of field work is com-

pulsory.

Laboratory note book and viva voce. (2+3=5 marks)

38



Books Recommended:1. Gupta, S.P., Statistical Methods, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and Sons Education Publishers,

2007.

2. Mahmood, A., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, New Delhi, Rajesh Publications,

1998.

3. Misra, R.P. and Ramesh, A. Fundamentals of Cartography, New Delhi, Macmillan, 1986.



5. Raisz, E. General Cartography. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 5th edition, 1962.



7. Sarkar, A., Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Kolkata, Orient Longman, 2008.

8. Singh, R.L. and Singh, Rana, P.B., Elements of Practical Geography. New Delhi, Kalyani

Publishers, 1993.




PART - I / 1st Year

HISTORY (Honours)

Paper I: History of India upto c. AD 650 Marks 100

Unit I Geographical Background

Physiography; major routes of communication; environment;

peoples and languages.

Unit II Survey of sources and approaches to ancient Indian history

Sources; Literature; Archaeology; Epigraphy; Numismatics.

Unit III Prehistory

a) Paleolithic culture- sequence and geographical distribution; topographic

and climatic changes; evolution and uses of stone industries and other

technological developments.

b) Mesolithic culture - regional and chronological distribution; new developments

in technology and economy; rock art.

c) Food production - concept of the Neolithic. Understanding the complexities of its

beginnings.

Unit IV Protohistory

a) Growth of Chalcolithic village societies from Baluchistan to Gujarat.

b) The Harappan civilization - origin, distribution, morphology of major sites

(Mohenjodaro, Harappa, Kalibangan, Lothal, Dholaviraj). Agrarian base, craft pro-

duction and trade, religious beliefs and practices, art and architecture and script.

The problem of Urban decline and the late Harappan cultures.

c) Neolithic - Chalcolithic cultures in non-Harappan India.

Unit V Background to the emergence of early historic India

a) The Aryans, The Aryan problem, original homeland. Spread of the Aryans &

Epics - Ramayana & Mahabharata.

b) Society with special reference to Verna system and position of women.

c) Iron Age cultures with special reference to painted Grey Ware and Northern

Black Polished Ware cultures. Megaliths.

Unit VI

a) Material and ideological background

b) Jainism, Buddhism, Ajivikas and other systems.

c) Expansion of settlements and urbanization.

d) Social structure.

Unit VII Mahajanapadas to Empire

a) Sixteen Mahajanapadas, Growth of Magadhan imperialism.

b) Craft production, trade and coinage.

40



Unit VIII The Mauryan Empire

Empire - its nature and bases; political and cultural relations with special re fe r -

ence to Sri Lanka and West Asia; Ashoka’s dhamma - its nature and propagation;

society and economy; art and architecture - (to be studied in detail).

Unit IX Post- Mauryan developments (c. 200 BC - c. 300 AD).

a) Invasions and their impact: Bactrian Greeks; Scythians; Kushanas.

b) Polity, Economy, Society, Religion and Culture.

i) Polity: Post Mauryan politics with special reference to the Kushanas

and Satavahanas;Tamil Chieftaincies - Chera, Chola, Pandya.

ii) Economy: Land grants and agricultural expansion; urban growth; craft

production; trade and trade routes; coinage and currency; Indo-Roman

trade.

iii) Society: peasantization of tribes; assimilation of incoming people.

iv) Religion:spread of Jainism and Buddhism: emergence of Mahayana

Buddhism; Vaisnava and Saiva forms of worship.

v) Culture: art and architecture; sculpture; literature.

vi) Sangam Age: society, language and literature, Megaliths, Tamilagam.

Unit X Age of the Guptas

a) State and administrative institutions.

b) Social and economic change with special reference to urban patterns; Agrar-

ian structure; land grants; coinage and currency system; trade.

c) Cultural developments: art; architecture; sculpture; painting; literature; religion;

Sanskrit theatre.

d) Culture Contracts with Central Asia.

e) Maukharis, Vakatakas, Sasanka and later Guptas.

Unit XI Post-Gupta period

a) Harshavardhana: political system and administrative institutions.

b) Peninsular India: Chalukyas, Pallavas; polity, society and economy; Culture de-

velopments with special reference to art and religion.

Paper II : History of India c. AD 650 -1550 Marks 100

Unit I c. AD 650 - 1550

a) Historiography and recent debates; sources and their interpretation; Epigraphy,

numismatics, and literature.

b) Polity:-

i) Early Arab contact with India - conditions of India. An analysis of distribu

tion of Political Power in Northern India -Hindu resistance to the Muslims

and its failure.

ii) Political developments: nature of regional politics with special reference

to the Pratiharas, Palas, Senas, Rashtrakutas, Cholas and other con

temporary dynasties.

iii) Ghaznavid and Ghori invasions: nature and impact




c) Economy:-

i) Land grants and agrarian expansion; changes in land tenure; peasants;

Intermediaries and landed magnates; their regional variations.

ii) Urban centers; trade and trade networks; itinerant trade; coinage and

currencies; trade contacts with South East Asia and West Asia; crafts,

guilds and industries.

d) Culture:-

i) Literature - rise and growth of regional languages.

ii) Art, architecture, painting, sculpture, arts and crafts.

iii) Schools of philosophy and religious cults.

iv) Science and technology.

Unit II Sultanate AD 1200 - 1550

a) Sultanate:-

i) Historiography and sources.

ii) Political structure: 1200-1290, 1290-1450, and 1450-1550.

Ruling elites; central structure and military organization; iqta; territorial

changes; Mongol threat; relations with rural intermediaries; legitimation of

political authority; theories of kingship; symbols and rituals of sovereignty;

chieftains; Sufis, Bhaktas and political authority.

b) Society and economy in North India:-

i) Environmental context; agricultural production; technology.

ii) Rural society; revenue system.

iii) Urbanization, technology and agricultural production.

iv) Monetization, market regulations, and trade.

c) Religion and Culture:-

i) Sufism: doctrines; Silsilas and practices.

ii) Bhakti movements: Nathpanthis; Kabir; Nanak and the Sant tradition.

iii) Sultanate architecture.

iv) Literature: Persian and indigenous.

Unit III Regions

a) Historiographical issues: sources: regional chronicles; bardic narratives; Sufi

and bhakti texts and travelogues.

b) Societies and Political Formations: A Regional Perspective:-

i) Bengal: Bengal under the Delhi Sultans- emergence as an independent

Kingdom- the rule of the illias Sahi dynasty and the Hussain Sahi dynasty

with special reference to society, economic and culture of the region.

P-3 (Ch) No.8.

ii) Vijayanagar & Bahmani

iii) Warfare and Society.

c) Society and Economy: a regional perspective:-

i) Vijayanagar.

ii) Vaishnavism in Bengal and its impact on the Bengali society- the nature

of the Hindu Muslim understanding during Sultanate period- an

assessment.

iii) Trade and urbanization with special reference to South India.

42



v) Indian Ocean Trade.

c) Religion, Culture and Regional Identities:-

i) Religious Cults: Vaishnavite movements in eastern India.

ii) Regional art and architectural forms; regional literature. (Eastern India).

Books Recommended:

Paper I & II: History of India upto c. AD 15501. Agarwal, D.P., The Archeology of India, Delhi, Select Book services Syndicate, 1984.

2. Agarwala, V.S., Indian Art, Vol.1, Varanasi, Prithvi Prakashan, 1972. Bridget and F. Raymond,

Origins of a Civilization: The Pre- History and Early Archaeology of South Asia, Delhi, Oxford and IBH,

1994.

3. ................, The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan, Delhi Select Book Service Syndicate,

1983.

4. F.R., The Archaeology of Early Historic South Asia: The Emergence of Cities and States, Cambridge,

1995.

5. Bashan, A.L.,The wonder That was India, Mumbai, Rupa, 1971.

6. Bhattacharya, N.N., Ancient Indian Rituals and their Social Contents, Delhi, Manohar, 1996.

7. Chakraborty, D.K., India and Archaeological History Paleolithic beginnings to Early Historic

Foundations, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

8. Chakraborty, D.K., The Archaeology of Ancient Indian Cities, Delhi, OUP 1997.

9. Chakraborty, Uma, The Social Dimension of Early Buddhism, Delhi, Munshiram Manoharlal, 1996.

10. Champakalakshmi, R., Trade, Ideology and Urbanization: South India 300 B.C.- A.D. 1300, Delhi,

OUP, 1996.

11. Chanana, Dev Raj, Slavery in Ancient India, Delhii, PPH, 1960.

12. Chattopadhyaya, B.D., A Survey of Historical Geography of Anient India, Kolkata, Manisha, 1984.


Paper III: History of India, c. AD 1550 - 1750 Marks 100

Unit I The Mughals

a) Historiography and sources:-

i) Historiography; different approaches.

ii) Sources: Abul Fazal, Badauni, Abdul Hamid Lahori, Bemier, Tuzuk-i-

Babari, Humayun Nama.

Unit II Polity

a) Evolution of the administrative system: Mansab and Jagir.

b) The Mughal ruling classes: nobility and Zamindars

d) Evolution of Mughal policy towards North West frontier and Cenral Asia

e) State and religion: Akbar’s religious ideas; Sulh-i-kut; relations with religious

elites; Aurangzeb’s relations with religious groups and institutions.

Unit III Rural Economy and Society.

a) Environmental context; forests and agricultural zones.

b) Agriculture production; management of water resources; agricultural technology

and crop patterns; growth of cash nexus and rural credit and role of the State.

c) Agrarian structure; land ownership and rights; revenue system; the village

community and peasantry.




Unit IV Trade, Commerce and the Monetary system

a) Trade routes and the pattern of internal commerce.

b) Indian ocean trade network in the 17th century

c) Markets; monetary system.

Unit V Urban Centers

a) Morphology of cities - a survey

b) Administration of cities and towns.

c) Urban economy; crafts; industries; organization of production; imperial Karkhanas

and textiles.

d) Urban social structure; merchant communities; bankers; artisans; carftsman

and labourers.

Unit VI Cultural Developments

a) Languages and Literature.

b) Architecture.

c) Visual and performing arts.

Unit VII Decline of the Mughal Empire and Emergence of Successor States

Crisis in the Mughal empire- agrarian crisis and peasant revolts - Parties and Poli-

tics at the Court - dynastic, administrative and economic causes of the Mughal

decline.

Unit VIII Patterns of Regional Polity

a) Bengal.

b) Maharashtra.

Unit IX Religion & Culture

a) Sufis.

b) Formation of religious identities: Sikh; Kabirpanthis and Dadupanthis.

c) Regional languages and culture with special reference to the Bengal literature.

Unit X Interpreting the Eighteenth Century

Society, politics and economy: Different views and interpretations.

Paper IV : History of India c. AD 1750 -1950 Marks 100

Unit I Understanding Modern India

Concepts, terminologies and approaches.

Unit II Expansion and consolidation of British Rule with special reference

to:

a) Bengal: Growth of English power in Bengal.

b) Mysore: The Mysore challenge: Hyder Ali & Tipu Sultan.

c) Marathas: rise & fall of the Marathas.

44



d) Punjab: The Sikh challenge: Ranjit Singh - First Anglo Sikh War; Annexation of

Punjab Kingdom.

e) Oudh: Anglo Oudh relation - leading to annexation.

Unit III Colonial State and its Ideology.

a) Orientation.

b) Utilitarianism & Evangelicalism.

c) Classical political thought in relation to India; theoryof rent; laissez faire; and

colonial paternalism.

d) Colonial state’s attitude to social institution such as caste, tribe and communi-

ties; relation to India; theory of rent.

Unit IV Rural Economy and Society

a) The rural agrarian social structure.

b) Land revenue statements.

c) Commercialization of agriculture.

d) De-industrialization.

e) Peasants and landless labour.

f) Rural credit and indebtedness.

g) Changing rural landscape and environment; the issues concerning ‘forestry’

and an environment view of rural change.

h) The tribal dimension: the changing economy and society of the tribal world.

Popular resistance to the British rule - The Chuars, The Pinderies, The Santhals,

and the early resistance.

Unit V Indian Awakening: Bengal

a) Rammohan Roy.

b) Derozio & young Bengal.

c) Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar.

d) Bengal Renaissance: its problem and defects.

Unit VI Cultural Changes and Social and Religious Reforms Movements

a) Rise of Modern Education and Press.

b) Rise of the new intelligentsia and its social composition.

c) Socio-Religious revivalists/reform movements: Brahmo Samaj, Prarthana Samaj,

Arya Samaj, Satya Sadhok Samaj, Theosophical Society, Wahabi, Faraizi and

New Hindu movements, Ramkrishna Mission.

d) Women: Changing position and attitudes.

e) Sanskritization, Caste movements, Brahmanical and depressed classes.

Unit VII Revolt of 1857

a) Historical Controversy on 1857.

b) India after 1858: The British economic policy and its impact.

c) Growth of industries and problem of European domination in trade and industry.

d) Emergence of Modern Industry- Cotton, Jute & Steel.




Unit VIII Nationalism

a) Beginning of Indian Nationalism and its historiography.

b) The rise of the Middle class and the growth of early political Associations, the

foundation of Indian National Congress, the early Congress- the moderates and

the extremists, the problem of Bengal and the Swadeshi movement, Boycott Move-

ment, the Congress split in the Morley Minto reforms and separate electorate,

trend of Muslim politics, the Aligarh movement and the foundation of the Muslim

League.

c) Ideas and movements- 1919 - 1947.

Impact of the First World War on the Indian economy and politics.

Rise of Gandhian and the emergence of mass politics.

Gandhian ideology and movements.

Rawlatt, Satyagraha, Khilafat, Non-cooperation.

Civil-disobedience, Quit India, Role of Social groups and classes, ideological trends

in the Congress.

d) Revolutionaries- Revolutionary Nationalism in India & abroad, Left movements-

Peasants and workers mobilization States’, Peoples’ movements.

e) Constitutional changes and response- Morley Minto Reforms, Government of

India Act of 1919; Swarajists and regional political parties, Simon Commission and

Nehru Report; Communal Award; Government of India Act 1935; working of Pro-

vincial Ministries, Cripps Mission; Wavell Plan; INA and Subhash ChandraB o s e

Telangana and Naval Mutiny.

Unit IX Communal Politics and Partition

a) Demand for Pakistan.

b) Reponses to Pakistan demand - national and regional.

c) British policies.

d) Partition.

Unit X India 1947 - 1950

a) Displaced persons and rehabilitation.

b) Agrarian reforms.

c) Integration of the Princely States.

d) Framing of the constitution.

e) Situating India in the global context.

Books Recommended:1. Alam, Mazaffar & Subramanyam, S, The Mughal State, Delhi, OUP, Oxford, India Paperback, 2002.

2. Alam, Mazaffar, The Crisis of empire in Mughal North India: Awadh and the Punjab, 1707-1748,

Delhi, OUP, 1993.

3. Ali, M. Akhtar, The Mughal Nobility under Aurangzeb, Mumbai, Asia, 1970.

4. Arnold, David & Ramachandra Guha (Eds.) Nature, Culture, Imperialism: Essays on the Environ-

mental History of South Asia, Delhi, OUP, 1995.

5. Bayly, C.A. Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire, New Cambridge History of India,

Vol. 1, Delhi, Cambridge University Press, 1987.

6. Bipan Chandra, Communalism in Modern India (2nd Edn.), Delhi, Vikash Pubs. 1987.

7. Bipan Chandra, K.N. Pnikkar, M. Mukherjee, S. Mahajan & Aditya Mukherjee, India’s Struggle for

Independence 1857-1947, Delhi, Penguin, 1996.

46




Paper V : The Rise of Modern West (Mid 15th - 18th Centuries) Marks 100

Unit I

a) Renaissance: Its social roots; humanism and its spread in Europe and art.

b) Reformation and Counter-Reformation origins; course and results; the Thirty

years’ war and its significance.

c) European State System: Spain, France; England and Russia.

d) Colonial expansion and economic development; motives; voyages explorations

and early colonial empires of Portugal and Spain; shift of economic balance from

the Mediterranean to the Atlantic; commercial revolution; the price revolution.

Unit II

a) Crisis in Europe in the 17th century: Economic, social and political dimensions.

b) The English Revolution: major issues; and political and intellectual currents.

c) Scientific revolution upto the 18th century.

d) Mercantilism and European Economy: 17th and 18th centuries.

e) American War of Independence; Political and Economic issues and significance.

f) European political patterns in the 18th century: Parliamentary monarchy: pat-

terns of Absolutism in Europe.

g) The Industrial Revolution.

h) Debate on transition from feudalism to capitalism; problems and theories.

Paper VI : History of Modern Europe c. AD 1780 - 1939 Marks 100

Unit I

a) French Revolution: Crisis of the ancient regime; intellectual and political cur-

rents; participation of social classes; role of women; art and culture.

b) Emergence of Napoleon Bonaparte, expansion, consolidation and downfall; and

the Congress of Vienna, 1815.

c) Social and Political developments, 1815-1848: Metternich - forces of conserva-

tism and restoration of old Hierarchies; social, political and intellectual currents,

revolutionary movements of 1830 and 1848.

d) Changes and development, 1848 to 1871: proccesses of economic change with

reference to Britain, the German states and Russia; Political developments in France

(Louis Napoleon and Paris Commune); making of the nation-states of Italy and

Germany; Liberalism and democracy in Britain.

Unit II

a) Europe between 1871-1914: Bismarck diplomacy and system of alliances;

Eastern question; scramble of African and Asian colonies; theories and mecha-

nisms of imperialism; power blocks and alliances; and World War I.

b) Europe 1914: Russian Revolution 1917; Peace settlements and post 1919 world

under economic crisis; the Great Depression and Recovery; Fascism and

Nazism; Spanish Civil War; and origins of World War II.




Paper VII : History of China and Japan c. AD 1839 -1949 Marks 100

Unit I China

a) China and Imperialism during the 19th century:

i) Chinese society - social group and classes; Confucian value system.

ii)Sino centrism

iii) Canton commercial system.

b) China as an informal colony:

i) Opium wars; treaties and imperialistic powers; and struggle for conces

sions in China.

ii) Increasing western economic interests.

iii) Open door policy.

c) Popular and reform movements; Taiping; self-strengthening and reforms in the

Chinese state 1860 to 1898.

d) Emergence of Nationalism in China:

i) Boxer Rebellion and its consequences

ii) Reforms of 1901-08

iii) Revolution of 1911 - role of social classes; Sun-Yat-Sen - Principles

and politics; emergence of the republic and Yuanshi-kav; War lords- 1916-

1918.

iv) New intellectual ideas and Nay Fourth Movement - its nature and

significance.

Unit II Japan

a) Meiji restoration: Tokugawa, Baku-han system - Nature and Crisis; encounter

with the west; Meiji restoration and processes of modernization- social, military,

politicial and economic.

b) Popular and Democratic movements: Satsuma rebellion; Popular rights move-

ment and Meiji constitution.

c) Emergence of Japan as an Imperial power, Sino-Japanese relations; Anglo-

Japanese alliance; Russo-Japanese war; World War I and after and Manchurian

crisis.

d) Democracy and Militarism; rise of political parties and failure of the democratic

system; rise of militarism and second Sino-Japanese war.

e) Japan and World War II - Its consequences.

Paper VIII : The Making of the Contemporary World Marks 100

Section A : Impact of the Second World War on the International System

1. Origins of the Cold War and the division of Europe - The Emergence of the

American and the Soviet spheres of influence - The system of military and eco-

nomic alliances.

2. The Decline of European Imperialism - Decolonization - National movements of

Asia and Africa - The emergence of the Third World - impact of the cold war on the

Third world - alternatives to the cold war-non-alignment.

3. Bipolar World and the regional conflicts - the European scene - Hungary, Czecho-

slovakia, Poland and Asian theatre and Latin America - Vietnam, Korea and Cuba.

48



Section B : The New World System

1. Persistence of Western economic domination - aid as a tool of Imperialism,

underdevelopment strategies of the Third world.

2. Economic integration - West Europe and Eastern European experiences other

than attempts like OPEC.

Section C : From Bipolarism to unipolarism

1. Glasnost and Perestroika in Soviet Union - the emergence of the Russian Fed-

eration; the impact of Glasnost of Eastern Europe - German reunification - impact

on Asia with special emphasis on Afghanistan a new kind of American intervention,

USA as a global policeman.

2. Globalization -impact on the Third World - information revolution, question of

Technology transfer and development - revival of economic liberalism in the devel-

oped world, the role of International credit, implications for changes in the develop-

ment strategies int he Third World with special reference to India.

Books Recommended:1. Anderson, M.S., Europe in the 18th Century, Longman, 1987.

2. Anderson, Perry, The Lineages of the absolutist States, Routledge, Chapman and Hall, 1974.

3. Cipolla, C.M., Fontana Economic History of Europe Vol. III, The Industrial Revolution, Harvestera,

1976.

4. Evans, J, The Foundations of a Modern State in the 19th century Europe.

5. Hobsbawn, E.J., Nation and Nationalism, Cambridge, 1970.

6.Akita, George, Foundation of the constitutional Government in Modern Japan, Harvard University

Press 1967.

7. Allen, George, A Short Economic History of Japan, London, Wiedenfeld & Nicolson, 1963.

8. Beasley, W.G., Modernization of China and Japan, Harper & Row 1962.

9. Bianco, Lucien, Origins of the Chinese Revolution 1915-1949, London, OUP 1971.

PART- I / 1st Year

POLITICAL SCIENCE (HONOURS)

Paper I

Political Thought Marks: 100

First Half

1. Greek Political Thought: Main Features, Plato: Concepts of Justice and Com-

munism. Aristotle: Theory of State, Classification of Constitutions.

2. Contributions of Roman Political Thought.

3. Medieval Political Thought in Europe: Main Features.

4. Renaissance Thought: Main Features, Contributions of Machiavelli - Political

Thought of Reformation - Bodin's contributions to the Theory of Sovereignty.

5. Hobbes: Founder of Science of Materialistic Politics.

Locke: Founder of Liberalism: Property and Consent.

Rousseau: General Will.

6. Hegel: Civil Society and State.

7. Utilitarianism: Bentham and J. S. Mill

8. Socialism: Utopian and Scientific: Main Features - Sources of Marxism.

Second Half:

1. Kautiltya: Dandaniti, Saptanga and Theory of Diplomacy.

2. Medieval Political Thought in India: Legitimacy of Kingship- Duties and re-

sponsibilities of a Muslim Ruler.

3. Modern Indian Thought: Rammohan Roy's Contribution to Indian Liberalism.

4. Rabindranath Tagore: Nationalism and Internationalism.

5. Subhash Chandra Bose: Doctrine of Samya.

6. J. P. Narayan: Partyless Democracy

7. B. R. Ambedkar: Views on Democratic Government and Constitutionalism.

8. Jawaharlal Nehru: Socialist Ideas.

Books Recommended:Allen, J. W., A History of Political Thought in the Sixteenth Century, London, Methuen, 1967.

Altekar, A. S., State and Government in Ancient India, New Delhi, Motilal Banarasidas, 1966.

Appadorai, A., Documents on Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,

1970

Barker, Ernest, The Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle, New Delhi, Dover Publications, 1964.

Berki R. N., The History of Political Thought: A Short Introduction, London, Dent, 1977

Colletti, L., From Rousseau to Lenin: Studies in Ideology and Society, New Delhi, Oxford University

Press, 1969.

Cranston, M., (ed.) Western Political Philosophers, London, Bodley Head, 1964

Dalton, D.G., India's Idea of Freedom; Political Thought of Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo Ghosh,

Mahatama Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1982.

Damodaran, K., Indian Thought: A Critical Survey, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967.

Desai, A. R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Bombay, Popular Books, 1954.

Doyle, P., A History of Political Thought, London, Jonathan Cape, 1937.

Dunning, W.H., A History and Political Theories, New York, Macmillan, 1902.

Ebenstein, W., Great Political Thinkers, New Delhi, Oxford and IBH, 1974.

Germino, D., Modern Western Political Thought: Machiavelli to Marx, Chicago, Chicago University

Press, 1972.

50



Ghosh, A., Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984.

Ghoshal, U. N., A History of Political Ideas, London, Oxford University Press, 1959.

Hacker, A., Political Theory: Philosophy, Ideology, Science, New York, Macmillan, 1961

Hallowell, J.H., Main Currents in Modern Political Thought, New York, Holt, 1960.

Kangle, R. P., Arthashastra of Kautilya, Delhi, Motilal Banarasidas, 1965.

Karunakaran, K. P., Modern Indian Political Tradition, Delhi, Allied, 1962.

Laski, H. J., Political Thought in England from Locke to Bentham, Oxford, Oxford University Press,

1920.

Macpherson, C. B., The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to Locke, Oxford,

Clarendon Press, 1973.

Mehta, V. R., Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Manohar, 1996.

Mukherjee, S. and Ramaswamy, S., A History of Political Thought, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1999.

Mulgan, R. G., Aristotle's Political Theory: An Introduction to the Students of Political Theory, Oxford,

Clarendon Press, 1977.

Pantham, Thomas and Deutsch, Kenneth, (eds.) Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi, Sage

Publishers, 1986.

Popper, K.R., The Open Societies and its Enemies, London, Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1945.

Skinner, Q., The Foundations of Modern Political Thought (2Vols.), Cambridge, Cambridge University

Press, 1978.

Wolin, S., Politics and Vision: Continuity and Innovation in Western Political Thought, Boston, Little

Brown, 1960.

Paper II

Political Theory Marks: 100

First Half

1. What is Politics - Politics and Political Science - Political Science as a Social

Science. Approaches to the study of Politics: Normative and Empirical and

Behavioural.

2. Theories of the State: Individualist; Idealist and Socialist (Fabianism, Guild

Socialism, Syndicalism).

3. Concept of State Sovereignty: Monistic and Pluralistic theories - Critiques of

theory of Sovereignty: Liberal and Marxist, Crisis of State Sovereignty.

4. Relation between the State and the Individual: Liberty, Equality, Rights and

Law: Concepts and their interrelations; Grounds of Political obligation - Right

of Resistance (Green and Barker's views)

5. Theories of Justice: Plato, Barker, and Rawls.

6. Theories of Democracy: Protective (Bentham); Developmental (J.S. Mill); and

Participatory.

Second Half

1. Marxian Approach: Dialectical and Historical Materialism: Relationship between

Base and Superstructure.

2. Marx's Conceptualisation of Capitalist Society.

3. Theory of Class and Class Struggle.

4. Marxist theory of the State: Marx, Engels and Lenin.

5. Marx and the concepts of Freedom and Democracy.

6. Marxian theory of Revolution: Socialist and non-socialist Revolution - Revolu-

tion and Violence.

7. Mao-Ze-Dong - State and Democracy.




Books Recommended:Barry, N.P., An Introduction to Modern Political Theory, London, Macmillan, 1995.

Bhargava, Rajeev and Ashok Acharya (eds.), Political Theory: An Introduction, Delhi, Pearson, 2008.

Bhargava, Rajeev, What is Political Theory and Why Do We Need It, New Delhi, Oxford University

Press, 2012.

Brecht, A., Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century Political Thought, Princeton,

Princeton University Press, 1959.

Carnoy, M., The State and Political Theory, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1984.

Dahl, Robert, A Preface to Democratic Theory, (50th Anniversary Edition), London, University of Chi-

cago Press, 2006.

Dunn, John, Modern Revolutions: An Introduction to the Analysis of Political Phenomenon, Cam-

bridge, Cambridge University Press, 1989.

Germino, D., Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, Chicago, University of Chicago Press,

1967.

Held, David, Political Theory and the Modern State: Essays on State Power and Democracy, Cam-

bridge, Worldview (Book Land), 1989.

------------------, Political Theory Today, California, Stanford University Press, 1991.

Macpherson, C. B., Democratic Theory: Essays in Retrieval, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2012.

McLennan, Gregor, David, Held and Stuart Hall (eds.), The Idea of the Modern State, Milton Keynes,

Open University Press, 1984.

Miliband, Ralph, Marxism and Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1977.

Miller, David, Social Justice, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1979.

------------------ (ed.), The Liberty Reader, Boulder, Paradigm Publishers, 2006.

------------------, Citizenship and National Identities, Cambridge, Polity Press, 2000.

Pateman, Carole, Participation and Democratic Theory, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,

1970.

Poggi, Gianfranco, The Development of the Modern State: A Sociological Introduction, Stanford,

Stanford University Press, 1978.

Singh, Randhir, Reason, Revolution and Political Theory: Notes on Oakeshott's Rationalism in Poli-

tics, New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1976.

Waldron, Jeremy, Theories of Rights, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1984.


Paper Ill

Government and Politics in India Marks: 100

First Half

1. Framing of the Indian Constitution: Composition and Role of the Constituent

Assembly. Philosophy of the Constitution: the Preamble.

2. Fundamental Rights and Duties. Directive Principles.

3. Nature of Federalism - Union - State Relations: Recent trend (with special

reference to the Sarkaria Commission Report)

4. Union Executive: President: Position and Role, with special reference to Coa-

lition Government. Vice President - Prime Minister - Council of Ministers and

Cabinet. Relationship of Prime Minister and President.

5. Union Legislature: Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha: Organization, Functions (with

special reference to financial functions), Law-making procedure, Privileges,

Relationship of the two Houses, Committee System- Speaker.

6. Government in the States: Governor, Chief Minister and Council of Ministers'

Position, Functions, Role and Relationship. State Legislature: Composition and

Functions.

52



7. The Judiciary: Supreme Court and the High Courts: Composition and Func-

tions - Judicial activism.

8. Constitutional Amendment Procedure.

Second Half

1. Party System: Features and Trends, Major political parties in India (national

and regional): Ideologies and Programmes - Coalition Politics in India: Nature

and trends, Political parties in West Bengal- an Overview.

2. Electoral Process: Election Commission: Composition, Functions and role -

Electoral reforms.

3. Classes and Interests: Role of organized business, Trade Unions and Parent

organizations.

4. Major cleavages in Indian Politics: Religion, Communalism in Indian politics,

Caste and Tribes: Reservation Issue and Language.

5. Regionalism and the problems of Nation-building in India.

Books Recommended:Austin, Granville, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi, Oxford University

Press, 1966.

Austin, Granville, Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, New Delhi, Oxford


Basu, Durga Das, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.

Baxi, Upendra and Parekh, Bikhu (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage,

1994.

Bhambhri C.P., The Indian State: Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1997.

Bose, Sugata and Jalal, Ayesha, Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy, London,

Routledge, 1997.

Brass, Paul, Politics of India since Independence, New Delhi, Orient-Longman, 1990.

Chaube, S.K., Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, People's Pub-

lishing House, 1973.

Corbridge, S. and Harriss, J., Re-inventing of India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

Dasgupta, J., Language Conflict and National Development, California, University of California Press,

1970.

Frankel, F. R., et. al. (ed.) Transforming India: Social and political Dynamics of Democracy, New

Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.

Frankel, F. R., India's Political Economy, 1947-1977: The Gradual Revolution, Princeton, Princeton


Frankel, F.R., and Rao, M. S. A. (eds.), Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of a

Social Order, Vol.1., New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989.

Fuller, C., and Jaffrelot, C. (ed.), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Oxford, Oxford


Jayal, N. G., Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary India,

New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

Jayal, N. G., (ed.) Democracy in India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

Kashyap, S. C., Our Parliament: An Introduction to the Parliament of India, New Delhi, National Book

Trust, 1989.

Kaushik, S., (ed.) Indian Government and Politics, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1990.

Kochanek, S., Business and Politics in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1974.

Kohli, Atul, Democracy and Discontent: India's Foreign Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cam-

bridge University Press, 1991.

Kohli, Atul (ed.), The Success of India's Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Kothari, Rajni, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient-Longman, 1970.

Kothari, Rajni, Politics in India, Boston, Little Brown, 1970.




Oommen, T. K., Protest and Change: Studies in Social Moments, New Delhi, Sage, 1990.

Palmer, N. D., Elections in India: Its Social Basis, Calcutta, K. P. Bagchi, 1982.

Singh M. P and Saxena R., (eds.) Ideologies and Institutions in Indian Politics, New Delhi, 1998.

Siwach, J. R., Dynamics of the Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1985.

Thakur, R., The Government and Politics in India, London, Macmillan, 1995.

Vanaik Achin, The Principle Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990.

Weiner, M., Party Politics in India, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1957.

Paper IV

Comparative Government and Politics Marks: 100

First Half

1. What is Comparative Politics - Methods of Comparison.

2. Nature of Liberal (UK and USA) and Socialist Political System- their distin-

guishing features, with special reference to Conventions, Rule of Law, Parlia-

mentary Sovereignty (UK); Separation of Powers - Checks and Balances, Ju-

dicial review (USA); Ideology, Democratic Centralism, role of Communist Party

and Central Military Commission (PRC).

3. Federal and Unitary Systems: Federalism in USA and Switzerland - Nature of

Unitarism - UK and PRC.

4. Parliamentary and Presidential Systems: Comparative study of British and

American Practices - Unique Position of the PRC.

5. Political Parties: Features and Role of Party System. Parties in UK, USA and

PRC. Interest groups: their role and performance in UK and USA.

6. Russia: Background and Features of a New Constitution - comparison with

Liberal Democratic Constitutions.

Second Half

1. Legislature in UK, USA, PRC and Switzerland: Composition and Functions of

the Legislative Chambers- role of the President of the NPC in PRC- role of

Second Chambers in UK and USA- Committee System in UK and USA- role of

Speakers in Parliamentary and Presidential systems.

2. Executive in UK, USA, Switzerland and PRC:

a)UK: Crown, Prime Minister and Cabinet:

b)USA: President and Cabinet:

c)PRC: State Council- Comparative study of i) British Crown and American

Presidency, ii) British Prime Minister and American President and iii) British

and American Cabinet Systems.

d)Swiss Executive: its unique features and Comparison with the executives of

the UK and USA- Direct Democracy of Switzerland.

3. Judiciary in UK, USA and PRC (with special reference to the Procuratorate).

4. Rights and Duties of the Citizens of UK, USA and PRC: a Comparative study.

Books Recommended:Almond, G and Powell, V., Comparative Politics: A Developmental Approach, Boston, Little Brown,

1966.

Almond, G., et. al., Comparative Politics Today: A World View, 7th edition, London, Harper Collins,

2000.

Apter, David, E., (ed.) Comparative Politics: A Reader, New York, Free Press, 1963.

54



Bill, J. A., and Hardgrave, R., Comparative Politics: The Quest for Theory, Columbus, Merrill, 1973.

Blondel, J. B., An Introduction to Comparative Government, London, 1969.

Blondel, J. B., Comparative Legislatures, Prentice Hall, 1973.

Finer, H., Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, 1969.

Finer, S. E., Comparative Government, London, Penguin, 1974.

Keman, H., (ed.) Comparative Politics: New directions in Theory and Method, Amsterdam, VU Uni-


Lijphart, A., (ed.) Parliamentary Verse Presidential Government, OUP, 1992.

Lijphart, A., A Democracy in Plural Socialist: Comparative Exploration, Yale University Press, 1977.

Macridis R. C. and Ward, R. E., Modern Political Systems: Europe and Asia, Second Edition, Englewood

Cliffs, N.J, Prentice Hall, 1968.

Maddex, R.L., Constitutions of the World, Second Edition, Washington D.C., Conressional Quarterly

Inc., 1995.

Ogg, F. A. and Zink, Harold, Modern Foreign Governments, New York, Macmillan, 1964.

Wheare, K. C., Federal Government, Fourth Edition, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1963.

Wheare, K. C., Legislatures, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1968.

Wilson, J., American Government, Fourth Edition, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1997.

Zhang, W, Transforming China: Economic Reforms and its Political Implications, New York, 2000.

PART-III / 3rd Year

Paper V

International Relations Marks: 100

First Half

1. What is International Relations? Evolution of International Relation - its 'au-

tonomy' as a Discipline.

2. Actors in International Relations: a) State as actor - evolution of the Nation -

State System; Crisis of the Nation- States; b) Non- State actors.

3. Basic Concepts: Power: meaning of National Power - Elements of National

Power - National Interest, with reference to Ideology: Balance of Power: Con-

cept and Conditions: Power Vacuum.

4. Foreign Policy: Concept and Techniques: Diplomacy, Propaganda, Military.

5. Imperialism, Colonialism and neo-colonialism in Modern times; a brief histori-

cal outline.

Second Half

1. Major Trends in post Second World War - Cold War: origin, evolution and

impact on International Relations. Features of the post Cold War World.

2. Third World: Features and problems. NAM: Contemporary relevance; Region-

alism: ASEAN, OAU, SAARC, West Asia; Palestine Question since 1980's.

3. India's Foreign Policy: Principle, Evolution and Bilateral Relations: USA, China

and Pakistan. . .

4. Foreign Policies of USA and China: Evolution and basic issues since the 1980's.

5. UNO: Background of International Organizations- Organs: Security Council,

General Assembly and Secretariat - Principle of Collective Security and its

evolution - Peace-keeping Operations: Role and Evaluation - UN and Human

Rights.




Books Recommended:Bandhyopadhyay, J., A General Theory of International Relations, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1993.

Banerjee, A.K., (ed.) Security Issues in South Asia: Domestic and External Sources of Threats to

Security, Calcutta, Minerva, 1998.

Brown, C., International Relations Theory, New Normative Approaches, Harlow, Prentice Hall, 1992.

Burchill, Scott, et. al., Theories of International Relations, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 2001.

Claude, I., Power and International Relations, New York, 1962.

Coplin, W. D., Introduction to International Politics: A Theoretical Overview, Chicago, 1971.

Deutsch, K. W., The Analysis of International Relations, Prentice Hall, 1989.

Dyke, V. Van, International Politics, New York, 1966.

Frankel, J., Contemporary International Theory and the Behaviour of States, OUP, 1973.

Frankel, J., The Making of Foreign Policy, OUP, 1963.

Ghosh, Partha S., Cooperation and Conflict in South Asia, New Delhi, Manohar, 1989. Griffiths, Mar-

tin and Terry, O' Callaghan, International Relations - Key Concepts, London, Routledge, 2002

Gujral, I.K., A Foreign Policy for India, Delhi, External Publicity Division, MEA, Government of India,

1998.

Hoffman, S. H., (ed.) Contemporary Theory in International Relations, Prentice Hall, 1960.

Hoffman, S. H., Essays on Theory and Politics of International Relations, Westview Press, 1989.

Holton, R.J., Globalization and the Nation State, Basingstoke, Palgrave Macmillan, 1998.

Huntington, S. P., The Third Wave: Democratization in the Late Twentieth Century, Oklahoma, Uni-

versity of Oklahoma Press, 1991.

Morgenthau, Hans J., Politics Among Nations, Sixth Edition, New York, 1985.

Northedge, F. S., The International Political System, London, 1976.

Olson, W. C. and Groom, A.J. R., International Relations: Then and Now, London, 1976.

Palmer, N. D. and Perkins, H., International Relations, Calcutta, Scientific Books, 1971.

Sinha, Rameshwar P. and Surya, Dandekar (eds.), South Asian Politics: Ideologies and Institutions,

New Delhi, Kanishka, 1998.

Sullivan, M.P., Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a Changing World, Macmillan,

2001.

Varma, S. P., International System and the Third World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1988.

Paper VI

Society, State and Politics Marks: 100

First Half

1. Social basis of Politics, Interrelations of Society, State and Politics.

2. Nationalism: Origin and Features - types of Nationalism in the West and the

Third World - Ethnicity and Nationalism.

3. Social stratification and Politics: Class and Caste - Elites; Social Mobility and

Politics.

4. Social Inequality and Politics: Gender and Politics: the basic Issues.

5. Power and Authority: Concept of Power - Nature and types of Authority -Au-

thority and Legitimacy.

6. Religion, Society and Politics: Religion in Society: Marxist and non-Marxist

views, Secular and Theocratic Politics.

Second Half

1. Classification and types of Political Systems.

2. Political Cultures, agencies of Political Socialization with special reference to

Education and Media.

3. Political Participation - Concepts and Types - Non-Participation.

56



4. Political Parties - Definition, Function and Types.

5. Groups in Politics: Interest Groups, Pressure Groups, Pressure Groups and

Political Parties.

6. Political Development and Social Change: Concept of Political Development.

Books Recommended:Almond, Gabriel, and Sidney, Verba, The Civic Culture, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1963.

Axford, Barrie, Gary Browning, Richard Huggins et.al., Politics: An Introduction, London, Routledge,

1997.

Barber, Benjamin, Strong Democracy: Participatory Politics for a New Age, Berkeley, University of

California Press, 1984.

Bottomore, Tom, Political Sociology, Johannesburg, Ravan Press, 1993.

Chilcote, Ronald and Dale. L. Johnson (eds.), The Theories of Development: Modes of Production or

Dependency, London, Sage, 1983.

Cobban, Alfred, In Search of Humanity: The Role of Enlightenment in Modern History, New York,

George Braziller, 1960.

Duverger, Maurice, Political Parties: Their Organisation and Activity in the Modern State (translated

by Barbara and Robert North), New York, Wiley, 1963.

Held, David, Models of Democracy, Stanford, Stanford University Press, 1996.

Kamrava, Mehran, Politics and Society in the Developing World, London, Routledge, 2000.

Keane, John, Civil Society and the State: New European Perspectives, London, Verso, 1988.

Kymlicka, Will, Multicultural Citizenship, New York, Oxford University Press, 1995.

Lipset, M. Seymour, Political Man: The Social Base of Politics, New York, Doubleday, 1960.

Miliband, Ralph, Class Power and State Power, London, Verso, 1983.

Mukhopadhay, K. Amal, Political Sociology: An Introductory Analysis, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 1977.

Parsons, Talcott, The Social System, New York, Free Press, 1951.

Poulantzas, Nicos, Political Power and Social Class, London, Verso Books, 1973.

Randall, V and Theobald, R., Political Change and Underdevelopment: A Critical Introduction to Third

World Politics, London, Macmillan, 1985.

Rosenbaum, W.A., Political Culture, London, Thomas Nelson, 1975.

Rush, M, Politics and Society: An Introduction to Political Sociology, New York, Prentice Hall, 1992.

Sartori, Giovanni, Parties and Party System: A Framework for Analysis, Cambridge, Cambridge Uni-


Stammer, O, (ed.), Party Systems, Party Organization and the Politics of the New Masses, Berlin,

Institute for Political Science, 1968.

Tornquist, Olle, Politics and Development: A Critical Introduction, New Delhi, Sage, 1999.

Ware, Alan, Political Parties and Party Systems, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1996.

Weiner Myron, Samuel Huntington and Gabriel Almond, Understanding Political Development: An

Analytic Study, Boston, Little Brown, 1987.

Paper VII

Public Administration Marks: 100

First HaIf

1. Meaning of 'Public' and 'Administration' - Scope of Public Administration

2. Major theories of Organization: Scientific Management, Classical Human Re-

lations, Bureaucratic, Simmon's Behavioural Alternative Model - Principles of

Administration: Hierarchy, Unity of Command, Span of Control, Authority,

Centralisation and Decentralisation- Line and Staff, Efficiency and Effective-

ness.

3. Bureaucracy: Views of Karl Marx and Max Weber

4. Challenges to the Discipline of Public Administration and Responses: New




Public Administration, Comparative Public Administration - Development Ad-

ministration (with special reference to India) - Rigissian Model.

5. Administration in Socialist Countries - Nature and Features.

Second Half

1. Continuity and Change in Indian Administration: A brief Historical outline.

2. Bureaucracy in India: Recruitment, training (UPSC/PSC), Role in post- inde-

pendent India.

3. Organisation of the Union Government: Secretariat Administration

4. Organisation of the State Government: Chief Secretary, Divisional Commis-

sioner.

5. District Administration: Roles of the District Magistrate

6. Local Self Government: Concept and Forms - Municipalities in West Bengal:

Basic Features - Panchayats in West Bengal: Basic Features; Politician -

Administrator relationship at the Rural Level.

7. Planning and Planned Administration: Planning Commission and National De-

velopment Council: Organization and Functions.

Books Recommended:Arora, R.K., Comparative Public Administration, New Delhi, Asia Publishing House, 1972.

Avasthi, A and Maheshwari, S.R., Public Administration, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, 1991.

Bhambhri, C.P., Administrators in a Changing Society, Delhi, National Publishing House, 1972.

Bhambhri, C.P., Bureaucracy and Politics in India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1971.

Bhattacharya, Mohit, Bureaucracy and Development Administration, New Delhi, Uppal Publishers,

1979.

Bhattacharya, Mohit, Public Administration: Structure, Process and Behaviour, Calcutta, World Press,

1991.

Bhattacharya, Mohit, Restructuring Public Administration: Essays in Rehabilitation, New Delhi, Jawahar

Publishers, 1999.

Caiden, G.E., Dynamics of Political Administration: Guidelines to Current Transformation in Theory

and Practice, Hinsdale, Dryden Press, 1971.

Datta, Prabhat, The Second Generation Panchayats in India, Calcutta, Calcutta Book House, 1993.

Dimock, M.E. and G. O. Dimock, Public Administration, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH, 1975.

Dubhashi, P.R., The Profession of Public Administration, Pune, Subhadra-Saraswat, 1976.

Dwivedi, O.P. and Jain R. B., India's Administrative State, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1985.

Nigro, F.A. and Nigro, L.G., Modern Public Administration, New York, Harper & Row, 1980.

Perry, James, (ed.) Handbook of Public Administration, San Francisco, Jossey-Bass, 1989.

Peters, Guy and Pierre, Jon (eds.), Handbook of Public Administration, New Delhi, Sage, 2007.

Pierre, Jon, and Peters, Guy, Governance, Politics and the State, New York, St. Martin's Press, 2000.

Singh, Hoshiar and Singh, Mohinder, Public Administration in India: Theory and Practice, New Delhi,

Sterling, 1989.

Paper VIII

Colonialism and Nationalism in India and Women Politics Marks: 100

First Half

1. Impact of British Rule in India: a) Land System; b) Industries; c) Education; d)

Social Stratification.

2. Awakening of Indian Nationalism: 1857 Uprising - Political implications, Role

of Indian National Congress (INC).

58



3. Partition of Bengal and Swadeshi Movement - Moderates and Extremists Emer-

gence of Hindu Nationalism and Muslim Politics - Role of Revolutionary

Terrorists.

Second Half

1. Gandhi and Gandhian Movements: non- Cooperation and Civil-disobedience

2. Emergence of the Left: the Left within Congress and the Communists.

3. Government of India Act of 1935: Main Features and contribution to the present

Constitution and their Political Implications.

4. Movements: a) anti-Caste; b) Tribal; c) Peasant; d) Working Class and e) En-

vironmental Movements.

Third Half

1. Feminism - Meaning & Nature

2. Women's Suffrage and its impact on Electoral Politics.

3. Women's Empowerment: Political dimensions with special reference to India.

Books Recommended:Bandyopadhyaya, J., Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1969.

Barrett, Michele and Phillips, Anne (eds.), Destabilizing Theory: Contemporary Feminist Debates,

California, Stanford University Press, 1992.

Bose, N.K., Studies in Gandhism, Calcutta, Merit Publishers, 1962.

Chandra, Bipan, Essays on Colonialism, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1999.

Chandra, Bipan, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979.

Chatterjee, Partha, Nationalist Thought in the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse, New Delhi,

Oxford University Press, 1986.

Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, 6th Edition, Bombay, Popular Prakashan, 2001.

Dutt, Rajini Palme, India Today, London, Victor Gollancz, 1940.

Gelb, J., Feminism and Politics: A Comparative Perspective, Los Angeles, University of California

Press, 1989.

Ghosh, Shankar, Socialism, Democracy and Nationalism in India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1973.

Ghosh, Shankar, The Renaissance to Militant Nationalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1969.

Heimsath, C., Indian Nationalism and Social Reform, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1964.

Luther, V.P., The Concept of Secular State in India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1964.

Majumdar, B.B., Militant Nationalism in India and its Socio-religious Background 1897-1911, Calcutta,

General Printers, 1960.

Mohanty, Manoranjan, Revolutionary Violence: A Study of the Maoist Movement in India, New Delhi,

Sterling Publishers, 1977.

Randall, V., Women and Politics: An International Perspective, Chicago, University of Chicago Press,

1987.

Sarkar, S.C., Bengal Renaissance and Other Essays, New Delhi, People's Publishing House, 1970.

Shanley, Mary and Pateman, Carole (eds.), Feminist Interpretations and Political Theory, Cambridge,

Polity Press, 1991.

Syllabus for B.A.

PSYCHOLOGY Honours

FIRST YEAR Paper 1: General Psychology

Paper 2: Physiological Psychology

SECOND YEAR Paper 3: Developmental Psychology

Paper 4: Social Psychology

THIRD YEAR Paper 5: Industrial/Organizational Psychology

Paper 6: Abnormal Psychology

Paper 7: Counseling Psychology

Paper 8: Statistical Methods of Psychological Research

Course Course Name Marks Duration

YEAR - I

PSY-1 General Psychology 100 9 Hrs

PSY-2 Physiological Psychology 100 9 Hrs

YEAR - 2

PSY-3 Developmental Psychology 100 9 Hrs

PSY-4 Social Psychology 100 9 Hrs

YEAR - 3

PSY-5 Industrial /Organizational Psychology 100 4 Hrs

PSY-6 Abnormal Psychology 100 8 Hrs

PSY-7 Counseling Psychology 100 5 Hrs

PSY-8 Statistical Methods of Psychological

Research 100 4 Hrs

60



Part I / 1st Year

Paper I: GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT 1: Perception

a. Perception: Bottom-up and top-down processing

b. Role of attention in perception

c. Principles of Perceptual Organization

d. Depth Perception

e. Perceptual Constancies

f. Illusions

g. Influence of contests and expectations on perception

UNIT 2: Learning and Motivation

a. Nature of Learning

b. Classical and Operant Conditioning: Principles/processes, Applications

c. Cognitive influences on learning

d. Observational Learning

e. Biological constraints in learning

f. Functions of motivational concepts

g. Perspectives on Motivation

h. Types of Motivations

i. Motivational Conflicts

UNIT 3: Intelligence

a. Intelligence in historical perspective

b. Psychometric and Cognitive process approaches to Intelligence

c. Broader conceptions of Intelligence: Multiple Intelligences, Emotional

Intelligence

d. Measurement of Intelligence

e. Role of Heredity and Environmental in intelligence

f. Extremes of Intelligence

UNIT 4: Personality and Self

a. Nature of Personality

b. Psychodynamic theories

c. Type and trait theories

d. Humanistic theories

e. Social learning and Cognitive theories

f. Culture and Personality

g. Self and identity in Indian thought

h. Personality Assessment




Books Recommended:

1. Baron R., Psychology, Pearson, 2001.

2. Morgan T., King R., Seisz J.& SchoplerJ., Introduction to Psychology, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition,

1994.

3. Atkinson R.L., Atkinson R.C. Smith E.E. & Ben D.J., Introduction to Psychology, Harcourt,

Brace Publishers, 1993.

4. Rai B.C., General Psychology, Prakash Kendra, 1993.

Paper II: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT 1: Definition, Methods of Physiological Psychology:

Divisions of Biopsychology, Invasive Psychological Research Mathods, Methods

to study the living human brain, PET Scan, MRI Scan, CT Scan, EEG.

UNIT 2: Neuron:

Structure, Types and Functions, Synaptic transmission, Neurotransmitters.

UNIT 3: Nervous System:

Structure and functions of major parts of the nervous system, the Brain, the

spinal cord, the peripheral nervous system, Hemispheric specialization.

UNIT 4: Endocrine system: Structure, function and Abnormalities of major glands:

Thyroid, Adrenals, Gonads, Pituitary, Pancreas and Pineal glands.

Books Recommended:

1. Morgan T., King R., Seisz J.& Schopler J., Introduction to Psychology, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition,

1994.

2. Pinel J. P. J., Biopsychology, Pearson, International edition, 2006.

3. Pinel J. P. J., Biopsychology, New Delhi, Pearson, 2011.

Part - II / 2nd Year

Paper III: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

1. Developmental Foundations

a. Biological foundations, Pre-natal development & birth

b. Infancy

c. Physical Growth

2. Cognitive & Language Development

a. Cognitive development - Piagetian perspective

b. Cognitive development - Information Processing Perspectives

c. Culture Cognition

d. Language Development

62



3. Personality & Social Development

a. Emotional development

b. Development of morality & self control

c. Development of sex differences and sex roles

4. Contexts for Development

a. Family in the Indian context

b. Peers, Media & School

5. Adolescence Building and Identity

a. Physical and Sexual Maturation

b. Identity and Experience

c. Social relations and influence

6. Adulthood Functioning in Society

a. Early adulthood

b. Middle adulthood

c. Later adulthood

Books Recommended:

1. Hurlock, E., Developmental Psychology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1993.

2. Vatsyayan, Development Psychology, Kedar Nath Ram Nath Publishers, Meerut.

3. Conger, Muesen & Kagan, Basic and contemporary issues in Development Psychology, 1975.

4. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual - DSM IV, American Psychiatric Association, 1987.

Paper 4: Social Psychology

UNIT 1: Introduction

Definition, Nature, Origin and Development. Social Psychology in Indian context.

Applications

UNIT2: Understanding and Evaluating the Social World

Social cognition, Perception, Attitudes and Attitudinal change

UNIT 3: Aspects of Social Interaction and Influence

Interpersonal attraction. Pro-social behavior, Aggression. Changing others'

behavior

UNIT 4: Group Dynamics and Intergroup Relations

Nature of groups, Consequences of belonging-performance, decision making,

cooperation and conflict, Nature of intergroup relation -prejudice, intergroup

conflict, Intervention techniques.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Secordp, F & Backman C.W., Social Psychology, McGraw Hill

2. Hayes M., Principles of Psychology, Lawrence Exlbaum Association

publications.

3. Eiser, Social Psychology, Cambridge, 1986.




Part - III / 3rd Year

Paper IV: INDUSTRIAL / ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT 1: Introduction and issues in I/O Psychology

Brief history of I/O psychology; Industry and Organization; organizational

Behavior; Current status of I/O psychology; I/O psychology in the Indian context;

Organizational structure; Organizational climate and culture

UNIT 2: Introduction to Work Related Attitudes & Work Motivation

a) Job satisfaction; Job involvement; Organizational; Commitment;

Organizational Citizenship Behavior; Psychological Contract; Work

Engagement

b) Work Motivation: Theories and application; Indian perspective

UNIT 3: Leadership

Contemporary perspectives on leadership; Cross-cultural leadership issues;

Indian perspective on leadership; Diversity issues in leadership

UNIT 4: Positive Organizational Behavior

Optimism, Emotional Intelligence; Self-Efficacy; Work-Life balance

Paper VI. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT 1: Definition of abnormality, criteria, classification, and clinical assessment

UNIT 2: Clinical Picture and Dynamics of: Developmental Disorders, Mental

Retardation, Autism, ADHD, and Learning Disabilities.

UNIT 3:

a. Clinical Picture of GAD, OCD, and Phobias, Dynamics of anxiety disorders;

b. Clinical Picture & Dynamics of Conversion Disorder;

c. Clinical Picture & Dynamics of Dissociative Identity Disorder.

UNIT 4: Diathesis-Stress Model

a. The Impact of Stress on Physiological Parameters (Coronary Heart Disease

and Essential Hypertension)

b. Substance-Related Disorder

UNIT 5: Clinical Picture and Dynamics of:

a. Schizophrenia

b. Mood Disorders

c. Personality Disorders

d. Antisocial & Borderline Personality Disorders

64



Books Recommended:

1. Coleman J., Abnormal Psychology & Modern Life, Carson & Butcher, 1993.

2. Shanmagam, Abnormal Psychology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co, 1985.

3. Diagnostic & Statistical Manuel - DSM IV, American Psychiatric Association, 1987.

Paper VII: COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT 1 Counseling: The Art and Science of Helping

a. Meaning, Purpose and goals of counseling with special reference to India

b. Professional issues, ethics, education and training of the counselor

UNIT 2 Counseling Processes

a. Counseling relationship

b. Counseling interview

UNIT 3 Theories and Techniques of Counseling

i. Psychodynamic Approaches:

a. Freudian

b. Neo Freudian

c. Modern

ii. Humanistic Approach

a. Existential

b. Client centered

iii. Cognitive Approach

a) Rational emotive

b) Transaction analysis

iv. Behavioural Approach

a. Operant conditioning

b. Behavior modification

v. Indian Contribution- Yoga & Meditation

UNIT 4 Counseling Applications:

a. Child Counseling

b. Family Counseling

c. Counseling in Schools

d. Career Counseling

e. Alcohol & Drug Abuse

f. Group Counseling

g. Crisis Intervention Counseling

Books Recommended:

1. Corey G., Theory and practice of counseling & Psychotherapy, Brooks/Cole Publishing Co,

1986.

2. Fuster J.M., Personal Counseling, St. Paul's Press, 1988.




3. CurrieJ., In the path of the barefoot counsellor; ATC Publications, Bangalore, 1993.

4. Kennedy r. & Charles S.C., On becoming a counsellor, The continuum Publishing Co. NY,

1990.

Paper VIII: STATISTICAL METHODS FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH

UNIT 1:

1. Introduction

a. What is Psychological Research?

b. Relevance of Statistics in Psychological Research

c. Descriptive and Inferential Statistics

d. Variables and Constants

e. Scales of Measurements

2. Frequency Distributions, Percentiles, and Percentile Ranks

a. Organizing Qualitative Data

b. Grouped Scores

c. The Cumulative Frequency Distribution

d. Percentiles and Percentile Ranks

e. Computing Percentiles and Percentile Ranks from Grouped Data

UNIT 2:

3. Graphic Representation of Frequency Distributions

a. Basic Procedures

b. The Histogram

c. The Frequency Polygon

d. Choosing between a Histogram and a Polygon

e. The Bar Diagram and the Pie Chart

f. The Cumulative Percentage Curve

g. Factors Affecting the Shape of Graphs

4. Central Tendency

a. The Mode

b. The Median

c. The Mean

d. Properties of the Mode

e. Properties of the Mean

f. Properties of the Median

g. Measures of Central Tendency in Symmetrical and Asymmetrical

Distributions

h. The Effects of Score Transformations

UNIT 3:

5. Variability and Standard (z) Scores

a. The Range and Semi-Interquartile Range

b. Deviation Scores

c. Deviational Measures: The Variance

d. Deviational Measures: The Standard Deviation

66



e. Calculation of the Variance and Standard Deviation: Raw-Score Method

f. Properties of the Range and Semi-Interquartile Range

g. Properties of the Standard Deviation

h. How Big is a Standard Deviation?

i. Score Transformations and Measures of Variability

j. Standard Scores (z scores)

k. A comparison of z Scores and Percentile Ranks

6. Standard Scores and the Normal Curve

a. The Nature of the Normal Curve

b. Standard Scores and the Normal Curve

c. The Standard Normal Curve: Finding areas when the score is known

d. The Standard Normal Curve: Finding Scores when the area is known

e. The Normal Curve as a Model for Real Variables

f. The Normal Curve as a Model for Sampling Distributions

UNIT 4:

7. Correlation

a. Some History

b. Correlation: A Matter of Direction

c. Correlation: A Matter of Degree

d. Calculating Pearson's Correlation Coefficient from Deviation Scores

e. Calculating Pearson's Correlation Coefficient from Raw Scores

f. Spearman's Rank-Order Correlation Coefficient

g. Correlation does not prove Causation

h. The Effects of Score Transformations

i. Cautions Concerning Correlation Coefficients

8. Random Sampling and Sampling Distributions

a. Random Sampling

b. Using a Table of Random Numbers

c. The Random Sampling Distribution of the Mean: An Introduction

d. Characteristics of the Random Sampling Distribution of the Mean

e. Using the Sampling Distribution of Sample Means to Determine the

Probability for Different Ranges of Values of Sample Mean

f. Random Sampling Without Replacement

Books Recommended:

1. Hussain Akbar, Psychological Testing, New Delhi, Darling Kindersley, 2012.

2. Gregory Robert J., Psychological Testing - History, Principals & Applications, New Delhi,

Pearson, 2011.

3. Aron A., Aron Elaine N. & Coups E.J., Statistics for Q, Darling Kindersley, 2007.

4. Garett Henery E., Statistics in Q2 Education, New Delhi, Paragon International Publishers,

2011.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

(BBA )

SEMESTER 1

COURSE 101

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

UNIT I: Introduction:

Management- definition, functions, Managerial role, levels of management;

managerial skills; evolution of management thoughts- scientific

management; Administrative Principles; Bureaucratic Organisation,

Behavioural Approach; Hawthorne studies, Systems theory; Contingency

theory.

UNIT II: Planning:

Concept, Types, Process, MBO- Process and Steps.

UNIT III: Organising:

Concept, Process, Structures, organisation chart, formal and informal

organization, departmentalization, line and staff authority, power, sources

of power, decentralization and delegation of authority.

UNIT IV: Staffing:

Concepts, human resource management and staffing, human resource

planning, recruitment & selection, orientation.

UNIT: V: Directing:

Leading and motivating- basic concepts, communicating- process &

significance of communications, barriers, effective organizational

communication.

UNIT VI: Controlling:

Control process, types of controls, major control techniques.

Books Recommended:Text book:

1. Stoner J, Management, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

Reference book:

2. Koontz, H and Weihrich, H., Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 1990.

3. Robbins, S.P., Management, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2004.

COURSE 102

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

UNIT I:

Algebra: Simple factorization, equations- linear and quadratic equations,

indices, progression , logarithms and their properties (including change of




base), problems based on logarithms, permutation and combination- basic

concepts.

UNIT II:

Compound- Interest, annuities, perpetuity, bill discounting, stocks, shares

& debentures, profit & losses, brokerage, commission and discounts.

UNIT III:

Determinants and Matrices: Types of determinants and matrices, properties

of determinants and matrices, algebra of determinants and matrices,

Cramer’s rule for solving system of linear equations matrix (up to three

variable cases only)

UNIT IV:

Differential calculus: Functions, limits, continuity, differentiation, partial

differentiation (up to second order), total differentiation, maxima and minima

of quadratic functions, applications of maxima and minima in determining

the equilibrium of a firm under monopoly and perfectly competitive market

structures.


1. Mehta and Madnani, Mathematics for economists, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons,

2007.

Reference book:

2. Taro Yamane, Mathematics for economist- an elementary survey, PHI, 1985.

3. V.K. Kapoor and Sancheti D.C, Business mathematics, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2001.

Course 103

BUSINESS LAWS

UNIT I:

The Indian Contract Act, 1872: Essential elements of a valid contract, offer,

acceptance, consideration capacity of parties to contract, free consent, void,

voidable and illegal contracts, performance of contract, breach of contract

and remedies for breach of contract.

UNIT II:

Sale of goods Act 1930: Formation of contract of sales; goods and their

classification, price, conditions and warranties; transfer of property of goods;

Performance of the contract of sales; Unpaid seller and his rights, caveat

emptor.

70



UNIT III:

Negotiable Instrument Act 1881: Definition of promissory note, bill of

exchange, cheque, holder, holder in due course, crossing of a cheque,

negotiation, dishonour and discharge of negotiable instruments.

UNIT IV:

The Consumer Protection Act 1986: Objectives and features of the act,

grievance redressal machinery.

UNIT V:

Companies Act, 1956 (relevant provision): Definitions, types of companies,

memorandum of association, articles of association, prospectus, registration,

share capital and membership, meetings and resolutions, directors, winding

up and dissolutions of companies.


1. Kapoor, N.D., Business Law, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2004.

Reference book:

2. Kuchal, M.C., Business Law, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing house, 2010.

3. Singh A, Company Law, Lucknow, Eastern Book Company, 2004.

COURSE 104

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS


Meaning and scope of accounting, accounting concepts, principles and

conventions, accounting standards- concepts, objectives, benefits.

UNIT II: Accounting Process:

Modes of accounts leading to preparation of trial balance, capital and revenue

expenditure & receipts, contingent assets & liabilities, fundamental errors

including rectification thereof.

UNIT III: Depreciation Accounting:

Methods, Computation and accounting treatment of depreciations, change

in depreciation methods.

UNIT IV:

Preparation of final accounts for sole proprietors.

UNIT V:

Accounting for special transactions: Consignments, joint venture, branch

accounts excluding independent branches & foreign branches.




UNIT VI:

Partnership Accounts: Final accounts of partnership firms- basic concepts

of admission, retirement and death of a partner including treatment of

goodwill, dissolution of firms.


1. Shukla, Grewal T.S. and Gupta, Advance accounts, New Delhi, S. Chand & Sons, 2008.

Reference book:

2. Hanif and Mukherjee, Modern Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

3. Gupta R.L. Radhaswamy M, Financial Accounting, New Delhi, S. Chand & Sons, 2008.

SEMESTER II

COURSE 201

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

UNIT I: Introduction and theory of demand:

Meaning, characteristics and importance of managerial economics, demand

function, various elasticities of demand (price, income and cross elasticities),

measurement of elasticity of demand, determinants and importance of

elasticity of demand.

UNIT II: Theory of production and costs:

Production functions, law of variable proportions, isoquants and optimum

factor combinations, internal and external economies and diseconomies,

theory of cost, concepts of AC, MC, AVC, TVC, TC for both short and long

run.

UNIT III: Market structures and business decisions:

Profit maximization and equilibrium of firm and industry under different

market structures- perfect competition, monopoly, oligopoly (only Cournot

model of oligopoly, price leadership and collusive oligopoly).

UNIT IV: Macro-economic concepts:

Macro-economic equilibrium and theory of multiplier, money & banking,

nature and functions of money, nature and functions of commercial bank,

credit creation by commercial banks, nature and function of central bank,

instruments of credit control.

UNIT V: International economics:

Balance of payments, components of balance of payments, disequilibrium

in balance of payments, adjustment through exchange rates, foreign

exchange rates, cases for and against fixed and flexible exchange rate

system.

72




1. Ahuja, H.L., Modern Economics, New Delhi, S. Chand & Sons, 2007.

Reference book:

2. Koutsoyiannis, A., Modern Micro Economics, New Delhi, Macmillan, 2000.

COURSE 202

ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR

UNIT I:

Introduction: Field of O.B., contributing disciplines, human relation

movement, individual and group behaviour.

UNIT II: Perception:

Definition, process, influencing factors, perceptual selectivity.

UNIT III: Attitudes:

Definition, components, sources, theories of attitude formation and change.

UNIT IV: Learning:

Concept, steps, learning principles, operant conditioning, social learning.

UNIT V: Personality:

Definition, meaning, determinants, factors responsible, theories of

personality.

UNIT VI: Motivation:

Concept, significance, theories & implications- Maslow, Alderfer, Herzberg,

McClelland, McGregor.

UNIT VII: Leadership: Concept, leadership theories-traits, situational, contingency,

the managerial grid.

UNIT VIII: Group Dynamics:

Group behaviour, informal and formal groups, group development, team,

work-group decision making, conflict management.


1. Robbins, S.P., Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2009.

Reference books:

2. Luthans, F., Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

3. Pareek, U., Understanding Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, OUP, 2011.




COURSE 203

COST & MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

SECTION I: COST ACCOUNTING

UNIT I: Introduction to Cost Accounting:

Nature & scope, cost concepts and classification, methods & techniques,

preparation of cost sheet.

UNIT II: Accounting for materials, labour and overheads:

Basic techniques and procedure [materials- pricing of material issues,

different levels of stock, EOQ, ABC analysis, labour- idle time and over

time, methods of wage payments- time and piece rates, incentive schemes,

overheads- allocation & apportionment techniques, absorption, MHR]

UNIT III: Standard Costing:

Basic concepts of material, labour cost variances.

SECTION II: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

UNIT IV: Management Accounting:

Meaning, nature, scope, functions, risk in decision making, management

accounting v/s financial accounting, tools and techniques of management

accounting.

UNIT V:

Financial Statements and Marginal Costing: Types of financial statements,

ratio analysis, computation of important accounting ratios, concept of

marginal cost, contribution, P/V ratio, break-ever analysis.

UNIT VI:

Budget & Budgetary Control: Concept, need, objective, steps in budgeting,

preparation of cash budget and flexible budget.

UNIT VII: Preparation of Fund Flow Statement.


1. Jain & Narang, Cost & Management Accounting, New Delhi, Kalyani Publication, 2000.

Reference book:

2. Sharma & Gupta, Management Accounting, Kalyani Publication, 1997.

3. Arora M.N., Cost Accounting- Principles and Practices, New Delhi, Vikas Publication,

2000.

74



COURSE 205

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION AND BUSINESS ETHICS

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION:

UNIT I: Communication:

Definition, purpose, process and types.

UNIT II: Verbal Communication:

Target group profile, listening feedback, presentation skills, public speaking,

non-verbal communication.

UNIT III: Report Writing:

Report planning, types of report, developing outline, headings, logical

sequencing, graphs, charts, executive summary.

UNIT IV: Internal Communication:

Circular, notices, memos, agenda and minutes.

UNIT V: Writing Business Letters:

Formats, types-request, enquiry, placing order, instruction, action, complain,

adjustment, sales, references, good news and bad news, acknowledgement.

UNIT VI: Information handling: Press release, annual report.

BUSINESS ETHICS:

UNIT VII: Introduction to Business Ethics:

Nature and process of ethics and morals for organizational interests, ethics

and conflict of interest, ethical and social.

UNIT VIII: Ethics in Workplace:

Individual in the organisation, discrimination, harassment, gender equality.

UNIT IX: Ethics in Marketing and Accounting & Finance:

Important uses and common problems.


1. Bovee and Thill, Business Communication today, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.

2. Chakraborty, S.K., values and Ethics for organisation- Theory & Practices, OUP, New

Delhi, 1998.

Books Recommended:1. Boatright, J.R., Ethics & the Conduct of Business, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2008.

2. Modh, S., Ethical Management (Text and cases in business ethics and corporate

governance), McMillan India, New Delhi, 2005.

3. Chaturvedi, Business Communication: Concepts Cases and Application, Pearson

Education, New Delhi, 2011.

4. Kaul. A, Effective Business Communication, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2000.




SEMESTER III

COURSE 301

MARKETING MANAGEMENT


Concepts, scope and importance of marketing, evolution of marketing

concept, marketing mix.

UNIT II: The Marketing Environment:

Macro and micro environment and impact on marketing decisions, market

segmentation and positioning, buyer behaviour, consumer vs. organizational

buyers, consumer decision making process.

UNIT III: Marketing Research:

Meaning and scope of marketing research, marketing research process.

UNIT IV: Product Decision:

Concept of the product, classification, product line and product mix, branding,

packaging, labeling, product lifecycle-strategic implication, new product

development and consumer adoption process.

UNIT V: Pricing Decision:

Factors affecting price determination, policies and strategies, discount and

rebates.

UNIT VI: Distribution Channel Decision:

Functions, types of distribution channels, distribution channel intermediaries,

channel management decision, whole selling and retailing.

UNIT VII: Promotion Decision:

Communication process, promotion mix-advertising, personal selling, sales

promotion, publicity and public relation, determining advertisement budget,

copy designing and testing, media selection, advertisement effectiveness,

sales promotion tools and techniques.


1. Kotler, Philip, Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning, Implementation and Control,

New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1997.

Reference book:

2. Saxena R., Marketing Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003. Ramaswamy,

V.S, Namakumari, S, Marketing Management - Planning, Implementation and Control,

New Delhi, McMillan India, 2007.

76



COURSE 302

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


Meaning, importance & objective, profit vs. value maximization, time value

of money- compounding and discounting techniques, concept of annuity

and perpetuity.

UNIT II: Financial Decisions:

Cost of Capital- Meaning, significance, measuring cost of debt, preference

share, equity shares, weighted cost of capital. Capital Structure- Capital

structure patterns, designing optimum capital structure, constraints, various

capital structure theories, operating and financial leverages.

UNIT III: Investment Decisions:

Purpose, objective, process, understanding different types of projects,

technique of decision making- non-discounted cash flow technique- payback

period method, accounting rate of return: NPV, IRR, Profitability Index.

UNIT IV: Dividend Decision:

Issues in dividend policies, Walter Model, Gordon’s Model, MM hypothesis,

forms of dividends and stability in dividends, determinants of dividends.

UNIT V: Management of Working Capital: Working capital policies, inventory

management, receivables management, financing of working capital.

Books Recommended:Text:

1. Pandey, I.M., Financial Management, New Delhi, Vikas Publication, 2010.

Reference:

2. Khan, Jain, Financial Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.

3. Chandra. P., Financial Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

COURSE 303

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


Introduction, human resource management – history, relevance of HRM,

essential skills for HR manager, the Indian scenario and HRM

UNIT II: Human Resource Planning and Job analysis:

Objectives, factors, process, job analysis; job descriptions, job specification;

job evaluations; job design




UNIT III: Recruitment and Selection:

Goals and sources of recruitment; factors affecting recruitment; selection

process and its importance; different selection tests and techniques;

interviewing.

UNIT IV: Training and Development:

Different types of training; training process; career development.

UNIT V: Performance management system, reward and compensation:

Process; appraisal methods; compensation administration; job evaluation

and pay structures.


1. Aswathappa, Human Resource and Personnel Management: Text and Cases, New Delhi,

Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2009.

Reference:

2. Gary Dessler, Human Resource Management, New Delhi, Pearson Publication, 2012.

3. De Cenzo & Robbins, Human Resource Management: Concepts & Practices, New

Delhi, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.

COURSE 304

STATISTICS

UNIT I: Introduction & collection of data:

Definition of statistics, importance and limitations of statistics, choice

between primary and secondary data, planning and execution of a census

and sample investigation, features of a good questionnaire, sources of

secondary data.

UNIT II: Classification & presentation of data:

Presentation of data, textual and tabular presentations, construction of a

table and the different components of a table, construction of frequency

tables, diagrammatic presentation of data, line diagrams, bar diagrams,

pie chart and divided-bar diagrams.

UNIT III: Central Tendency & Dispersion:

Mean median and mode, absolute and relative measures of dispersion.

UNIT IV: Correlation & regression:

Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation, fitting of regression line and

coefficient of regression.

78



UNIT V: Index number:

Meaning, types & uses, method of constructing price & quantity indices

(simple & aggregate), base shifting, splicing & deflating.

UNIT VI: Time series analysis:

Trend, regular (seasonal and cyclical) and irregular fluctuations,

measurement of secular trend using freehand curve method.

UNIT VII: Probability:

Classical and axiomatic definition of probability, additive and multiplicative

theorems, sums based on classical definition of probability.


1. Gupta, S.C. Fundamental Statistics, New Delhi, Sultan Chand, 2001.

Reference:

2. Gupta S.P., Statistical Methods, New Delhi, Sultan Chand, 2011.

3. Levin Richard I and Rubin David S. Statistics for Management, New Delhi, Prentice Hall

Inc, 1998.

SEMESTER IV

COURSE 401

COMPUTER APPLICATION IN BUSINESS


Need and concept of data and information, computer as information

processing system, data processing , electronic data processing, various

types of e-commerce-basic concept.

UNIT II: Computer hardware:

CPU, input devices (key board, mouse, scanner, microphone, digital

camera), output devices (different types of printers), memory system (RAM,

ROM, cache memory etc), storage devices (CD, DVDHDD, pen drive,

memory cards), communication devices (modem, switch, router).

UNIT III: Introduction to operating system :

Software needs ,system software, application software, operating system,

windows operating system-desktop, screensaver, screen resolution setting,

software installation and uninstallation, techniques system restoration, my

computer, my document, recycle bin, search, control panel, system

configuration checking.




UNIT IV: Computer Network and Internet:

Basic ideas of LAN and WAN, LAN topologies, OSI model; concept of

internet, search engines, internet access technique- dial up, broadband.

UNIT V: Computer -based Application:

Basic concept relating to MS-Word, MS Excel, MS-Power Point.

UNIT VI: Introduction to Accounting Packages:

Preparation of vouchers, invoice and salary statements, maintenance of

inventory records, maintenance of accounting books and final accounts,

financial report generation.

PRACTICAL:Window basics, MS-Word, Excel, Power Point, Tally and

internet basics


1. Leon, A., Leon, M., Fundamentals of Information Technology, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing

House, 2009.

Reference:

1. Eliason A. L., On-line Business Computer Application, Science Research Associates,

Chicago, 1987.

2. Chaki, N and Choudhury S., Information Technology and its Application in Business,

Kolkata, TEE DEE Publication, 2011.

COURSE 402

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

UNIT 1:

Introduction-Business Policy, Nature, Importance, Objective, Understanding

the Strategy, Process of strategic management.

UNIT II:

Organization direction-Concept of strategic planning, Vision, Mission,

Objective.

UNIT III:

Environment Analysis and Diagnosis-Environmental Scanning, Elements

Of Environment, SWOT Analysis, Porter’s Five Force Model, Driving Force,

Strategic group Mapping, Key Success factor, Factor of Internal

Competencies, Core Competencies, Competitive Advantage, Competitor

Analysis Value Chain Analysis, Benchmarking.

UNIT IV:

Strategic Alteratives-Corporate Level-Stability, Expansion, Retrenchment

and Turnaround, business-Level generic Strategies.

80



UNIT V:

Strategic Analysis –GAP Analysis, Corporate Portfolio Analysis-B C G Matrix,

GE Nine Cell Matrix.

UNIT VI:

Startegic Implementation-Issues in Implementation-Resource Allocation-

Budget-Organization Structure-Matching structure and Strategy, Behavioral

Issues-Leadership, corporate Culture, Values, ethics.

UNIT VII:

Strategic Evalution & control-Overview of Strategic Evalution & Control,

Strategic Control, task Control, techniques Of Strategic Evalution & Control,

Role of Organization System in Evalution.


1. Azhar Kazmi, Business Policy and strategic Management, Tata McGraw-HILL, 2010.

Reference:

2. Johnson and Scholes, Exploring Corporate Strategies, Pearson Education, 2005.

3. Strickland, Thompson, Gamble, Jain, Crafting and Executing Strategies, Tata McGraw-

HILL, 2006.

COURSE 404

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

UNIT I: Entrepreneurship:

Meaning and concept, psychological and social factors, role of government,

qualities of a prospective entrepreneur, theories of entrepreneurship,

characteristics of an entrepreneur.

UNIT II: Entrepreneurial skills:

Creativity, problem solving, decision making, communication, leadership.

UNIT III: Entrepreneurial motivation:

Self analysis, personal efficacy, culture and values, risk taking behaviour.

UNIT IV: Information:

Assistance from different organizations for setting up a new venture,

procedure of application for assistance.

UNIT V: Preparation of Project Report:

Product selection, feasibility studies financial, technological.





1. Poornima Charantimath, Entrepreneurship Development- Small Business Enterprise,

Pearson Education, 2007.

Reference:

2. Vasant, Dymanics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Himalaya

Publishing House, 1992.

3. Kurakto, Entrepreneurship- Principles and Practices, 7th Edition, Thomson Publication,

2007.

SEMESTER V

SPECIALISATION IN FINANCE

COURSE 501-F

CORPORATE ACCOUNTING

UNIT I:

Issue of shares and debentures, forfeitures of shares, reissue of shares,

redemption of preference shares and debentures.

UNIT II:

Preparation of financial statement- Profit and Loss A/c, balance sheet and

fund flow statement.

UNIT III:

Accounting for amalgamations as per AS 14, accounting for internal

reconstruction excluding intercompany holdings and reconstruction

schemes.

UNIT IV:

Accounting for consolidated financial statement as per AS 21, excluding

chain and cross holdings.

UNIT V:

Valuation of goodwill and shares of companies.

UNIT VI:

Liquidation of companies, statement of affairs (including deficiency/ surplus

account) and liquidator’s final statement of account.


1. Maheswari, S N and SK Maheswari, Corporate Accounting, New Delhi, Vikas Publication,

2008.

82



Reference:

2. Gupta R L, Radhaswamy M,: Company Accounts, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and Sons,

2006.

3. Shukla M C, Grewal T S and Gupta S C: Advanced accounts, Sultan Chand and Sons,

2008.

COURSE 502-F

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION AND MARKET


Nature and role of financial system – financial system and financial market,

Indian financial system – an overview.

UNIT II: Financial markets:

Money and capital market; money market – meaning and constituents money

markets, money market and instruments , capital market- primary and

secondary markets, government securities market : role of SEBI .

UNIT III: RBI:

Functions and credit control.

UNIT IV: Commercial Banks:

Functions and investments policies, e – banking and e-trading, recent

developments.

UNIT V: Developments Banks:

Concept and operation of IFC, ICICI, IDBI.

UNIT VI: Insurance sectors:

Role of IRDA.

UNIT VII: Mutual Funds:

Performance appraisal and regulation of MF’s (SEBI guidelines: importance

and types.)

Books Recommended:1. Mishkin, F. & Stanley, E., Financial Markets and Institutions, London, Pearson.

Reference:

2. Bhole, L. M. and Mahalwd, J., Financial Institutions and Markets, New Delhi, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2009.




COURSE 503-F

SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

UNIT I: Investments -

Process and alternatives, valuation of fixed, variable and convertible

securities, measurement of risk and actions, systematic and unsystematic

risk, sources and measurement of risks.

UNIT II: Fundamental and technical analysis-

Basic concepts

UNIT III: Market efficiency –

Stock market efficiency- basis test , bonds analysis, yield to maturity.

UNIT IV: Portfolio analysis and management –

Traditional portfolio analysis, effects of combining securities diversification,

Horowitz model- location of efficiency frontier.

UNIT V: Portfolio performance –

Measurement and evaluation of portfolios and market funds, risk and return

role adjustment and performance measures – Thorpe, Treynor Jensin

models.

UNIT VI: Options and Futures:

Meaning, nature and different types.

Books Recommended:1. Bhalla V.K, Investment Management- Security analysis and portfolio analysis, New Delhi,

Sultan Chand and Sons, 2008.

Reference:

2. Chandra, Investment analysis and portfolio management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill,

2010.

3. Fiscer and Jordan: Security analysis and portfolio management, New Delhi, Pearson

Education, 2007.

COURSE 504-F

DIRECT AND INDIRECT TAXES


Purpose and classification of taxes, canons of taxations, India’s tax system.

UNIT II: Basic concepts in Income Tax:

Assessment year, previous year, person, assesses, charge of income tax.

84



UNIT III: Heads of Income Tax, total income and tax liability, income exempted

from tax.

UNIT IV: Tax management:

Return and assessment of income, advance payment of taxes, TDS and e-

TDS return, interest and penalties.

UNIT V: Indirect taxes (basic ideas only):

Central excise, custom duty, central sales tax, value added tax.


1. Singhania, V.K. and Singhania, Kapil, Direct Taxes Law and Practice, New Delhi,

Taxmann Publications, 2012.

Reference:

2. Gaur, V.P. and Narang, D.B., Income Tax-Law and Practice, New Delhi, Kalyani

Publications, 2013.

3. Datey, V.S., Indirect Taxes-Law and Practice, New Delhi, Taxmann Publications, 2013.

SPECIALISATION IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

COURSE 501-H

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

UNIT I : Industrial Relations:

Introduction; complexity of industrial relations; conflict;industrial relations

as a field of study; pluralism; characteristics of the Indian IR system.

UNIT II : Trade Unions & Their Recognitions:

Union purpose; responsible unionism, trade union-theories, functions,

methods, politics, rights, types; states provisions for recognition; rights of

recognized unions; unfair labour practices.

UNIT III: Collective Bargaining:

Collective bargaining; definition, problems; objectives, pre-conditions;

legality; structure; steps in negotiation process; collective bargaining in Indian

perspective.

UNIT IV: Participative Management:

Concepts of and reasons for participatory management; controversies;

participation in India; failure; workers education; productivity bargaining.

UNIT V: Grievance Handling & Labour Welfare:

Grievance handling; causes; formal system; labour welfare; welfare

provisions; social security.





1. Monappa. A, Industrial Relations, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.

Reference:

2. Nair. N.G & Nair. L, Personnel Management & Industrial Relations, New Delh, S. Chand,

2001.

3. Davar R.S, Personnel Management & Industrial Relations, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing

House, 1980.

COURSE 502- H

ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT

UNIT I: The Field of O.D:

Definitions; history of O.D.; values, assumptions and beliefs in O. D.

UNIT II: Theory and Management of O.D:

System theory, participated and empowerment, teams and teamwork,

parallel learning structures, a normative reductive strategy of changing,

applied behavioural science, action research, managing O.D. process.

UNIT III: O.D. Intervention:

Classification, inter-groups team building intervention, third party

peacemaking interventions, organization mirror intervention preheat.

UNIT IV: Team Interventions:

Team and work group; broad team building intervention; the formal group

diagnostic meeting; process consultation intervention.

UNIT V: Structural Intervention & O.D. Applicability:

Socio-technical system, self managed teams, work redesign, MBO &

appraisal, quality circle, QWL, TQM, reengineering.


1. Gummings T.G. & Worley C,G., Organisation Development and Change, New Delhi,

Thomson, 2004.

Reference:

2. French W.L. & Bell C.H., Organisation Development, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2002.

3. Pareek Udai, Understanding Organizational Behaviour, New Delhi, OUP, 2012.

86



COURSE 503-H

HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING & HUMAN RESOURCE AUDIT

Unit I: Introduction:

Meaning; objective; pre- conditions of corporate HR planning.

UNIT II: Manpower Supply:

Analysis of manpower inventory; estimation of changes in manpower supply.

UNIT II: Demand for Manpower:

Manpower demand forecasting: balancing manpower- demand & supply.

UNIT III: Manpower utilization:

Criteria for manpower utilization, manpower planning practices.

Unit V : H R Audit :

Basic concepts & components; HRD & HR audit; HRD audit methodologies

& issues.


1. Bramham J, Human Resource Planning, New Delhi, Universities Press, 1994.

Reference:

2. Rao T.V., Human Resource Audit, Response Publication, 2000.

3. Rothwell W.J. & Kazanas H.C., Strategic Planning for Human Resource, Jaico

Publication, 2005.

COURSE 504-H

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

UNIT I: Positional HRD:

Defining the scope of HRD, HRD and organizational strategy, HRD in the

context of change; HRD strategy & policy.

UNIT II: Current Leading Ideas:

Learning outcomes; time bounded nature of leading ideas, developing the

set of leading ideas.

UNIT III: Approaches to HRD:

Learning outcomes; HRM; performance management, O.D., facilitating

learning; communication; quality management; project management;

training creativity.




UNIT IV: Learning:

Definitions; outcomes, components; managing learning; problems, with

learning; the learning cycle; learning styles; self-managed learning; lifelong

learning; continuous professional development.

UNIT V: Continuous Professional Development (CPD):

Principles of CPD; framework for CPD; identifying approaches to CPD.

UNIT VI: Human Resource Development & Change Through Groups:

Groups as strategic entities; role of groups in change management; group

functioning; using groups to progress change.

Books Recommended:Text :

1. Dayal, I., Designing HRD Systems Concept, New Delhi, 1993.

Reference:

2. Pareek, U., Managing Transitions: The HRD Response, New Delhi, TMH, 1992.

3. Maheswari, B.L. and Sinha, D. P., Management of Change through HRD, New Delhi,

TMH, 1991

SPECIALISATION IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT

COURSE 501-M

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR

UNIT I: Introduction to the study of Consumer Behaviour:

Meaning & definition of consumer behavior, nature & characteristics of Indian

consumers.

UNIT II: Role of Research in understanding consumer behavior:

The consumer research process, internal influences: motivation, personality,

perception, learning, attitude, communications, external influences – social

class, reference groups, family levels of consumer decision making –

complex decision making, low involvement decision making.

UNIT III: Individual Influences on Consumer Behaviour:

Consumer learning, motivation, cues, response, reinforcement, classical

conditioning, instrumental conditioning, observational learning, information

processing; limited and extensive information processing, involvement

theory

UNIT IV: Attitude:

Basic of attitude, the nature of attitude, models of attitude

88



UNIT V: External Influences on Consumer Behaviour:

Family – types family: the changing structure of family, family decision making

and consumption related roles, the expanding role of children in family

decision making, reference groups- factor that affect reference groups,

friendship groups, shopping groups, work group, reference group appeals

UNIT VI: Consumer Influence and Diffusion of Innovations:

Opinion leadership process, motivation behind opinion leaders; diffusion of

innovations: diffusion process, adoption process: stages, categories of

adopters: post purchase processes, customer satisfaction, and customer

commitment.

Books Recommended:Text

1. Schiffman, L.G and Kanuk, L.L., Consumer Behaviour, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India,

2010.

Reference

2. Mowen and C, John, Consumer Behaviour, New York, McMillan, 1990.

3. Loudon and Bitta, Consumer Behaviour, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

COURSE 502-M

MARKETING RESEARCH

UNIT I: Marketing Research:

Introduction, importance, application of marketing research in decision

making, marketing information system, marketing intelligence system and

marketing research.

UNIT II: The Marketing Research Process:

Steps, research purpose and objectives, converting a managerial problem

into a researcher’s problem, research design-types, and exploratory,

descriptive and causal studies.

UNIT III: Data Sources and collection:

Primary and secondary sources, errors in data collection; primary data

collection methods-focus group; observation, surveys-structured,

unstructured, in-depth interviews, panels, interview media-personal,

telephone internet and mail; questionnaire construction and pre-testing,

qualitative research projective techniques (word association, sentence

completion), experimentation-experimental design.

UNIT IV:

Measurement and Scaling: Types of scales – nominal, ordinal, interval,

ratio scale, and Attitude measurement-variability methods (paired




comparison, ranking, and rating) multi-item scales-semantic differential

scale, Likert’s scale, staple, reliability and validity of scales.

UNIT V:

Analysis of Data: Computation, tabulation, classification, univariate

analysis, bivariate analysis.

UNIT VI: Report writing and presentation.


1. Malhotra, N K, Marketing Research, New Delhi, Pearson Education, 2010.

Reference

2. Nargundkar, R, Marketing Research, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

3. Hair, Bush, Ortinau, Marketing Research, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.

COURSE 503-M

ADVERTISING & SALES PROMOTION MANAGEMENT

UNIT I: Communication and Promotion:

Communication process and importance, persuasive, Communication,

integrated marketing communication & importance.

UNIT II: Core concepts of Advertising:

Development of modern advertising, advertising as a means of

communication system, institutional framework of advertising, legal,

economic and social aspects of advertising.

UNIT III: Advertising Agency Management:

Role of advertising agencies, structure of advertising agency, compensation

policy of advertising agency, client-agency relationship.

UNIT IV: Advertising Objectives:

Promotional objectives, communication objectives, sales objectives,

DAGMAR and its approach.

UNIT V: Planning and development of Campaign:

Importance of creativity in advertising, message development – source

factors, message structure, message appeals, copy.

UNIT VI: Media Planning:

Concepts of media planning, media scenario, types of the advertising media-

broadcasting media, print media, support media –outdoor media, in store

media, movie theatre, web media, media scheduling, media buying.

90



UNIT VII: Evaluation of Advertising:

Reasons for measuring advertising effectiveness, research on measuring

advertising effectiveness – pre & post testing methods

UNIT VIII: Sales Promotion:

Scope and role, growth of sales promotion, consumer oriented sales

promotion, sales promotion strategies – push & pull strategies, Sales

Promotional Techniques.


1. Kazmi and Batra, Advertising and Sales Promotion, New Delhi, Excel Books, 2008.

Reference:

2. Belch and Belch, Advertising and Promotion, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

3. Duncan, Advertising and IMC, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.

COURSE 504-M

MARKETING OF SERVICES

Unit I: Nature of services:

Goods and services marketing; marketing changes in services businesses.

Unit II: Service Marketing Environment:

Macro and micro environment; understanding services customer-models

of services consumer behaviour; customer expectatations and perception;

services quality and GAP model.

Unit III: Marketing Segmentation and selection:

Service market segmentation; Targeting and positioning.

Unit IV: Service marketing Mix:

Planning for service offer; pricing, promotion and distribution of services;

management of people, process and physical evidences.

Unit V: Services marketing applications:

Marketing of financing, hospitality, tourism and educational services.


1. Nargundkar, N, Service Marketing, TMGH, 2004.

Reference:

2. Govind, A., Services Marketing, New Delhi, OUP, 2004.

3. Newto M. P. Payne, A. The Essence of Services Marketing, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of

India, 2000.




SEMESTER VI

(One special paper on marketing/Finance/

Human Resource + Course- 602, 603)

SPECIALISATION IN FINANCE

COURSE 601 –F

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS

UNIT I: Financial statement analysis:

Meaning, significances, types and limitation of financial statements;

accounting policies, regulations of financial accounting, accounting practices;

window dressing –meaning, ways and means to check window dressing.

UNIT II: Techniques of Financial analysis:

Ratio analysis; fund and cash flow analysis, common size and comparative

statement analysis; inter-firm and intra-firm comparison.

UNIT III: Reporting and Measurement:

Income concepts for financial reporting; measurement and reporting of

revenue and expenses, gains/losses: measurement of assets and liabilities.

UNIT IV: Other developments in Reporting:

Disclosure in financial reporting; Human resource measurement; interim

financial reporting; periodic reporting and accounting reporting; social

reporting.


1. Sinha, Gokul, Financial Statement Analysis, New Delhi, PHI, 2012.

Reference

2. Foster, G., Financial Statement Analysis, New Delhi, Prentice Hall India, 1986.

3. Pandey I M, Essentials of Management Accounting; Vikas Publications, 2001.

SPECIALISATION IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

COURSE 601- H

LABOUR LAWS

UNIT I:

Evolution of labors laws in India.

UNIT II:

Laws regulating establishing: Factories Act, 1948

92



UNIT III:

Laws related to remuneration: payment of wages Act, 1936, Minimum wages

Act 1948, Payment of bonus Act, 1956.

UNIT IV:

Laws related to industries: Industrial Disputes act, 1947, Trade Union Act,

1926

UNIT V:

Laws related to social security: Workmen’s compensation Act, 1952;

Employee state insurance Act 1948, provident fund Act 1952; Payment of

Gratuity Act 1972, Maternity benefit Act, 1961.


1. Agarwal, S L, Labour relations law in India, New Delhi, McMillan, 1980.

Reference:

2. Srivastava, S C, Labour laws in factories, mines and plantation, Prentice Hall India,

1985.

SPECIALISATION IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT

COURSE 601-M

DISTRIBUTION AND RETAIL MANAGEMENT

UNIT I: Importance of Distribution in Marketing: Emerging trends and

challenges; distribution channel and logistic issues.

UNIT II: Distribution Channel System: Functions and types of channel; whole

selling-nature and importance; types of wholesalers and their functions;

channel management.

UNIT III: Retailing: Types and functions; department stores, convenience stores,

supermarkets, types markets, chain stores; specialty stores; door-to-door

selling; direct marketing; retail though electronic channel.

UNIT IV: Channel Selection and Motivation: Factors affecting channels

decisions; motivating channel members; conflict resolution; distribution, audit

and control.

UNIT V: Distribution location decisions: Inventory control; warehousing and\

transportation planning.

UNIT VI: Wholesaling and Retailing in India: Development and issues.





1. Gilbert, Retail Marketing Management, New Delhi, Pearson Education, 2003.

Reference:

2. Diamond, Jay and Gerald Pintel, Retailing, New Jersey, Prentice Hall Inc, 2008.

3. Gupta S.L., Sales & Distribution Management, New Delhi, Excel Books, 2004.

COURSE- 602

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (FULL MARKS 50)

UNIT I: Introduction: depicting the global for deteriorating atmosphere.

UNIT II: Qualities of earth for supporting life, origin of life and its diversity,

ecological, Principles – interaction of organisms with physical and biological

component, nature’s balance, energy flow through ecosystem.

UNIT III: Anthropogenic Activities: important human activities on ecosystem

and remedies, population growth, overexploitation, deforestation and flood,

remedy for preserving forest and its ecosystem, remedial measures for

erosion and landslide on hills.

UNIT IV: Pollution: soil pollution: industrialization, urbanization, plastics, sewers,

agricultural: fertilizer, pesticides, remedial measures including biological

control and pest management; pollution of water: different types of water

resources (streams, lakes, wells) and characteristics of water for human

consumption and agricultural purpose; nature and magnitude of water

pollution, remedy, water resource management, waste minimization,

measures, reuse, desalination; air pollution: particulate, chemical and noise,

green house effect, ozone holes, air quality standard and remedy for

pollution.

UNIT V: Energy Managements: Production efficiency, improvement of equipment

and household utilities (Chullah and others) for efficient use of energy,

alternate source of energy (solar, wind, bio-gas, fast-growing fuel plants,

mini-hydel projects).

UNIT VI: Public Health: Epidemiology: Definition, water borne diseases, air-borne

diseases, vector-borne diseases, animal reservoir, quality of food, remedy,

sanitation measure, vector control, pollution, health and change in generic

material.

UNIT VII: Environmental Ethics: Conservation of nature, wild life, changes in

the human attitudes and business houses, environmental protection laws,

public awareness, government measures and role of NGO’s.


1. Bharucha E, Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Course, University

Press, 2005.

94



Reference:

2. Mukherjee, Sampat and A Ghosh, Environmental Studies, Kolkata, New Central Book,

2009.

COURSE- 603

PROJECT WORK AND PRESENTATION (150 MARKS)

COURSE STRUCTURE AND DETAILED SYLLABUS

FOR

BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

(BCA)

WITH DATA MANAGEMENT

Course Structure

Duration of the Course: Three Years.

Total Marks: 1800

1st SEMESTER: Total Marks: 300

Theoretical Max.

Marks

11 English Language 50

12 Mathematics 50

13 Introduction to Information technology 50

14 Basic Electronics and Introduction to

Logic & Organization 50

15 Physics 50

Practical

16 Laboratory I (Windows and Office Tools) 50

2nd SEMESTER: Total Marks: 300

Theoretical Max.

Marks

21 Mathematics 50

22 Data Structure through C Language 50

23 Business System Analysis,

MIS and ERP Fundamentals 50

24 Computer Architectures 50

25 Alternative English 50

Practical

26 Laboratory II ( Data Structure through C) 50




3rd SEMESTER: Total Marks: 300

Theoretical Max.

Marks

31 Systems Programming 50

32 Computer Oriented Numerical & Statistical Methods 50

33 Microprocessor and Assembly Language 50

34 DBMS with ORACLE 50

35 OOP with C++ 50

Practical

36 Laboratory III(Programming using C++) 50

4th SEMESTER: Total Marks: 300

Theoretical Max.

Marks

41 Computer Graphics 50

42 Visual Programming with VB 50

43 Windows Programming 50

44 Data Communications and Computer Networking 50

Practical

45 Laboratory IV(Windows Programming) 50

46 Laboratory V( VB & ORACLE) 50

98




Theoretical Max.

Marks

51 Optimization Techniques (OT) 50

52 Web Technology with Java 50

53 UNIX and Shell Programming 50

54 Software Engineering 50

Practical

55 Laboratory VI (UNIX and Networking) 50

56 Laboratory VII (Java and Internet Lab) 50


Theoretical Max.

Marks

61 Environmental Studies 50

62 Advanced DBMS 50

63 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 50

64 Elective 50

Practical

65 Project 50

66 Presentation of Project & Viva Voce 50

ELECTIVE PAPERS FOR BCA with Data Management

(One Subject to be chosen)

a. Digital Image Processing

b. Al and Expert Systems

c. Compiler Construction

d. Internet and TCP/IP programming

e. Simulation and Modeling

ELECTIVE PAPERS FOR BCA (One subject has to be chosen from each

group of Elective I, Elective II and Elective III)

Elective I

(a) Digital Image Processing

(b) Advanced DBMS

(c) AI and Expert System

Elective II

(a) Compiler Construction

(b) Internet and TCP/IP Programming

(c) Simulation and Modeling

Elective III

(a) Financial Accounting

(b) Managerial Economics

(c) Human Resource Management

DETAILED SYLLABUS

COURSE 11: ENGLISH Full Marks: 50

Section I

1. M. K. Gandhi : How a Client was Saved.

2. Ernest Hemingway : Old Man at the Bridge.

3. Jack Denton Scot : Prankster of the Sea.

Prose: [Three short questions are to be answered: 5 X 3 = 15]

1. Walt Whitman : 0 Captain! My Captain!

2. Thomas Hardy : Afterwards.

3. W. H. Auden : The Unknown Citizen.

4. Kamala Das : Summer in Calcutta.

Poetry: [Two short questions are to be answered: 5 X 2 = 10]

Play: [Five objective-type questions to be answered: 1 X 5 = 5]

1. Lady Gregory : The Rising Of the Moon

Section II

1. Letter Writing [within 60 words]: 5 Marks

[a] Applying for a job.

[b] Ventilating grievances in newspapers.

[c] Lodging an FIR.

[d] Seeking an appointment with an official.

[e] Applying for a loan.

100



2. Write a report in 150 words on: 8 Marks

[a] Annual sports meet.

[b] Welfare programmes.

[c] Cultural Events.

[d] Seminars / Meetings.

3. Precis Writing: 7 Marks

[The given text should be in prose and within 200 words]

Books Recommended:Anthology of English selection, Allied Publisher.

Compulsory English, North Bengal & Gourbanga University Publication.

COURSE 12: MATHEMATICS

Set Theory, Vectors, Determinants and Matrices

Set Theory: Sets and operations on set, union, intersection, Cartesian products,

partition, cardinal numbers.

Vectors: Addition of vectors, scalar and vector products, triple scalar product and

triple vector products. Simple applications in Mechanics and geometry.

Determinants: Cofactors and minors, multiplications of determinants, solution of

equations by Cramer's rule.

Matrices: Definitions - symmetric, skew - symmetric, identity, rank etc. Matrix op-

erations - addition, multiplication, transpose, adjoint and inverse of matrix. Solu-

tion of linear equation by matrix method.

Books Recommended:

Dr. Grewal B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, New Delhi, Khanna Publishers, 2012.

COURSE 13: INTRODUCATION TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Basic Concepts: Data & Information, Evolution of information Processing, Infor-

mation processing cycle.

Elements of Computing System: Hardware, Software, Firmware. Hardware -

CPU, Input/output devices, Storage devices and media. Storage classification -

primary, secondary. Software - system software, application software, utilities.

Language development: Evolution, Classification - lower level, higher level ma-

chine language, assembly language, merits and demerits of HLL, Low level lan-

guages: assemblers, compilers, interpreters, fourth generation languages.

Operating System Concepts: Definitions- resource manager, interface between

hardware and end-users: different management techniques (memory, device etc.).

Classification - single user, Multi users. DOS/UNIX/Networked OS. GUI - Win-

dows; different commands, windows explorer, device integration, software instal-

lations under windows, command interpreters.

Information Dissemination: Computer and communication; network- LAN, MAN

,WAN- definitions and structures, protocols, client server systems; Internet - WWW,




HTTP, Mosaic, Gopher, HTML, E-mail, Web Mail, Dial up system, MODEM, Brows-

ing.

Protection of information: Needs, concepts and components of security; protec-

tion - PC-level, multi-user level, network level including internet; Perverse soft-

ware.

Social Applications: Scientific, educational, business, entertainment, industrial,

planning etc.

Books Recommended:ITL Education Solutions Limited, Introduction to Computer Science, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley

(India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

ITL Education Solutions Limited, Introduction to Information Technology, New Delhi, Dorling

Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2013.

COURSE 14: BASIC ELECTRONICS AND INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC & OR-

GANIZATION

Introduction to electronics and its applications

Semiconductors: Definition of solids (insulator, conductor, semiconductor) using

band diagram, effect of temperature on semiconductors, effect on doping: Intrinsic

and extrinsic semiconductor, p-type, n-type, expression for conductivity of a semi-

conductor.

Diodes: Construction, principal of operation (forward biasing, reverse biasing),

characteristics, modeling (ideal model only) using clipping circuits, clamping cir-

cuits. Rectifiers: half wave, full wave (centre tap and bridge), capacitive filter.

Zener diode: Principle of ope, ideal mode, use as voltage regulator, power supply.

Bipolar Junction Transistor(BJT):Types NpN and PnP, constructions principles of

operations, use of amplifier, various amplifier configurations (common base, com-

mon emitter and common collector), input/output characteristics , concept of cut

off, active and saturation regions DC load line, operating point(Q-point).

Other semiconductor devices and their uses: JFET, MOSFET, UJT, SCR, DIAC,

TRIAC etc.

Realisation of Logic gates using TTL circuits.

Representation of Information: Number systems - decimal, binary, octal, hexa-

decimal. Number representation - integer: positive and negative, floating point.

Character representation-ASCII, EBCDIC, parity check.

Elements of Logic Design: Boolean Algebra, Logic gates, Truth table. Simplifica-

tion of Boolean equations. K-Maps, Combination Circuit design using AND, OR,

NOT, NOR, XOR etc., Multiplexers, Adder, subtractor, 2's complement adder, de-

sign of code converter.

Sequential circuits: Flip-flops -S-R, D, J-K, T, Master Slave, Shift registers:- Se-

rial in serial out, serial in parallel out, parallel in serial out and parallel in parallel out.

Counters: Ripple counters, synchronous counters, design of arbitrary counters

using S-R and J-K flip-flop counter design.

Memory Devices: Memory cell, memory organization, serial access, random ac-

cess memories, Cache memories, Memory hierarchies.

CPU architecture (Intel 8085 may be taken as example): Instruction format, Ad-

dressing

102



Modes-direct, indirect, immediate, relative, indexed. Addressing formats - zero,

single, double register addressing. Instruction set, Introduction execution, fetch

and execute cycle, Synchronization of memory, IO etc.

I/O Architecture: Properties of simple I/O devices, transfer information between I/

O devices, CPU and Memory. Alleviating speed mismatch between I/O units and

memory, Data transfer schemes- DMA. I/O channel and peripheral processors.

Information structures/ data structures: Basic concepts of data and their represen-

tation. Sequential and linked representations. Arrays, stacks, queues, chains, cir-

cular lists, doubly linked lists. Trees- types, representations. Binary trees, tree tra-

versal, graphs, application of stack, queues, binary trees. Files - records, fields.

File organizations - sequential, random, direct.

Books Recommended:

Mehta V.K. et al, Principles of Electronics, New Delhi, S. CHAND Publications, 2010.

COURSE 15: PHYSICS- Properties of matter, Mechanics, Accounts and

Electrostatics

Particle Kinematics: Two and three dimensional motion; Elementary vector alge-

bra, scalar and vector products with applications in mechanics. Review of Newton's

law of motion, Inertial Co-ordinate systems, Galilean Transformations and invari-

ance. Application of laws of motion in gravitational, electrostatic and magnetic forces.

Conservation Laws: Conservation of linear momentum with applications. Elastic

and inelastic collisions of two particles, Angular momentum; spin; central force

problems, conservation of angular momentum. Work and energy, work as line

integral of force; conservative and nonconservative forces. Kinetic and potential

energy, work-energy theorem, conservation of energy.

Gravitational field and potential: Potential energy of a system of masses, potential

and field due to thin spherical shell, thick shell and solid sphere, Motion in a gravi-

tational field, Kepler's law, Determination of gravitational constants (Cavendish

experiments).

Dynamics of rigid bodies: Translation and rotation of a rigid body, moment of

inertia; Parallel and perpendicular axes theorem; Moment of inertia of thin disk,

solid cylinder and solid sphere and their applications in problems.

Periodic Motion: General kinematics, simple harmonic motion, its different equa-

tions and solutions, dynamics of a simple harmonic oscillator, forced vibration.

Wave Propagation: General motion of wave motion, plane and spherical waves.

Transverse waves in strings, longitudinal waves; energy flow, dispersion group

velocity, dopplar effect; generation of ultrasonics and its uses.

Electric field due to charge distribution: Gauss's law and its application in determi-

nation of electric field due to a spherical distribution of charge; line charge, sheet of

charge, surface distribution of charge.

Electrostatic potential: Energy of charge distribution, line integral of the electric

field, potential of a charge distribution, derivation of field from potential.

Capacity and Condenser: Capacity of parallel plate, spherical; and cylindrical con-

densers. Energy stored in condenser. Absolute electrometer and its use in mea-

suring electric constant and potential difference.




Book Recommended:Gaur R.K. et al, Engineering Physics, New Delhi, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2006.

COURSE 16: Laboratory I - Windows and Office Tools

Windows Basics: Windows components, Installing and managing applications,

Adding/Removing software, integrating, applications, creating application on desk-

top, Addition/Deletion of drivers, Installing printers, changing of settings.

Word processing: Creating documents, editing, formatting documents; creating

multicolumns, importing graphics; Find and Replace, Word Art, OLE; Table man-

agement, Header & Footer, Macro.

Spreadsheet Management: Creating workbook, entering numbers, texts, formu-

las, functions, Creating charts, Macros.

Book Recommended:

Bott E. et al, Using Microsoft Office 2007, Que Publishing.

COURSE 21: MATHEMATICS: INTEGRAL CALCULUS, TRANSFORMATIONS,

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Integral Calculus: Indefinite integrals and definite integrals; method of substitu-

tions, integration of different trigonometric and algebric functions. Integration by

parts, successive integration, integration of rational and irrational fractions. Gen-

eral properties of definite integrals, definite integrals as limit of sum, summation of

series, areas under different shapes and curvatures.

Laplace transforms: Inverse transforms shifting on the s and t axes, convolu-

tions, partial fractions. Fourier series, half-range expansions. Approximation. Ap-

proximation by trigonometric polynomials, Fourier integrals. Transform technique

in differential equations.

System of ordinary linear differential equations: Method of phase plane critical

point and stability. Fourier' series in the intervals (0,2?), (-?, + ?), (-1, + 1), etc.

Dirichlet's condition. Half range cosine series and sine series. Partial differential

equations. Solution of one dimensional wave and diffusion equations and two

dimentional Laplace equation. Cauchy Reiman equation, complex integration.

Cauchy's fundamental theorem, Cauchy's integration formula. Taylor's theorem,

Laurent's theorem. Singularity and residues. Contour integration. Conformal map-

ping. Schwarz Christoffel transformation.

Book Recommended:Dr. Grewal B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, New Delhi, Khanna Publishers, 2012.

COURSE 22: DATA STRUCTURE THROUGH 'C' LANGUAGE

Basic concepts of data representation: Abstract and system defined data types

representation, primitive data structure.

Introduction to algorithm Design and Data Structure: Design and analysis of

design. Analysis of algorithm - Frequency count, complexity measures in terms of

time and space, structured approach to programming.

104



Arrays: Representation of Arrays; single and multidimensional arrays, Address

calculations using column and row major ordering.

Stack and queues: Representation of stacks and queues using arrays. Circular

queues. Applications of stacks- conversion from infix to prefix expressions, evalu-

ation of postfix expression using stacks.

Linked list: Singly linked list, operations on lists linked stacks and queues, poly-

nomial representation and manipulation using linked list; circular linked list, doubly

linked lists, generalised lists, sparse matrix representation using generalised list

structure.

Storage allocation and garbage collection: Memory allocation strategies, first

fit and best fit approaches. Boundary tag methods: memory freeing algorithm in

each case.

Tree: Binary tree traversal method - preorder traversal, In-order traversal, post

order traversal recursive and non recursive algorithms for above mentioned tra-

versal methods, representation of trees and its applications - Binary tree represen-

tation of a tree, conversion of forest tree thread, threaded binary trees. Decision

and games trees.

Symbol Tables: Static symbol table, Hash tables, Binary search, Dynamic tree

tables - height balance tree (AVL) B-trees.

Searching and sorting: Searching - sequential and binary search, Indexed search,

Hashing schemes, Internal sorting-insertion, selection and bubble sort, quick sort,

merge sort, heap sort, sorting multiple keys.

String and their features: String representation, string manipulations using ar-

rays and list, string matching.

Graphs: Graphs representations - Adjacency lists. Adjacency matrix. Traversal

schemes - Depth first search, Breadth first search.

File Structures: Organizations - sequential, random, indexed, direct. Business

files, DAT files, inverted files, hashing.

Books Recommended:Kanetkar Y.P., Data Structures through C, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2010.

Lipschutz S., Data Structures, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2009.

Srivastava S.K. & D., Data Structures Through C in Depth, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2011.

COURSE 23: BUSINESS SYSTEMS ANALYSIS, MIS AND ERP FUNDAMEN-

TALS

Introduction to business Data processing: System definition and concepts -

Characteristics and types of system, Manual and automated systems.

System Analyst: Role and need of Systems Analysts, Qualifications and respon-

sibilities, System analyst as an agent of change.

Project development: Terms of references, project selection, model study.

Feasibility Study: Types of feasibility reports, system selection plan and proposal,

prototyping, cost benefit analysis - tools and techniques.

System Design and modeling: Process modeling logical and design, design rep-

resentation, Systems flow chart and structured charts, Common diagramming con-

ventions and guidelines using DFD and ERD for Data Modeling and Systems analy-

sis.




Inputs and Output: Classification of forms, Inputs/Outputs form design, User in-

terface design, Graphical interfaces.

System Implementations and Maintenance: Planning considerations, conver-

sion methods, procedures and control, System acceptance criteria, System evalu-

ation and performance. Testing and validation, System quality control and assur-

ance, maintenance activities and issues.

Change Over: Methods for switching from old system to a new system.

System documentation considerations: Principles of systems documentation and

their importance, Enforcing documentation and their importance, Enforcing docu-

mentation discipline in an organization.

Evolution of information Systems: Electronic data processing (EDP) systems,

Management Information Systems (MIS); Pyramid structure of MIS, Executive In-

formation System (EIS). Information need of organisation, strategic levels, Tactical

level, Operational Level, `ERP' as an integrator of information needs at various

levels. Decision making involve at the above level. Manager as part of information

system and its role; mathematical concept of information, entropy and information

contents. Human as information processor, study of TPS, DSS, ESS in details

quality of information, Age of information.

ERP modules/Functionality: Functional modules of ERP systems, sales order

processing. MRP. Scheduling, Forecasting, Maintenance distribution, Finance, Fea-

tures of each of the modules; description of data flow across each module. Over-

view of the supporting database Hardware platform communication and networks.

Implementation issues: Pre implementation issues, financial justifications of ERP,

Evaluation of commercial software. During implementation issues, performance

measurement case studies.

System Audit and Security: Computer system as an expensive resource - Data

and storage media procedure and norms for utilisation of computer equipment,

audit of computer system usages, Audit trails Types of threats to computer system

and control measures. Threat and risk analysis. Disaster recovery and contin-

gency planning.

Book Recommended:

Leon A., ERP Demystified, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2008.

COURSE 24: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Data representation: Data types, fixed point representation, other binary codes,

error detection codes.

Register Transfer and Micro operation: Register transfer languages, inter regis-

ter transfer, arithmetic micro operation, logic micro operation shift micro operation,

control functions.

Basic Computer Organization: Instruction codes, Computer instructions, timing

and control, execution of instructions, input-output and interrupt design of com-

puter.

Central processor Organisation: Processor Bus organization, ALU stack

organisation, Instruction formats, Addressing modes, Data transfer and manipula-

tion, Program control microprocessor organization, parallel processing.

106



Micro Program control organization: Control memory, address, sequencing,

micro program example, micro-program sequencer, micro-instruction formats.

Arithmetic processor design: Comparision and subtraction of unsigned binary

numbers, Addition and Subtraction algorithm, multiplication algorithm, division al-

gorithm, processor configuration. Floating point operations.

Input-Output Organization: Peripheral devices, I/O interface. Synchronous Data

Transfer, DNA Transfer, Priority interrupt, I/O processor, Multiprocessor system

organization.

Memory Organization: Auxiliary Memory. Microcomputer Memory, Memory hier-

archy, associative memory, Virtual memory; Cache memory, Memory manage-

ment hardware.

Books Recommended:Malvino A.P. & Brown J.A., Digital Computer Electronics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Education,

2008.

Mano M.M., Computer System Architecture, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

COURSE 25: ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH Full Marks: 50

Group - A Marks - 25

1. J.M.Synge : Rider to the Sea

2. Scott Fitzgerald : The Great Gatsby

3. R.K.Narayan : The Man Eater of Malgudi

Students will be required to answer one essay type and two short questions from

any one of the above texts.

Break up of marks -

Essay type : 15 x 1 = 15

Short type : 5 x 2 = 10

Group - B Marks -25

An Essay or Precise writing or Report writing - 25 Marks

Students are requested to buy book at their cost on their own at the earliest.

COURSE 26: LABORATORY II - Data Structure in C

• Generation of different algorithms using single and multi dimensional arrays,

implementation of multiattribute data structures using array of structure

• Implementation of stack and queues

• Conservation of expression from post fix to infix etc. using stacks

• Implementation of single, double, circular link lists

• Polynomial representation and manipulations

• Sparse matrix representations




• Implementation of trees - binary trees, Huffman trees and code generation

through traversal

• Implementation of AVL trees

• Sorting Algorithms-insertion, selection, bubbles, quick, merge, heap sorts

• Searching-Binary, depth first, breadth first

• Index creation

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Programming In ANSI C, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education, 2010

Kanetkar Y.P., Data Structures through C, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2010.

Srivastava S.K. & D., Data Structures Through C in Depth, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2011.

COURSE 31: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING

Assembler: Algorithm of 1-pass and 2-pass assembler, data structure and imple-

mentation details, relocatable assemble etc.

Macro processor: Definition, Expression, nested macro definition and call, data

structure and implementation details, conditional macro.

Linker: Definitions, public and external tables, linker algorithms, relocating and

linking library.

Loaders: Bootstrap loader, absolute and relocating loader. Implementation of ab-

solute and relocatable loader etc

Introduction to compilers: Introductions, different phases and their working prin-

ciples

Editors, debuggers, memory resident programs

Viruses

Practical example of linking and relocation of common operating systems.

Books Recommended:Dhamdhere D.M. & D., Systems Programming and Operating Systems, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill

Education, 2009.

Donovan J.J., Systems Programming, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education, 2008.

COURSE 32: COMPUTER ORIENTED NUMERICAL AND STATISTICAL

METHODS

Roots of equation: Iterative method, Bisection method, False position method,

Newton-Rapson method. Solution of polynomial equations, solutions of simulta-

neous equations, Gaussian eliminations, comparison of direct and iterative meth-

ods.

Interpolation: Finite differences, polynomial interpolation

Differentiation and integration: Differentiation by polynomial fit, Trapezoidal and

Simpson rules, Gaussion quadrature.

Numerical Solutions of Differential equations: Solution by Tailor series, Euler's

method, Predictor correction method, Runge-kutta method.

Statistical Methods: Sampling, frequency distribution, measure of central ten-

dency and dispersion. Moments, discrete Distributions, Binomial and Poisson dis-

108



tributions, Correlation Co-efficient, Overview of simplex technique, Test of signifi-

cance - Chi Square test, t-test and F-test.

Books Recommended:Balaguruswamy E., Numerical Methods, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited.

Datta N., Computer Programming and Numerical Analysis: An Integrated Approach, Hyderabad, Uni-

versities Press, 2007.

Sastry, S.S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, New Delhi, PHI Learning, 2009.

COURSE 33: MICROPROCESSOR AND ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE

Review of number systems: Binary, decimal, octal, hexadecimal, negative num-

bers representations, floating point representations

Basic of computer systems, introduction to CPU architecture

Interfacing devices: 8025, 8026.

Introduction to 8085: CPU architecture, Register organization, instruction set,

addressing modes.

Machine cycle timing diagram

Programming using 8085 instruction set

Interfacing memory, interfacing I/O - memory mapped I/O, I/O mapped I/O

Interrupts, Introduction to DMA (with reference to 8085 CPU)

Peripherals: programmable IC - 8155,8255,8355,8253 timer

Interfacing A/D & D/A Converters

8279 - ketboard/Display controller

8259- PIC

5257 - DMAC

USART

Arithmetic processors

Microcontrollers: 8096 microcontroller architecture typical application.

Programming with assembly language

Simple assembly language programming using 8086

Books Recommended:Gaonkar R., Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with the 8085, Mumbai,

Penram International Publishing (India) Private Limited, 2009.

Pal A., Microprocessors: Principles and Applications, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education.

COURSE 34: DATABASE MANAGEMENT WITH ORACLE

Basic Concepts, Database and database users, characteristics of database sys-

tems. Concepts & Architecture, Data models, Schemas & Instances, Data inde-

pendence, Data dictionary.

A brief overview of three models- Hierarchical model, Network Model and Rela-

tional model, comparison of three models. Data modeling using E-R diagram.

Relational models: Properties of relational model, concept of keys - candidate

keys, primary keys, alternate keys, foreign keys. Integrity rules. Relation algebra -

select, project, cross product, different types of joins, tuple relational calculus.

Normalization:1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF.




SQL: A relational database Language: view, queries in SQL. Constraints and in-

dexes in SQL.

Oracle: ORACLE commands, creating tables, query generations, object oriented

approach, file organization. Client server ORACLE, ORACLE database adminis-

tration, array, reporting tools, SQL, PL/SQL commands. Application generation using

front end tools Database connectivities.

Books Recommended:Date C.J. & Kannan A. & Swamynathan S., An Introduction to Database Systems, New Delhi, Dorling


Elmasri R. & Navathe S.B., Fundamentals of Database Systems, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (In-

dia) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

Korth H.F. & Silberschatz A. & Sudarshan S., Database System Concepts, New Delhi, Tata McGraw

- Hill Education, 2002.

COURSE 35: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++

History of Development of Object oriented Programming Languages, Basic Con-

cepts of OOP-Objects, Classes and message passing. Notions of abstraction,

encapsulation / information hiding and modularity. Instantialisation and initializa-

tion of objects. Inheritance-single, multilevel, multiple and repeated. Runtime Poly-

morphism, Difference between conventional and object oriented programming,

Advantage and disadvantages of 00P, class libraries.

Language Feature of C++: Tokens, Keywords, identifiers, variable, operators,

expressions and control structures, functions and function prototyping, Class, func-

tion overloading, operator overloading, object constructor, inheritance, string ma-

nipulations in C++, Files in C++.

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Object Oriented Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing

Company Limited, 2008.

Courses 36: LABORATORY III (PROGRAMMING USING C++)

• Different problem solving using C++.

• Matrix operations using C++.

• Solution of Numerical problems under the course 32.

• Problems on data structures using C++.

• Solutions of different problems using class concept.

• Problems on Operator Overloading in C++.

• Problems on Polymorphism in C++.

• Problems on inheritance in C++.

• File Operation (Read/Write) under C++.

• String Manipulation in C++.

• Binary Files in C++.

110



Suggested Readings:Balagurusamy E., Object Oriented Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing


COURSE 41: COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Graphics Device: Concepts of Raster scan and Vector device Controller Input

Output devices for operation interaction.

Point Plotting Techniques: Simple algorithms for generating lines and circles,

Antialiasing.

Polygon: Algorithms for drawing and filling polygons.

Clipping: Algorithms for clipping lines, circles and polygons.

2-D Graphics: Primitives 3-D transformations and perspectives, Translation, Ro-

tation, Scaling and Reflection.

3-D Graphics: Primitives 3-D transformations and Perspectives Depth Ceuing

Curves and Surfaces: Shape Description requirements. Bezier curves. B-spline

curves, polygon Meshes, Displaying Curves and Surfaces.

Hidden Surface Elimination: Methods for hidden surface detection and elimina-

tion, Algorithms for curved surfaces.

Illumination and Shading: Basic illumination models. Shading models and sur-

face details shadows, Transparency.

Colour: Colour models for Raster Graphics, Application of Colour in computer

Graphics.

Essential of Computer Animation.

Books Recommended:Foley J.D. et al, Computer Graphics: Principle & Practice, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2009.

HEARN D. & BAKER M.P., Computer Graphics C Version, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2009.

Newman W.M. et al, Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill

Publishing Company Limited, 2008.

COURSE 42: VISUAL PROGRAMMING WITH VB

Introduction to Visual programming: Integrated development environment-the

menu bar, the toolbar, the toolbox, the properties window, form designer, form

layout. Creating, saving, editing, running the project Elements of user interface,

programming basics in Visual Basic, visual development and event driven pro-

gramming. Customize the environment.

Visual Basic: The Language Variables, constants, arrays, collections, procedures,

function return values, control flow statements, loop statements-for loop, do loop,

while loop, nested control structures.

Working with forms: Appearance of forms, the startup forms, loading, showing

and hiding forms, controlling one form within another. Design menus, program-

ming menu commands, manipulating menus at runtime, building dynamic forms at

runtime, drag and drop operation.

Basic ActiveX control: The text box control, list box and combo box control, search-

ing a sorted list. The scroll bar and slider control.




Drawing with visual basic: graphics control, co-ordinates system, Graphics meth-

ods-drawing texts, drawing lines and shapes, filling shapes, using circles meth-

ods. Manipulating colors and pixels with visual basic.

Database programming with visual basic: The data control, the data control

properties, data control methods, understanding relational concepts-the primary

key, foreign key, using visual basics data managers, validating data, entering data,

accessing fields record sets. An introduction to SQL, using SQL statements, at-

taching queries to a database.

Books Recommended:

Petroutsos E., Mastering Visual Basic 6, New Delhi, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

COURSE 43: WINDOWS PROGRAMMING

Introduction: How windows work, advantages of windows, running several pro-

grams simultaneously, structure of a window program, compiling a window pro-

gram, Window memory management, setting up systems, character sets, fonts.

Child and popup windows: Creating a child window, fixed child window, popup

window.

Menus: Creating menus, menu loading and memory option, popup menus, setting

a timer.

Dialog Box: Definition, designing a dialog box, using Microsoft Dialog editor, ex-

changing data with dialog box, modal, modeless and system modal dialog boxes,

defining string tables, user defined resources.

Managing memory: Local versus Global memory, local memory blocks - passing

handle to functions, using fixed memory blocks, changing size of memory block,

discardable memory blocks, global memory allocation

Device Context: Private device context, creating a device context, mapping modes,

scalable mapping modes.

Printing: Printer device contexts, scaling printer output, accessing the printer driver

functions.

Disk file access: Opening a disk file, reading and writing data, closing a file, cre-

ating file selection dialog box.

Bitmaps: How bitmap store images, loading a bitmap file, displaying a bitmap,

bitmap data format, DIB format.

The Clipboard: Basics of clipboard, clipboard format, clipboard limitations, using

clipboard with an edit control.

Dynamic Link Libraries.

Books Recommended:

Conger J., Windows Programming Primer Plus, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Limited, 2001.

COURSE 44: DATA COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTER NETWORIUNG

Introduction: Goals and application of N/W, Computer N/W and distributed sys-

tem.

112



Review of transmission media characteristics, data encoding and modulation tech-

niques, Modem. The OSI Model.

Data link controls: polling, Multiplexing, Flow control, Error control, error detec-

tion and correction, Hamming and Polynomial codes, HDLC.

Switched N/W: Medium access control strategies, packet radio and satellite N/W.

LAN: LAN Topologies, Ethernet, Token Bus, Token Ring and FDDI Networks x.25

Queuing Theory and Delay Analysis.

Internet working: Bridges, Gateways and Routine x.75, TCP/IP, IP addressing

schemes, Routing on the Internet, ITP, SMTP, Telnet and Rlogin.

Network security and authentication.

Books Recommended:Forouzan B.A., Data Communications and Computer Networking, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill


Tanenbaum A.S., Computer Networks, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

COURSE 45: LABORATORY IV (Windows Programming)

• Write program to minimize and maximize icons, change the shape of the

cursors.

• Creating graphics images using rectangle (), Moveto (), and lineto () com-

mands.

• Writing different window control programs, such as button, message, option

button, list boxes, Combo boxes, scroll control etc.

• Write program for different edit control.

• Different mouse control programs.

• Creating popup windows, add menu to pop up window.

• Menu loading programs, creating menus containing bitmaps.

• Program to create different dialog boxes, Modal, modless and system Modal

dialog boxes.

• Memory management programs.

• Device management programs.

Books Recommended:

Conger J., Windows Programming Primer Plus, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Limited, 2001.

COURSE 46: LABORATORY V (VB & ORACLE)

• Building different application programs using visual basics

• Building a calculator

• Programs to create database and entering data to ORACLE from visual basic.

• Programs to access data from ORACLE using visual basic

• Creating student enrollment programs.

• Creating inventory programs for student databases.




• Results processing using VB-ORACLE

• Creating salary sheet using VB-ORACLE

• Income tax calculation using VB-ORACLE

• Saving bank transaction program using VB-ORACLE

Books Recommended:Bayross I., SQL, Pl/SQL the Programming Language of Oracle, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2009.


COURSE 51: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (OT)

Linear Programming: Graphical method for two dimensional problems - Central

problem of linear programming - various definitions - statements of basic theorem

and properties. Simplex method, primal and dual, dual simplex method, sensitivity

analysis, transportation problem and its solution, assignment problem and its solu-

tion by Hungarian methods.

Integer Programming: Gomory cutting plane methods - Branch and Bound method.

Inventory Theory: Costs involved in inventory problems - single item determinis-

tic models - economic lot size models without shortages and with shortages having

production rate infinite finite.

Books Recommended:Ghosh & Chakraborty, Linear Programming and Game Theory.

Kalavathy S., Operations Research, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House, Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

Gupta P. K., Dr. Hira D.S., Operations Research, New Delhi, S.Chand & Company Ltd., 2012.

COURSE 52: WEB TECHNOLOGY WITH JAVA

HTML: requirement of using HTML, HTML editor, create, edit, modify, and run

HTML documents. Creating Web page, page skeleton, Adding visual structure,

formatting text, paragraph, pages, adding context, variables, input output. Basic

styles, creating lists. Adding links, adding images to a web page, using image map

for tables for page layout, creating frames, creating HTML forms. Using a scripting

language, adding layers, dynamically changing the styles.

Using CGI, PERL.

Fundamentals of Java: Data Types, Variables, Arrays, Operators, Inheritance,

String Handling, Packages and Interface, Exception handling, Multithreaded Pro-

gramming, I/O, Applets, tagging applet in web pages Java Classes, the Network-

ing Classes and Interfaces.

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Programming with Java - A Primer, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Com-

pany Limited, 2007.

COURSE 53: UNIX AND SHELL PROGRAMMING

Introduction: Salient Features of UNIX, multiuser, multitasking capability, UNIX

114



system organization, types of shells Bourne shell, C shell, Korn Shell.

Unix Kernel Fundamentals

Unix File Systems: Creating files, listing files and directories, masking file per-

mission, directory permission, Directory related commands. The boot block, the

super block, Inode table, data blocks, Disk related commands.

Essential Unix Commands.

I/O redirection and Piping.

Editors

Processes in UNIX, scheduling of processes.

Communication under UNIX platform.

Shell programming: Fundamentals of shell programming, shell scripts, shell vari-

ables and keywords, positional parameters, passing command line arguments,

arithmetic in shell scripts, control instruction in shells, if-then else statement, nested

ifs, the case loops, Shell mathematics tackling multiple command line options.

System administrations: Adding/removing users, system management, disk man-

agement, mounting file system, ensuring security of the system.

Books Recommended:

Kanetkar Y., UNIX Shell Programming, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2002.

COURSE 54: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

S/W Requirement and Planning: Data flow diagram (DFD), Data dictionary, FRD

cost estimation, Basic concepts on S/W quality.

Models: Waterfall, spiral, prototyping, Fourth generation techniques, SW process.

Software requirement specifications (SRS): Fact finding techniques, characteris-

tics of a good SRS, Verifiable, consistent, modifiable, traceable and usable during

the operation and maintenance phase, prototype online of SRS.

Coding

Software Quality Assurance

Testing: Software testing, different testing techniques, component testing, system

testing, test automation.

Software Project Management (SPM)

Software Matrix (SM)

Software Maintenance

Books Recommended:Pressman R.S., Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill


Jalote P., An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, New Delhi, Narosa Publishing House Pvt.

Ltd., 2009.

Mall R., Software Engineering, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2011.

COURSE 55: LABORATORY VI (UNIX and NETWORKING)

• Writing programs using shell scripts for common problems.

• Building different application programs using shell programming.




• Creating student enrollment programs.

• Creating inventory programs for student database.

• Results processing.

• Creating salary sheet.

• Income tax calculation.

• Savings bank transaction program.

• Networking of UNIX.

• Integrated Windows system as client under UNIX.

• Creating mail accounts under UNIX.

Books Recommended:

Kanetkar Y., UNIX Shell Programming, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2002.

COURSE 56: LABORATORY VII (JAVA AND INTERNET LAB)

• Writing different HTML pages using HTML commands.

• Creating Web pages.

• Writing HTML documents for Basic styles, creating lists adding links, adding

images to a web page.

• Program using image map for navigation.

• Program for creating frames, creating HTML forms.

• Programs for creating tables of data.

• Creating dynamic web pages.

• Solution of different common problems using JAVA

• Solution of different problems using arrays.

• Writing programs for inheritance, polymorphism, operator overloading.

• Writing program for multithread handling.

• Applet programming and tagging of applet in HTML documents.

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Programming with Java - A Primer, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Com-

pany Limited, 2007.

COURSE 61: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

IA: An introductory note depicting the global concern for deteriorating atmosphere.

IB: Earth, the only known habitat for living organisms.

Qualities of earth for supporting life.

Origin of life and its diversity.

Ecological principles - Interactions of organisms with physical and biological com-

ponents.

Nature's Balance, Energy flow through Ecosystem.

II. Impact of human activities on Ecosystem and Remedies.

116



Population Growth.

Overexploitation - Deforestation and Flood.

Remedy for preserving forest and its ecosystem.

Remedial measures for erosion and landslides on hills.

Pollution of Land : Industrialisation, Urbanisation, Plastics, Sewers, Agricultural-

fertilizer, Pesticides, Remedial measures including biological control and pest

management.

Pollution of Water: Different types of water resources (streams, springs, lakes,

wells) and characteristics of water for human consumption and agricultural pur-

pose. Nature and magnitude of water pollution, remedy, Water Source Manage-

ment, Waste minimization, measure, reuse, desalination.

Air pollution: Particulate, Chemical and Noise, green House Effect, Ozone Holes.

Air quality standards and remedy for pollution.

Energy Managements - Production efficiency, improvement of equipment and

household utilities (Chullah and others) for efficient use of energy. Alternate source

of energy (solar wind, Bio-gas, fast growing fuel plants, Mini-hydel projects).

III. Public Health:

Epidemiology: Definition, water-borne diseases, Air-borne diseases, Vector-

borne diseases, Animal reservoir.

Quality of Food, Remedy.

Sanitation measures, Vector control.

Pollution: Health and change in genetic material.

IV. Environmental Ethics:

Conservation of nature, Wild Life.

Change in the human attitudes and business houses.

Environmental Protection Laws

Public awareness. Government measures and role of NGOs.

Book Recommended:Chakraborty A.K., Saha P., Environmental Science, NBU, Allied Publishers Ltd, 2002.

ELECTIVE I. a. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Image: digital representation, elements of visual perception, sampling and

quantisation, Image processing system elements.

Fourier transforms: Extension to 2D, DCT, Walsh, Hadamard transform.

Enhancement and segmentations, smoothing, sharpening, Thresholding.

Edge detection, segmentations, Point and region dependent techniques.

Image Encoding: Fidelity criteria, transform compression.

KL, Fourier, DCT, spatial compression, Run length Encoding.

Huffman and contour encoding.

Restoration: Models, Inverse filtering, least square filtering, recursive filtering.

Book Recommended:

Gonslaez et al, Digital Image Processing, Addison Wesley.




ELECTIVE I. b. ADVANCED DBMS

Recapitulation of introductory part: Defination of database, Integrated database,

Architecture of Database, Data Independence, Basic database system terminol-

ogy.

Physical data organization.

Entity Relationship model, Different database management technique.

Data base protection: Cash recovery, Security, Integrity - referential integrity and

foreign keys.

Relational Query Languages.

Query Optimization.

Concurrent operation on the database.

Object oriented database concept.

Distributed database: Distributed DBMS features and needs, reference architec-

ture, Levels of distribution transparency, distributed database design, fragmenta-

tion, replication, allocation criteria, storage mechanism.

Tightly vs. Loosely compelled system. Centralized vs. Distributed system, Object -

entity model.

Concurrency Control: 2 phase lock, Dead lock handling, distributed deadlock, Time

based and quorum based protocols, partitioned networks, checkpoints and cold

stars, Client server database.

Basic concepts on multimedia database.

Books Recommended:Date C.J. & Kannan A. & Swamynathan S., An Introduction to Database Systems, New Delhi, Dorling






ELECTIVE I. c. Al AND EXPERT SYSTEMS

Introduction to Intelligence - Features of Intelligence - Artificial Intelligence (Al)

techniques - State Space Representation problems - Depth First, Breadth First

and Best First search - Problem Characterisation.

Heuristic Search - Different Heuristic Search techniques - Performance Measure

of Heuristic Search - Knowledge Representation Methodologies - predicate and

Proportional Logic -Resolution - Knowledge.

Representation Using Rules - Logic Programming - AI Languages - Symbolic Rea-

soning under Uncertainty - Semantic Net and Frame - Game Tree - Alpha and Beta

cut off's - Planning -Different Planning Techniques.

Learning-Different Learning Techniques-Expert Systems (ES) - Components of

ES-Techniques of Knowledge Acquisition in ES - ES Shell-Neural Networks - Hop

field networks - Single and Multilayer.

Perception - Learning and Back Propagation - Supervised, Reinforcement and

unsupervised Learning

Case Studies: MYCIN, RI.

118



Books Recommended:Nilsson N.J., Principles of Artificial Intelligence, New Delhi, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.

Rich E. et al, Artificial Intelligence, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2009.

Rolston D.W. et al, Principles of Artificial Intelligence & Expert System Development, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited.

Tanimoto S.L., The elements of Artificial Intelligence & Expert System Development, Computer Sci-

ence Press.

ELECTIVE II. a. COMPILER CONSTRUCTION

Introduction to Compiler -Bootstrapping a compiler-Various phases of a compiler-

Lexical analyzer.

Deterministic and non-Deterministic finite automata-Syntax analysis-Parsing-Am-

biguity in grammar.

Bottom up (shift reduce) parsing-Top down (recursive decent) parsing-Operator

precedence parsing.

Predictive parser and LL (1) grammar - LR (0) parser-SLR (LR (0)), LR(1) and

LALR parser.

Intermediate code generation-Quadruples, three address code and triples for ex-

pressions and control statements-error detection and recovery-Syntactic and se-

mantic error-

Error recovery in LR, LL, and Operator precedence parser-Code optimization-Lo-

cal and global optimization- Code generation-

Run time and storage management-Code generation algorithm.

Books Recommended:Holub A.I., Compiler Design in C, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.

Aho A.V. et al, Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools, New Delhi, Pearson Education, 2009.

ELECTIVE II. b. INTERNET AND TCP/IP PROGRAMMING

The X.25 networks and support protocols: features of .25, Layers of X.25 and

the physical layer, X.25 and the data link layer, companion standards to X.25, fea-

tures of X.25, X.25 channel options, flow control principles. X.25 logical channel

states, packet format, internetworking, connectionless mode networks, the frame

relay and X.25 stacks.

TCP/IP: TCP/IP and internetworking, examples of TCP/IP operations, related pro-

tocols ports and sockets. The IP address structure, major feature of IP, IP datagram,

Major IP services, IP source routing, value of the support layer, TCP, major fea-

tures of TCP, passive and active operation, the discovery protocols, application

layers protocols.

The salient Server Model: Socket Overview and reserved sockets, Proxy server,

Internet Addressing, Domain naming services (DNS), TCP/IP Client Sockets, URL

Connection, datagram Server and Client, Security.

Books Recommended:Corner D.E., Internetworking with TCP/IP, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.




Stevens W.R., Unix Network programming, Haryana, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2009.

Black U., Computer Networks - Protocols, standard and interface, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.

Tanenbaum A.S., Computer Networks, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.

ELECTIVE II. c. SIMULATION AND MODELING

Role of Modeling in Systems analysis - computer simulation of Stochastic sys-

tems, generation of pseudorandom numbers and stochastic variates using com-

puter program, Simulation of queuing systems, Using special purpose languages

for simulating queuing systems, GPSS and SLAM; System dynamics, simulation

of systems with feedback; using DYNAMO in system dynamics, case on simula-

tion on production, finance, marketing and corporate planning.

Books Recommended:Banks et al, Discrete Event System Simulation, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.

Deo N., System Simulation with Digital Computer, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.

Elective III. a. FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

Financial Accounting- nature and scope. Generally accepted accounting principles

and accounting standard in India. Introduction to ledger account. Trial Balance

profit & Loss account and Balance sheet Financial statement analysis. Inventory

valuation, Concept of cost capital. Application of computers in accounting, com-

puter based accounting system.

Books Recommended:Bhattacharyya A.K., Essentials of Financial Accounting, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2008.

Banerjee B.K., Financial Accounting: A Dynamic Approach, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2008.

Srivastava S. et al, Financial Accounting: Principles and Practices, New Delhi, S.Chand & Company

Ltd., 2009.

Dr. Goyal V.K., Financial Accounting, New Delhi, Excel Books, 2007.

Jaffarulla A., Financial Accounting, New Delhi, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd., 2008.

Gupta N., Financial Accounting, New Delhi, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

Banerjee A., Financial Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, New Delhi, Excel Books, 2008.

Mukherjee A. et al, Financial Accounting, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited,

2008.

Elective III. b. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

Nature and Scope of managerial economics, objective of the firm, managerial and

behavioral theories of the firm. Concept of opportunity cost, incremental, time per-

spective, principle of discounting and equimargins. Demand analysis purpose and

concept, Elasticity of demand. Methods of de4mand forecasting. Product and cost

analysis: short run and long run average cost curves. Laws of supply, economics

and diseconomies of scale, law of variable proportions. Production function- single

output isoquants. Pricing prescriptive approach, price determination under perfect

competition monopoly, oligoipoly and monopolistic competition, full cost pricing,

product line pricing and pricing strategies.

Profit: Nature and measurement policy, breakeven analysis, case study.

120



Books Recommended:Cauvery R. et al, Managerial Economics, New Delhi, S.Chand & Company Ltd., 2008.

Atmanand, Managerial Economics, New Delhi, Excel Books, 2008.

Damodaran S., Managerial Economics, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2008.

Srivastava R., Managerial Economics: Principles and Worldwide Applications, New Delhi, Oxford


Mithani D.M., Managerial Economics: Theory and Applications, Nagpur, Himalaya Publishing House

Pvt. Ltd., 2013.

Appannaiah H.R. et al, Managerial Economics, Bengaluru, Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,

2012.

Dr. Ahuja H.L., Managerial Economics: Analysis of Managerial Decision Making, New Delhi, S.Chand

& Company Ltd., 2011.

Craig Peterson H. et al, Managerial Economics, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2008

Dwivedi D.N., Managerial Economics, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

Elective III. c. HUMAN RESORUCE MANAGEMENT

HRM- Definition, Importance, objectives and scope.

Recruitment and selection- objective, method, pre-requisites, advantages and dis-

advantages of different methods of tests of interviews.

Induction- objective of induction programmes, methods.

Training and development- training needs and methods, identification of develop-

ment needs - role of HRM, problems in HRM.

Motivation- Theories and Methods

Performance appraisal- needs problem, methods, merits and demerits of method.

HRM Culture and Climate. Organizing for HRM. Morale and productivity- defini-

tion, function, steps in improving morale.

Books Recommended:Aswathappa K., Human Resource Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Lim-

ited, 2011.

Jyothi P. & Venkatesh D.N., Human Resource Management, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,

2008.

Dwivedi R.S., A Textbook of Human Resource Management, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.

Ltd., 2007

Gupta C.B., Human Resource Management, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2008.

Rao V.S.P., Human Resource Management, New Delhi, Excel Books, 2008.

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

(B. COM)

THREE YEARS HONOURS DEGREE COURSE

(1H1) Financial Accounting

(for accounting, management and finance honours)

Honours papers (Each paper 100 marks)

1) Financial accounting

2) Business mathematics and statistics

Course Objective:

To understand the students the concepts, procedures and techniques. A

clear exposition of these for every students planning a career in accounting.

Course contents:

Unit-I

Meaning and scope of accounting: need, development and definition,

bookkeeping and accounting, users of accounting information.

Unit-II

Accounting principles. Accounting concepts and conventions.

Unit-III

Journal, ledger, trial balance, sub division of journal, rectification of errors.

Unit-IV

Capital and revenue- classification of income, expenditure and receipts;

Final accounts (excluding for companies): Manufacturing, Trading and profit

and loss account, balance sheet.Adjustment entries.

Unit-V

Depreciation, Reserve and provision:concept, methods.

Unit-VI

Accounts of Non- trading concerns.

Unit- VII

Accounting for incomplete records ( including conversion into Double entry

system)

Unit-VIII

Control Ledger: Sectional Balancing and Self- balancing system.

Unit-IX

Farm accounting, Cooperative accounting, Government accounting:

concept, features.




Unit-X

Accounting for: Consignment joint ventures, Bills of exchange, Branch

accounts( including interdepartmental transfer but excluding foreign branch),

Hire purchase and instalment payment system ( including trading and stock

and debtors system), Royalty ( including sub- lease), sales or return.

Unit-XI

Partnership: Final accounts, profit and loss appropriation account, treatment

of goodwill, admission of a partner, retirement of a partner, dissolution of

partnership firm, piecemeal distribution, amalgamation of partnership firm.

Unit-XII

Insurance claim: Loss of stock, loss of profit.

Unit-XIII

Insolvency accounts: Accounting procedure, statement of a affairs,

deficiency account.

Books Recommended:1. Basu and Das, Financial Accounting, Kolkata, Rabindra library, 2008.

2. Amitab Basu, Financial Accounting, Kolkata, Tee Pee Publication, 2008.

3. Hanif and Mukherjee, Financial Accounting, Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

(1H2) Business Mathematics and Statistics

(For Accounting, Management and Finance Honours)

Business Mathematics (50 Marks)

Course Objective:

To acquaint the student with the numerical problems in business field.

Course Contents:

Unit- I

Calculus(Problem and Theorems involving trigonometrical ratios are not to

be done)

a) Functions and graphical representation of functions, even and odd

functions, concept of limit and continuity and simple problems,

differentiation from the first principle, rules of differentiation and

applications, derivatives of the second order, Maxima & Minima: case

of one variable involving not more than one constraint.

b) Partial differentiation upto the second order, Homogeneous functions,

and Euler’s Theorem for two variable, total differentials, Differentiation

of Implicit functions with the help of total differentials.

c) Diffferential Equations of the first order,solution by separation of variables,

Homogeneous Equations, linear and Benoulli’s equations, second order

differential equations with constant and variable coefficients.

124



d) Integration as anti derivatives process, Standard forms, Integration by

substitution, by parts and by use of partial functions, definite integral,

funding areas in simple cases.

Unit-II

Definition of matrix, types of matrices, algebra of matrices, properties of

determinants, calculation of rules of determinants up to third order, adjoint

of the matrix, elementary row or column operations, solution of a system of

linear equations having unique solution and involving not more than three

variables(Cramer’s Rule and Matrix Inversion Method)

Unit-III

AP & GP, Logarithm, elementary ideas of permutation and combinations,

Binomial theorem (Statement only) and simple applications, Variation, Theory

of quadratic equation.

Unit-IV

Compound interest and Annuities, Bill Discounting.

Unit-V

Co- ordinate geometry: Standard of equation of a straight line(y=mx + c, x/

a + y/b=1), point of intersection of two straight lines, condition that the general

equation of second degree represents a parabola, standard form of equation

of a parabola.

Unit-VI

Set theory, Definition of set, presentation of sets, Different types of sets-

Null set, Finite and infinite sets, Universal set, subset, power set, set

operations; Laws of Algebra of sets venn Diagram( Derivation not required).

Business Statistics (50 marks)

Course Objectives:

It helps the student to understand systemic and comprehensive exposition

of the methods, principles and techniques of statistics in various discipline.

Course contents:

Unit-I

Statistics as a subject, Descriptive statistics- compared to inferential

statistics, Types of data summations operation, Rules of sigma operations.

Unit-II

Analysis of Uni- variate data – construction of a frequency distribution,

concept of central tendency and their measures, partition values, Moments,

Skewness, Kurtosis and their measures.




Unit-III

Analysis of Bivariate data- Liner regression and correlation.

Unit-IV

Interpolation and Extrapolation.

Unit-V

Index Number- Meaning, types and uses, Methods of constructing price

and quantity indices( simple and aggregate) Tests of adequacy, Chain –

base index numbers.

Unit-VI

Theory of probability- Basic concepts; addition and multiplication - condition

of probability.

Unit-VII

Distribution: Binomial, poison and Normal distribution.

Unit-VIII

Sampling- Different aspects of sampling theory- simple Random sampling,

stratified random sampling.

Unit-IX

Analysis of time series- Causes of variations in time series data, components

of time series, Determination of trend- Moving average method and method

of least square, computation of seasonal indices by simple average.

Books Recommended:1. N. K. Nag, Business Mathematics and Statistics, New delhi, Kalyani Publication, 2009.

1. N. G. Das, Business Statistics (volume I and II), Macmillan.

2. R. P. Hooda, Introduction to Statistics, New delhi, Macmillan, 2005.

(2H1) – Corporate Accounting

(for Honours in Accounting, Management and Finance)

A. Issue, forfeiture and reissue of shares, rights and bonus shares, redemption

of Preference shares, Issue and redemption of debentures.

B. Final accounts.

C. Amalgamation, absorption and reconstruction of companies. (including internal

Reconstruction ).

D. Revenue accounts of life insurance and general insurance companies.

E. Bank Accounts: books maintained by commercial banks, explanation of

balance sheet Items and definition of some important terms.

F. International Accounting Standards (only outline), Accounting standards in

India.

126



G. Valuation of business: valuation of goodwill and shares.

H. Consolidated balance sheet of holding company with one subsidiary.

I. Investment accounts.

A. Liquidation of companies: statement of affairs, deficiency accounts, liquidators

final Statement of accounts.

B. Double account system: Accounts of Electric supply companies – concept,

features, Double account system and double entry system, final accounts,

treatment of depreciation repairs and renewals.

(2H2) – Cost Accounting

(For Honours in Accounting only)

A. Introduction: Nature and scope of cost accountancy, cost concepts and

classifications, Methods and techniques, installation of costing system, cost

unit, cost centre, relation of cost accounting with other branches of accounting,

preparation of cost sheet.

B. Materials: materials control, concept and techniques, purchase procedures,

pricing of Material issue, different levels of stock, EOQ, Perpetual inventory,

periodic Inventory, ABC analysis.

C. Labour; labour cost control procedures, labour turnover, ideal time and

overtime, Methods of wage payment – time and piece rates, incentive

schemes.

D. Overheads: classification and departmentalization concept of allocation,

Apportionment, absorption, determination of overhead rates: machine hour

rate, under and over absorption and their treatments.

E. Cost ascertainment: unit costing, job, batch and contract costing, operating

costing, Process costing ( excluding joint and by-products).

F. Cost control accounts: integral and non – integral, reconciliation of cost and

financial Accounts.

G. Standard costing: concept, application, advantages, variance analysis of

material and Labour.

H. Marginal costing: Concept, contribution, p/v ratio, break even analysis.

Segregation of fixed and variable elements from semi – variable cost.

I. Cost audit: cost audit vis-à-vis financial audit, special characteristics, scope

and Functions of cost audit.

(2H3)- Production management & Cost accounting

(For Hons. in mngt. only)

Production management (60 marks)

A. Concept of production- production and productive capacity- types of




technology- Choice of product and technology- labour intensive and capital

intensive Hi-tech and lo-tech- social impact of technology.

B. Production planning and control system- Networking of a production planning

and Control system process planning – scheduled technique – management

information System for production planning and control system – integrated

planning and control System.

C. Manpower planning and control methods of wage payment- manpower

requirement Forecast – job evaluation – Performance appraisal – work study

– Labour cost control Procedure – labour turnover – idle time – overtime

methods of wage payment.

A. Materials planning and control: concept and technique, purchase procedures

– pricing of Materials issue – different levels of stock – EOQ, perpetual

inventory – Periodic Inventory ABC analysis.

B. Facility Planning- plant layout- layout of other facilities – fundamentals of

material Handing operation.

C. Quality control – benefits of an effective quality control programme – total

quality Management ISO – Statistical quality control.

Cost Accounting (40 Marks)

D. Introduction of cost accounting-cost sheets.

E. Overheads- classification and departmentalization concept of allocation,



F. Different methods of costing – unit costing, job, batch and contract costing,

operating costing, Process costing ( excluding joint and by-products).

G. Standard Costing: concept, application, advantages, variance analysis of

material and Labour.

H. Marginal Costing: Concept, contribution, p/v ratio, break even analysis.

Segregation of fixed and variable elements from semi – variable costs.

(2H4) Financial Market Operations

(For Honours in Finance Only)

A. An overview of financial markets in India.

B. Money Market: Indian money Markets composition and structures; (a)

Acceptance Houses, (b) Discount Houses and (c) Call money market; Recent

trends in Indian Money markets.

C. Capital market: Security market – (a) New issue Market, (b) Secondary Market;

Functions and role of stock exchange; listening procedures and legal

128



requirement; Public issue- pricing and marketing; stock exchanges – National

Stock Exchange and over – the – counter exchanges.

D. Securities contract and regulation act: main provisions.

E. Investors Protection : Grievances concerning stock exchange dealing and

their removal ; Grievance cells in stock exchanges; SEBI; Company Law

board; Press; Remedy through courts.

F. Functionaries on stock Exchanges; Brokers, Sub brokers, Market markers,

jobbers, Portfoli consultants, institutional investors, and NRIs.

Financial Services: Merchant banking – functions and roles; SEBI guidelines;

Credit Rating-concept, Functions and types.

(3H1) – Business Economic and Quantitative Techniques

(for Honours In Accounting Management and Finance)

A. Demand Analysis: Economics of demand: demand forecasting.

B. Production Activity Analysis: production function – Law of variable

proportions,Isoquant and its properties, return to scale.

C. Decision Analysis: decisison – basis structures, conditions.

D. Linear programming: definition, assumption, limitation, graphical methods,

Simplex method, dual (only formulation)

E. Game theory: concept, 2 person zero – sum game, application of baye’s

theorm.

F. Business firms and its objectives: different types of objectives.

G. Competitive behavior – pricing, product differentiation and innovation.

H. Profit – nature of profit – theories – measurement of profit.

I. Pricing Promotion and product strategies – quasi monopoly, discriminating

monopoly Pricing; oligopoly pricing, price leadership, competitive bidding, sales

promotion – Product line.

J. Investment Policy: measurement of investment opportunities – cash

movement over the investment in life.

K. Value of money – cash balance and cash transaction equations modern

income Expenditure approach – inflation and control of inflation.

L. Business cycle – theories of business cycle – monetary and fiscal policies for

Business cycle control.

M. Economic Development – Factors of income development – obstacles to

economic Development – some issues in economic development: (I) choice

of technology (II) Balanced Vs. Unbalanced growth (III) Problems of critical

formation in a labour Surplus developing economy.




(3H2) – Management Accounting


A. Management Accounting: Meaning, Nature, Scope, Functions, Role in

decision, management accounting Vs. Financial Accounting, tools and

techniques of Management Accounting.

B. Financial Statements: Meaning and types of financial statements. Its limitations.

Objectives and methods of financial statements analysis: ratio Analysis:

Meaning, Utility, limitation. Computation of important accounting ratios.

Preparation of Financial statement from given ratios.

C. Funds flow Statements and Cash flow Statements: Concept of funds.

Advantages and Limitations of cash flow and fund flow statements. Preparation

of fund flow and cash Flow statements.

D. Marginal costing: concept of marginal cost, contribution, p/v ratio, break-even

Analysis, tools for decision making – make or buy, change of product mix,

pricing.

E. Budget and budgetary Control: Concept, need, objective, steps in budgeting,


F. Working Capital: Concept, composition, nature, importance and types of

working Capital, different sources of working capital. Estimate of working

capital requirement.

G. Cost of Capital: Meaning, components, cost of: debt Capital, Preference share

Capital, Equity capital, Retained earnings: weighted average cost of capital.

H. Capital Budgeting: meaning, Need and Importance, types of capital budgeting

Decision, Different method – PBD, ROI, Discounted cash flow.

(3H3) – Direct and Indirect Taxes In India


Direct Tax ( 60 Marks)

A. Definition and short notes: Assessee, person, company, assessment year,

previous Year, agricultural income, casual income, total income, perquisites,

profit in lieu of Salary, annual value, capital assets.

B. Residence and tax liability – determination of residential status and incidence

of tax on total income on the basis of residential status.

C. Income exempted from tax.

D. Computation of Income: under the head ‘salaries’, Income from house property,

Profits and gains of Business or profession, Capital Gains and Income From

other Sources.

E. Deduction from gross total income.

130



F. Ascertainment of tax liabilities of an individual (including tax rebates and relief).

G. Assessment of Firms (Partnership); Set off and carry forward losses: Tax

Administration: Authorities, Appeals, Penalties.

Indirect Taxes (40 Marks)

H. Central Sales tax Act:

Objects, definitions and concepts of terms: sale or purchase of goods in the

course of Inter-state trade or commerce or outside a state or in the course of

import of export. Dealer, declared goods, place of business, appropriate state,

crossing customs Frontier of India. Registrations of dealers.

I. Central Excise:

Nature of excise duty: basic conditions of excise liability, types of excise duties.

Definition : Goods, excisable goods, manufacture produced, manufacturer,

CETA. Basis of calculation of duty payable, Assessable value, Registration of

factory/Warehouses. RG – 1, PLA, TRB Challan, Accounting treatment of

PLA, T-12 Return.

J. Customs:

Taxable event, goods, types of custom duties.

Valuation: Tariff value, Customs Value, GATT Code, Customs Value – inclusion

Exclusion; Custom Station, Import procedure, Export Procedure, Baggage,

Courier Post percales, stores, Exemption from duty.

K. Concept and rationale of VAT, concept of cascading effect. West Bengal VAT,

Definition of term like ‘Business’, ‘capital Goods’, ‘Dealer’, ‘casual Dealer’,

‘Contractual transfer price’, ‘Goods’, ‘input tax’, ‘input tax credit’, ‘purchase’,

‘purchase price’, ‘sale’, ‘turnover of sales’, ‘Works contract’, Basic Concepts

of Incidence and levy of tax, mechanism of input tax credit, Registration of

dealers, Enrolment of transporter, carrier or transporting agent, payment of

tax, interest, Penalty, furnishing of returns, maintenance of accounts by dealer,

transporter, carrier or transporting agent, classification of goods and tax rates.

(3H4) – Auditing (For Honours in Accounting only)

A. Introduction: meaning and objectives of auditing. Types of audit, internal audit.

B. Audit process: Audit programme, audit and books, working papers and

evidences, Considerations for commencing an audit, routine checking and

test checking.

C. Internal check system and internal control.

D. Audit procedure: Vouching, verification and valuation of assets and liabilities.




E. Audit of limited companies: (1) Company Auditor: Appointment, power, duties

and Liabilities (II) Divisible profits and dividend. (III) Auditors report – standard

report and qualified report.

F. Depreciation and Reserves: duties of an auditor in relation thereto.

G. Audit of educational institution, hospital, club and library.

H. Investigation: Objectives, investigation and audit, investigation: for loan,

purchase of Business and fund.

I. Recent Trends in Auditing: Nature and significance of cost audit, tax audit,

Management audit and social audit.

J. Special Audit of Banking Companies and Insurance Companies.

(3H5) – Personnel Management

(For Honours in Management only)

A. Introduction: Meaning, importance and philosophy-concept of Human

Resource Management-Link between personnel and Human Management-

Different Approaches to Human Resource Management-Basic function-Social

and Technological factors affecting personal Management-personal

Management Department, its structure and is place in the organization.

B. Labour force issue:- introduction – the aggregate labour force-occupational

outlook-Additional labour force issue – Implications of labour force trends for

personal Functions, - Equal employment opportunity - The concept of

employment Discrimination – major areas of equal employment opportunities.

C. Job Analysis and design – introduction – job analysis information and its relation

to other personal function – section of jobs – Traditional job Design – time

and motion Study – psychological issues and job design.

D. Personnel Planning – introduction – factors affecting personnel planning -

The Personnel planning process.

E. Recruitment - concept of recruitment - its difference with selection external

Recruitment - methods of external recruitment – Evaluation of external

recruitment Methods - internal recruitment - Methods of internal recruitment

– Evaluation of Internal recruitment.

F. Employee Selection - the selection process internal Vs. External selection -

Data gathering methods - Alternative to the Traditional selection process –

outcomes and Feedback.

G. Training and Development – Concept – Training, Development and Education

– TheTraining process - Career planning and Management development.

H. Compensation Management - Compensation: working Definition – The impact

of Compensation on employee performance and organizational effectiveness

- Establishing and administrating the compensation programme - Indirect

Compensation.

132



I. Employee benefit Programme - Concept of Employee benefit programme –

Types-of employee Benefit Programme - The Govt. role in employee benefit

plans-Employer provided benefits. Employee health, safety and well – being

- The Historical series - Causes of accidents and occupational diseases -

Legal provisions for occupational safety - Components of a safety and health

programme - Some Emerging issue in employee safety.

J. Labour relations: the role of the personal department – employee

communication – Employee counseling – Discipline.

(3H6) – Marketing Management

(For Honours in Management only)

A. Introduction: Nature and scope of marketing; Importance of marketing as a

business function and in the economy; marketing concepts - traditional and

modern; selling Vs. marketing; marketing mix; marketing environment.

B. Consumer behavior and market segmentation: nature scope and significance

of Consumer behavior; market segmentation - concept and importance; bases

for Market segmentation.

C. Product: Concept of product, consumer and industrial goods; product planning

and Development; packaging - role and functions; brand nameand trace mark;

after-Sales service; product life cycle concept.

D. Pricing: Importance of pricing. Pricing objectives. Methods of pricing: cost

oriented, Demand oriented, competition oriented pricing, resale pricing

maintenance significance, and regulation.

E. Distribution channels and physical distribution: Distribution channels – concept

and Role; Types of Distribution channels; factors affecting choice of a

distribution Channel; retailer and wholesaler; physical distribution of goods;

transportation; Warehousing; Inventory Control; Order processing.

F. Promotion: Methods of promotion; optimum promotion mix; advertising media

- Their relative merits and limitations; Characteristics of an effective

advertisement; Personal selling; selling as a career; classification of a

successful sales person; Function of a salesman.

(3H7) – Financial Management & Financial Statement Analysis

(For Honours in Management and Finance

Financial Management

A. Introduction scope & goals of financial Mnanagement: Profit & Wealth

maximization Role of finance manager.

B. Cost of Capital: Meaning, use and component of cost of capital; preference

capital; Equity capital; retained earnings; cost of debt, weighted average cost

of capital, factor Affecting cost of capital.




C. Capital Budgeting: meaning and importance of capital budgeting ; types of

capital Budgeting decisions; different techniques of capital budgeting – Average

rate of Return. Pay book period, net present value method and internal rate

of return, PI.

D. Working Capital Management: Definition and need of working capital:

Determinants of working capital, management of cash, receivables and

inventory, Estimation of Working capital requirement, operating cycle concepts,

permanent & variable working Capital.

E. Financing Decision: Concept of capital structure, Different sources of long

term Finance, Financial leverage; EBIT - EPS Analysis; Operating leverage;

Combined Leverage.

Financial Statement Analysis

F. Financial Statements:- concept, nature, objects, uses, limitations, types.

G. Users of Financial Statements: - Multiplicity of users and users needs.

H. Financial Statement Analysis:- Concept of analysis and interpretation,

approaches to Financial statement analysis, Benefits of financial statement

analysis.

I. Types of financial statement analysis:- External analysis - Internal analysis –

Horizontal analysis – vertical analysis.

J. Techniques of financial statement analysis: - Comparative statement, common

size Statement, Trend ratio, and ratio analysis.

K. Ratio analysis:- Liquidity analysis, profitability analysis, capital structure

analysis, Activity analysis, practical method of ratio analysis- inter firm analysis,

A Combination of inter-firm and intra-firm Analysis, EPS according to AS-20

Presentation and Calculation of Basic & deleted EPS.

L. Funds flow & cash flow:- Concept of funds, preparation of fund flow statements

and cash flow Statements. Requirement of AS-3 (Direct & Indirect methods),

cash and cash equivalent account.

(3H8) – Indian Banking System

(For Honours in Finance only)

A. Indian banking system: structure and organization of banks; reserve bank of

india; Apex banking institutions, commercial banks; regional rural banks; co-

operative Banks; Development banks.

B. State bank of India: Brief history; objectives ; functions; Structure and

organization; Working and progress.

C. Banking regulation act, 1949: history; social control; banking regulation Act

as Applicable to banking companies and public sector banks; banking

134



regulation act as Applicable to co-operative banks.

D. Regional rural and Co-operative banks in India: Functions; role of regional

rural and co-operative banks in rural India; Progress and performance.

E. Reserve bank of India: Objectives; organizations; functions and working;

monetary Policy; credit control measures and their effectiveness.

F. Mixed banking system: concept, advantages of mixed banking – role played

by Mixed banks in the development of Indian economy.

(3H9) – International Financial System and Public Finance

(For Honours in Finance only)

International Financial System

A. Economic integration: meaning, importance, theories, economic

interdependence, Emerging dimensions of international economic relations.

B. International monetary system: Its historical perspective and implications:

monetary Reserves and national money supply; international payment system;

the banking System and its role in international trade exchange control; bilateral

and multilateral agreement.

C. The Foreign Exchange market – The fixation of exchange rates; SDR,

Swapping Deals.

D. International liquidity: Meaning, problems and existing arrangements, Tariff

plans,

GATT to WTO; UNCTAD, customs unions, Common markets, Quota,

Quantitative Restrictions, The role of hard currency in international liquidity.

The development of Secondary money market; The role of Eurobonds.

E. International Economic Institutions: IMF; IBRD; IDA; Asian development bank.

F. Finance capital in the era of globalization with special reference to developing

Committees.

Public Finance:

G. Public finance: meaning, origin and development, public finance and private

Finance and the economic system, public finance & the principle of maximum

Social advantage, methods to get it and its limitations.

H. Public revenues: meaning and sources; public expenditure: meaning and

aims, Canons of public expenditure: reasons for the growth of public

expenditure, Economic classification of public expenditure.

I. What is tax? Basic principles of benefit approach and the ability to pay

approach Towards taxation.




J. Meaning of shifting and incidence of taxation; process of shifting; factors

Influencing the incidence and shifting of taxation; single and multiple taxation,

ad-Valorem and value-added taxation.

K. Meaning, importance and sources of public borrowings; burden of public debts,

Management of public debt, the production of public debt on Indian economy.

L. Public budget, meanings, type and purpose; classification of budget: economic

and Functional: budgetary balances.

M. Taxable capacity: meaning and significance; absolute and relative taxable

capacity; Factors determining taxable capacity; methods of estimation, taxable

capacity Vs.Optimal budget.

N. Principle of federal finance – the role of finance commission of India.

O. An evaluation of india’s tax.

P. Public expenditure development in India – Public expenditure in revenue

account, Capital account, development and non-development account-

Expenditure trends.

Q. Public debts in India: burden of public debt of mobilization of resources for

Indian Plans.

SYLLABUS FOR

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

(B. Sc.)

3 YEARS

HONOURS DEGREE COURSE

IN COMPUTER SCIENCE




PART - I / 1st Year

PAPER - I

THEORETICAL FULL MARKS 100

Computer Fundamentals

Introduction to Computers & Problem Solving

Number Systems & Arithmetic

Boolean Algebra & Digital Logic

Digital Logic Design & Computer Organization -III1 ( 70 )

Introduction to Basic Electronics ( 10 )

Digital Logic & System Design ( 30 )

Computer Organization - I ( 30 )

PAPER - II

THEORETICAL FULL MARKS 100

Graph Theory ( 25 )

Discrete Mathematics ( 25 )

Numerical Algorithms ( 30 )

Operation Research ( 20 )


PAPER - III

THEORETICAL: FULL MARKS 100

Programming Language - I

Introduction to Programming Paradigms & Techniques (10)

C Programming (15)

Data Structures

Systems Software

Operating System (25)

Formal Language & Language Translators (25)

PAPER-IV

PRACTICAL: FULL MARKS 100

GROUP - A - SOFTWARE LABORATORY - I MARKS 50

Familiarity with Single & Multi user Operating Systems (10)

Familiarity with Window Based PC Software (10)

Programming with C Language (30)

138



GROUP - B - HARDWARE LABORATORY - I MARKS 50

Digital Logic Design (50)


PAPER - V


Microprocessor & Computer Organization - II (50)

Microprocessor, Interfacing & its Applications (25)

Computer Organization - II (25)

Data Communication & Computer Networks (30)

Data Communication (10)

Computer Networks (20)

Computer Graphics (20)

PAPER-VI


Programming Language -II (40)

Object Oriented Programming Concepts (15)

Visual Programming (10)

Internet Technologies (15)

Software Engineering (20)

Data Base Management System (40)

PAPER-VII


GROUP - A

HARDWARE LABORATORY: MARKS 50

Microprocessor Programming & I/O Interfacing

GROUP - B

SOFTWARE LABORATORY: MARKS 50

System Configuration (10)

Front End Programming & WEB Utilities (40)

PAPER - VIII


C / C++ Programming

Relational DataBase (ORACLE / SQL SERVER/ SYBES)

Unix Shell Programming




PART - I / 1st Year

Paper - I

Computer Fundamentals

Introduction to Computers & Problem solving

Generation of Computers; Computer system: Basic Block Diagram, Super Main-

frame, Mini & Personal Computer, Nomenclature, Software: Systems and Applica-

tion; Hardware & Software; Algorithms: Definition, essential features; Complexity:

notation, time & space; Computability & correctness concepts; Structured program-

ming concepts; Process of problem solving, Flowcharts and Pseudo codes.

Number System & Arithmetic

Number System: Positional, binary, octal, decimal, hexadecimal and their repre-

sentations, Methods of conversion from one base to another, sign magnitude, 1's

complement; 2's complement; Binary Arithmetic; Fixed & floating point numbers:

representation, biased exponent, range & precision, errors, overflow, underflow,

BCD arithmetic

Boolean Algebra

Concepts of propositional logic; Boolean algebra: definitions, postulates, proper-

ties, simplification of logical expressions using properties and maps (up to 4 vari-

ables), Min-term, Max-term expressions; Logic gates: AND OR, NOT, XOR, Com-

binational circuits, Simple logic design using logic gates.

Introduction to Basic electronics

Elementary physics of semiconductor: P-N junction diodes, Zener diodes, FUT,

FET. MOSFET; Equivalent circuits for diodes, transistors, FETS; Switching char-

acteristics of diodes and transistor, Thyristor; Applications of diodes in rectification

and clamping; Amplifiers: Class A, B, C, Multistage amplifiers; Concept of negative

& positive feedback; Oscillators: R-C, Crystal; Regulated Power Supply : shunt &

series; switching; Inverters: using bi-polar transistors & FET; Operational Amplifi-

ers.

Digital Logic and System Design

Alphanumeric codes: ASCII, EBCDIC; Single error detection & correction; Ham-

ming Codes and decoding techniques. Combinational Circuits: encoder, decoder,

code converter, comparator, adder/subtractor, multiplexer, demultiplexer, parity

generator, PLA. Basic Sequential circuits; Flip-Flops: RS, JK, D, T; Schmitt-trigger;

Concepts of single and two-phase clocks; Multivibrators: astable and monostable;

Registers and shift registers; Counters: Synchronous & asynchronous. Digital-Ana-

log interfacing: D/A & AID converters, basic ladder, counter ramp, successive ap-

proximation, sample and hold.

Computer Organization - I

Computers: Basic building blocks and subsystems, Control and intra-connection,

Bus; Tri-state devices; CPU: General structure, CPU Registers; Instruction for-

mats & Design strategies, Addressing modes: direct, indirect, immediate, relative,

140



implied, indexed, 0-1-2 addressing schemes; Stack organization & implementa-

tion; Memory: Organization, addressing, reading & writing, SAM, RAM & ROM,

different storage technology.



ITL Education Solutions Limited, Introduction to Information Technology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley


Malvino A.P. & Brown J.A., Digital Computer Electronics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Education,

2008.


Mehta V.K., Mehta Rohit, Principles of Electronics, S. Chand, 2010

Morris Mano M., Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson, 2004.

Paper-II

Graph Theory

Graphs: Definition, finite and infinite graphs, directed and undirected, incidence,

degree, isolated vertex, pendant vertex, null graphs. Walks; paths and circuits;

Connected and disconnected graphs; Euler's graph; Hamiltonian paths and cir-

cuits Trees: Definition and basic properties; distance and centers; spanning trees;

Shortest path problems; Matrix representation of graphs: Incidence, adjacency

and circuit matrix, simple applications.

Discrete Mathematics

Permutation; Combination; Groups; Subgroups; groups within groups; normal sub-

groups; Rings; Sub rings; Fields; Vector spaces.

Numerical Algorithms

Concept of errors in computation; Solution of non-linear equations: Initial value

and convergence, Bisection, Regula-Falsi, Newton-Raphson; Solution of linear

equations of the form Ax=b: Gaussian elimination, Matrix inversion, triangular fac-

torization, Gauss-Seidel; Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors: definitions, properties,

Interpolation: Newton's forward and backward interpolation, Lagrange interpola-

tion; Least square method of curve fitting;Numerical integration: - Trapezoidal rule,

Simpson's rule, Gauss quadrature formula; Solution of differential equations: Euler's

method, Taylor's series, Runge-Kutta method;

Operation Research

Review of linear programming; Transportation and assignment problem Integer

programming: Cutting plane, branch and bound; Dynamic programming; Model-

ing; Optimization; PERT/CPM networks; Queuing theory: Basic concepts, queuing

models, Poisson statistics, M/M/1 queue; Applications.

Books Recommended:Deo N., Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science, PHI Learning, 2009.

Gupta, Prem Kumar, Hira, D. S, Operations Research, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2012.

Kalavathy, S., Operations Research, Vikas Publishing House, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

Sharma, J.K., Discrete Mathematics, Man Millan Publishers, Pvt., Ltd.,Chennai, 2008.





Paper - III

Programming Language - I

Introduction to Programming Paradigms & Techniques

Criteria for Language design; Character sets; BNF; Variables & Assignment state-

ments; Constants & initialization; Conditional & iterative statements; Data Types:

Elementary, Enumerated, Pointer, Structure, type collection, Scope & Extents,

Parameter Evaluation and Passing: Call by name, call by value, call by reference;

Data abstraction.

C Programming

Introduction: Basic structure, character sets, keywords, identifiers, constants, vari-

able type declaration, Execution of some simple sample programs. Operators:

arithmetic, relational, logical and assignment, increment, decrement and condi-

tional; Operator precedence and associations; Expressions in C; Expression evalu-

ation and type conversion; Formatted input & output; Statements in C: Assign-

ment, control and loops; Arrays: Single and multi dimensional, initialization, string

handling with arrays, string handling functions. Functions in C : need, sample ex-

amples, argument passing in C, functions & their use, return values and their types,

recursion; Structures : definitions & initialization, array of structure, array within

structures. Pointers: declaration & initialization, accessing variables through point-

ers, pointer arithmetic, pointers & arrays; strings; pointer to functions & structures.

File access: opening LK: closing, I/O operations; Linked list: Concepts, simple

implementations.

Data Structures

Definitions : Concepts of data types, elementary structures, words and their inter-

pretation; Arrays : Types, memory representation, address translation, functions of

single and multi-dimensional arrays with examples; Linked structures : Singly and

doubly linked list(non-circular and circular); List manipulation with pointers : Ex-

amples involving insertion and deletion of elements, Stacks and queues : Defini-

tion, representation, uses and applications Recursion, postfix conversion and evalu-

ation, application of queues, Binary trees Definition, quantitative properties; Path

length : internal and external, properties, minimum and- maximum path length of a

binary tree, importance; Searching : Linear and binary- search, performance and

complexity; Hashing : Concept, advantages and disadvantages, different types of

hash function, collision resolution techniques-open addressing with probing, linear

coalesced chaining, applications; Sorting: terminology, performance evaluation

Different sorting techniques (Bubble, insertion, selection, heap, partition exchange,

radix) with interactive and / or recursive description, complexity, advantages and

disadvantages.

Systems Software

Operating Systems

What is OS; Concepts of processes; Files; shell; system calls; Structures: Mono-

lithic, layered, virtual, client-server and distributed model: Concept of Synchroniza-

142



tion: Semaphores, critical regions, monitor etc., inter-process communication

mechanisms; Processor Management; Scheduling : round-robin, priority, queue; I/

O Management : Device and device controllers; interrupt handlers and device driv-

ers; Memory Management : Multiprogramming, swapping, paging, virtual memory,

page replacement techniques; File system : files and directories, file servers, se-

curity and protection, Deadlock : Definition, detection and prevention. Case study:

DOS, UNIX, WINDOWS.

Formal Language & Language Translators

Introduction to formal languages and grammars; Finite automata: Regular expres-

sions, Deterministic and non-deterministic finite automata and their equivalence,

state minimization, General grammars; Turing machine; Language Translators:

Assemblers, Loaders, Linkers, Interpreter; Compiler: Various phases of compila-

tion, cross compilers.

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Programming In Ansi C, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education, 2010

Datta N., Computer Programming and Numerical Analysis, Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2007.

E., Balaguruswamy, Numerical Methods, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd, 2012.

Galvin Peter B. , SilberschatzAbraham ,Gagne Gerg, Operating System Concepts, Wiley, 2009.

Kanetkar Y.P., Data Structures Through C, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2010.

Linz Peter, An Introduction To Formal Languages And Automata, Narosa Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,

2010.

Lipschutz S., Data Structures, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2009

Sastry, S.S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, New Delhi, PHI Learning, 2009

Srivastava S.K. & D., Data Structures Through C In Depth, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2011.


Paper - V

Microprocessor and Computer Organization - II

Microprocessor, Interfacing and its applications

Evolution of microprocessors, Basic structure and programming, Clock cycles;

timing diagrams; Interrupts; Bus standards and Interfacing concepts : Memory in-

terfacing, I/O interfacing and Oils - keyboard interfacing, display interfacing, stor-

age device interfacing, printer, Programming a microprocessor : Addressing, Data

movement, Arithmetic and logical instruction; Interrupt handling; Assemblers, in-

terrupt: Methods of interrupt, priority & management.

Computer Organization - II

ALU : Main sub-units, registers, arithmetic operations, shift and data transfer op-

eration storing, integer and floating point arithmetic circuits, Memory Hierarchy :

CPU Registers, Cache Memory, Primary memory, Secondary Memory, Virtual

Memory, Control Unit : Principles, sequence of operations, fetch-decode-execute

cycle, micro instruction control organization, Input-output (I/O): Modes of data trans-

fer, buffers, I/O channels, bus other interrupt processing levels and priorities; Key-

board; VDU; Dot matrix printer and other devices.




Data Communication & Computer Network

Data Communication

Data Communication; Transmission media; Network; Protocol and standards; Ana-

log & Digital signals; Periodic & non-periodic signals; Time & Frequency domains;

Multiplexing: FDM, TDM and applications; Encoding: D/A, VD encoding; Error:

Different type of errors and their detection.

Computer Networks

Concepts of centralized and distributed computing: Advantages of networking,

Layered architecture, OSI architecture: Basic features, LAN, MAN and WAN; Simple

PC based network examples: block diagram, mode of operation and characteristic

features.

Computer Graphics

Introduction: Computer art, animation, image processing, morphing

Projection & Clipping

2-D & 3-D transformation

Liner, Curves and their representation

Books Recommended:Foley J.D. et al, Computer Graphics: Principle & Practice, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2009.

Forouzan B.A., Data Communications and Computer Networking, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill


Gaonkar R., Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with the 8085, Mumbai,

Penram International Publishing (India) Private Limited, 2009.

Hearn D. & Baker M.P., Computer Graphics C Version, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd.,

2009.

Newman W.M. et al, Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill


Pal A., Microprocessors: Principles and Applications, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education.

Tanenbaum A.S., Computer Networks, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

Paper - VI

Programming Language - II

Object Oriented Programming Concept,

Concepts; difference with procedure oriented programming; Data abstraction:

Objects, classes and methods, inheritance, polymorphism. Software design: prob-

lems with top down design; Object Oriented approach; Structured analysis tools;

Hybrid design, Principle of separation & responsibility based design.

Visual Programming

Basic features: Building objects with classes; Operations with objects; Class li-

braries; Multitasking and multithreading; Forms; Objects; Events; Functions; Pro-

cedures: Methods: ODBC Driver; Front end development with database; MFC.

Internet Technologies

What is Internet; Servers; Clients; Port; Domain Name Server (DNS); Accounts;

ISP; Connection: Dial Up, ISDN, ADSN, Cable modem; Email: Account, sending,

receiving, on mailing list, IRC; Voice & Video conferencing WWW; Browser.

144



Software Engineering

Software life cycle; Different Models; Software Definition; Software Requirement;

Software Specification; Software Quality; Software Maintenance; Software Metric.

Data Base Management System

Basic concepts: Advantages of DBMS, ANSI/SPARC architecture, physical, con-

ceptual and external models; Entity Relationship diagrams; Data models: Rela-

tional, hierarchical and network. File organization: Sequential, indexed sequential,

random, inverted; Query Languages: Relational Algebra and Relational Calculus;

Fundamental dependencies and normal forms: INF, 2NF, 3NF and BCNF, Struc-

tured Query Language: Elementary ideas and simple examples; Security; Integ-

rity; Case Study: Any RDBMS.

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Object Oriented Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing


Date C.J. & Kannan A. & Swamynathan S., An Introduction to Database Systems, New Delhi, Dorling







Pressman R.S., Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill


SYLLABUS FOR THE

THREE-YEARS DEGREE COURSE IN

MATHEMATICS HONOURS

COURSE STRUCTURE:

Part - I / 1st Year

PAPER - I : GROUP A : Classical Algebra (40 Marks)

GROUP B : Modern Algebra (30 Marks)

GROUP C : Linear Algebra (30 Marks)

PAPER-II : GROUP A : Real Analysis I (45 Marks)

GROUP B : Functions of Several Variables (25 Marks)

GROUP C : Applications (30 Marks)

Part - II / 2nd Year

PAPER-III : GROUP A : Section I: Analytical Geometry of Two Dimensions

(25 Marks)

Section II : Analytical Geometry of Three

Dimensions (30 Marks)

GROUP B : Analytical Dynamics of a Particle (45 Marks)

PAPER - IV : GROUP A : Vector Analysis I (25 Marks)

GROUP B : Differential Equations I (40 Marks)

GROUP C : Linear Programming and Game Theory (35

Marks)


PAPER - V : GROUP A : Real Analysis II (60 Marks)

GROUP B : Metric Space (20 Marks)

GROUP C : Complex Analysis (20 Marks)

PAPER - VI : GROUP A : Probability & Statistics (50 Marks)

GROUP B : Numerical Analysis & Computer Programming (50

Marks)

PAPER - VII : GROUP A : Vector Analysis II (10 Marks)

GROUP B : Analytical Statics (35 Marks)

GROUP C : Rigid Dynamics (30 Marks)

GROUP D : Hydrostatics (25 Marks)

PAPER - VIIIIA : GROUP A : Algebra II (25 Marks)

GROUP B : Differential Equations II (15 Marks)

GROUP C : Tensor Calculus (20 Marks)

PAPER - VIIIB : Practical (40 Marks)




Part - I / 1st Year

PAPER - I

Group - A 40 Marks

Classical Algebra

1. Integers: (It is not the aim to give an axiomatic development of the topic,

rather assume that the students are familiar with the set ℤ of integers, the

elementary properties of addition, multiplication and order).

Statements of well ordering principle, first principle of mathematical induction,

second principle of mathematical induction. Proofs of some simple

mathematical results by induction. Divisibility of integers. The division algorithm

(a = gb + r, b > 0,0 ≤ r < b). The greatest common divisor (gcd) of two integers

a and b. [This number is denoted by the symbol (a,b)]. Existence and

uniqueness of (a,b). Relatively prime integers. The equation ax + by = c has

integral solution iff (a, b) divides c. (a,b,c are integers).

Prime integers: Euclid's first theorem: If some prime p divides ab, then p

divides either a or b. Euclid's second theorem: There are infinitely many prime

integers. Unique factorisation theorem. Congruences, Linear Congruences.

Statement of Chinese Remainder Theorem and simple problems, Theorems

of Fermat. Multiplicative function ϕ(n). (15)

2. Complex' Numbers: De-Moivre's Theorem and its applications. Exponential,

Sine, Cosine and Logarithm of a complex number. Definition of az (a ≠ 0) .

Inverse circular and Hyperbolic functions. (8)

3. Polynomials with real coefficients. : Fundamental theorem of classical Algebra

(statement only). The nth degree polynomial equation has exactly n roots.

Nature of roots of an equation (Surd or complex roots occur in pairs).

Statements of Descartes' rule of signs and of Sturm's Theorem and their

applications. Multiple roots. Relation between roots and coefficients. Symmetric

functions of roots. Reciprocal equations.

Cardan's method of solving a cubic equation. Ferrari's method of solving a

biquadratic equation. Binomial equations. Special roots. (15)

4. Inequalities AM ≥ GM ≥ HM and their generalisations : the theorem of weighted

means and mth power theorem. Cauchy's inequality (statement only) and its

direct applications. (8)

Group - B 30 Marks

Modern Algebra

1. Basic concepts: Sets, Subsets, Equality of sets, Operations on sets − Union,

Intersection and Complement, Symmetric difference. Properties including De

Morgan's laws. Cartesian products: Binary relations from a set to a set (domain,

range, examples from

). Equivalence relation: Fundamental Theorem

on Equivalence relation (Partition). Relation of Partial order. “Congruence

148



relation modulo n is an Equivalence Relation.” Congruence Classes, Mapping:

Injection, Surjection, Bijection, Inverse and Identity mapping. Composition of

Mappings and its Associativity. Binary operation: Intuitive definition. Definition

on the basis of mapping. Binary operation in a finite set by Cayley Tables.

(10)

2. Introduction to Group Theory: Groupoid, Semigroup, Quasigroup, Monoid,

Group. Definition with both-sided Identity and Inverse. (Examples of finite

and infinite groups taken from various branches, e.g. from number system,

roots of unity, non-singular real matrices of a fixed order, symmetries of a

square, triangle, etc.) Additive group of integers modulo an integer m,

Multiplicative group of integers modulo a prime p. Klein's 4 Group. Properties

deducible from the definition of group including solvability of ax = b and ya =

c. Any finite semigroup, in which both cancellation laws hold, is a group. Integral

powers of an element and laws of indices in a group. Order of a group and

order of an element of a group.

Subgroups : Necessary and sufficient condition for a subset of a group to be

a subgroup. Intersection and Union of two subgroups. Necessary and sufficient

condition for the union of two subgroups to be a subgroup.

Cosets and Lagrange's Theorem. Cyclic group: Definition and examples.

Subgroups of a cyclic group, Generator. Necessary and sufficient condition

for a finite group to be cyclic. Permutations: Cycle, Transposition. Every σ

∈Sn (Symbols have their usual meanings) can be expressed as the product

of disjoint cycles. Even and odd permutations. Symmetric group. Alternating

group: Order of an alternating group. (20)

3. Introduction to Rings and Fields: Ring: Definition and examples. Ring of

integers modulo n. Properties directly following from the definition. Multiplicative

identity in a ring. Commutative ring. Divisors of zero. Commutative ring with

identity and without zero divisor is an Integral Domain.

Field: Definition and examples. Every field is an integral domain. Every finite

integral domain is a field. Subring and Subfield. Necessary and sufficient

condition of a subset of a ring (a field) to be a subring (subfield). Characteristic

of a ring and of an integral domain. (10)

Group - C 30 Marks

Linear Algebra

1. Matrices of real and complex numbers: Definition of a matrix. Equality of

matrices. Addition, multiplication, scalar multiplication. Transpose of a matrix.

Symmetric, Skew-symmetric and Hermitian matrix. Orthogonal matrix. (5)

2. Determinants: Definition of a determinant of a square matrix. Basic properties.

Minors and Cofactors. Expansion of determinant. Laplace's method. Product

of determinants. Symmetric and Skew-symmetric determinant Vandermonde's

determinant. Solution of the system of equations by Cramer's Rule (Problems




of determinants of order greater than 4 will not be asked). (No proof of

theorems). (8)

3. (a) Adjoint. of a square matrix. For a square matrix A of order n, A. (adj A) =

(adj A) A = det A. In.

(b) Non-singular matrix iff corresponding determinant is non-zero. Non-

singular matrix and Invertible Matrix.

(c) Elementary operations. Echelon matrix. Rank of a matrix − Determination

of rank of a matrix − statement and applications of all relevant results

and theorems (No proof required). (5)

4. Normal forms. Elementary matrix: Statement and application of the results on

Elementary matrix. The normal from and equivalence of matrices. Congruence

of matrices − Statement and application of relevant theorems.

Real Quadratic form involving three variables. Reduction to Normal Form

(Statement and application of relevant theorems). (5)

5. Vector/Linear space over a field with special reference to spaces of n tuples

of real numbers. Examples of vector space from different branches of

Mathematics. Subspace. Union and Intersection of vector subspaces. Sum

of two subspaces.

Linear combinations. Linear dependence and independence of a finite set of

vectors, Linear span. Generators of a vector space. Finite dimensional vector

space.

Existence of Basis, Replacement Theorem. Any two bases have the same

number of basis vectors. Extension Theorem − Extraction of basis from

generators. Formation of basis from linearly independent sub-set. Special

emphasis on

. Examples from

(10)

6. Row Space and Column Space of a Matrix: Definition of row space and column

space of a matrix, Row rank, Column rank, Rank of a matrix. rank (AB) ≤ Min

(rank A, rank B). (6)

7. Linear homogeneous system of equations: Solution space as a subspace.

For a homogeneous system AX = 0 in n unknowns, rank X + rank A = n. The

homogeneous system AX = 0 containing n equations in n unknowns has a

non-trival solution iff rank A < n. System of linear non-homogeneous equations:

Necessary and sufficient condition for the consistency of the system. Solution

of the system of equations (Matrix method, Cramer's Rule). (5)

8. Characteristic equation of a square Matrix. Eigen value and Eigen vector.

Cayley-Hamilton Theorem. Simple properties of Eigen value and Eigen vector.

Diagonalisation of matrices. (6)

9. Inner Product Space: Definition and examples, Norm, Euclidean Vector Space

(EVS), Triangle Inequality and Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality in EVS.

Orthogonality of vectors, Orthonormal basis, Gram-Schmidt process of

orthogonalisation. (8)

150



Books Recommended:

1. Burnside & Panton, The Theory of Equations

2. Barnard & Child, Higher Algebrra

3. Kurosh Mir, Higher Algebra

4. Mapa, S K, Classical Algebra

5. Mapa, S K, Abstract & Linear Algebra

6. Fraleigh, First Course in Abstract Algebra

7. Herstein, I N, Topics in Algebra

8. Dummit & Foote, Abstract Algebra

9. Hoffman & Kunze, Linear Algebra

10. S Kumaresan, Linear Algebra

11. Hadley, Linear Algebra

Paper II

Group - A (45 marks)

Real Analysis I

1. Real numbers: Field axioms for real numbers and other salient properties

taken as axioms, Arithmetic continuum, Well-ordering principle for

ℕ

. Concept

of ordered field. Concept of point set in one dimension. Bounded set. Least

upper bound axiom or Completeness axiom, Archimedean property and

density property, characterisation of

as a complete, Archimedean, ordered

field and ℚ

as Archimedean, ordered field. Symbols ∞ and -∞. Symbols of

intervals.) (5)

2. Sequence of points in one dimension: Bounds, Limits, Convergence and non-

convergence, Operations on limits, Sandwich rule. Monotone sequences and

their convergence. Nested interval theorem. Cauchy's general principle of

convergence. Cauchy sequence. Limits of some important sequences with

special reference to

Cauchy's first and second limit theorems.

(10)

3. Point set in one dimension:

(a) Denumerable, at most denumerable and non-denumerable sets. A sub-

set of a denumerable set is either finite or denumerable. Union of (i) a

finite set and a denumerable set (ii) two denumerable sets (iii)

denumerable number of denumerable set.

Denumerability of rational number. Non-denumerality of points in a finite

interval and of the set of all real numbers.

(b) Neighbourhood of a point, Interior point, Accumulation point and isolated

point of a linear point set. Bolzano-Weierstrass Theorem on accumulation

point, Derived set. Open set and closed set. Union, Intersection,

Complement of open and closed sets in . No non-empty proper subset

of

is both open and closed in

. Closure of a set to be defined as the

union of the set and its derived set. Interior of a set. Deduction of basic

properties of interior of a set and closure of a set. (10)




4. Subsequences: All the subsequences of a convergent sequence are

convergent and converge to the same limit as that of original sequence. Every

bounded sequence has a convergent subsequence. Subsequential limits.

Upper limit and Lower limit as the lub and glb respectively of a set containing

all the subsequential limits. Other equivalent definitions: Inequalities and

equalities with upper and lower limits. A sequence is convergent iff its upper

and lower limits are equal. (10)

5. Infinite series of real numbers: Convergence, divergence. Cauchy's criterion

of convergence. Abel-Pringsheim's Test. Series of non-negative real numbers:

Tests of convergence − Cauchy's condensation test. Upper limit and lower

limit criteria for (i) Comparison test, (ii) Ratio test (iii) Root test, (iv) Kummer's

test. Statements of Raabe's test, Bartrand's test, Logarithmic test and Gauss's

test.

Series of arbitrary terms: Absolutely convergent and conditionally convergent

series. Alternating series: Leibnitz test, Root test and Ratio test. Non-absolute

convergence − Abel's and Dirichlet's tests (Statements and applications).

Rearrangement of series through examples. Riemann's re-arrangement

theorem (Statement) and simple examples. Rearrangement of absolutely

convergent series. (10)

6. Real valued functions defined on intervals: Bounded functions, Step functions,

Monotone functions, Composition of functions. Limits of functions: Algebra of

limits and Sandwich rule. Cauchy criterion for the existence of finite limit.

Important limits like , log , as

. Upper and Lower

limit of function at a point.

7. Continuity of a function at a point and in an interval.

Neighbourhood properties, continuity of xn, sin x, cos x, log x to be established.

Continuity of composite function. Piecewise continuous functions. Uniform

continuity. Discontinuity of functions − type of discontinuity, ordinary

discontinuity of monotone functions. Properties of continuous functions on

closed intervals: Boundedness, attainment of bounds, Bolzano's theorem.

Intermediate value property and allied results.

Continuous function carries closed and bounded interval into closed and

bounded interval. Functions continuous on a closed and bounded interval I is

uniformly continuous on I. A necessary and sufficient condition under which a

continuous function on a bounded open interval I will be uniformly continuous

on I. Lipschitz condition and uniform continuity. Existence of inverse function

of a strictly monotone function and its continuity with special reference to

inverse circular functions. (15)

8. Concept of differentiability and differential: Chain rule, sign of derivative. For

a differentiable function Lipschitz condition is equivalent to boundedness of

the derivative. Successive derivatives: Leibnitz theorem. Theorems on

derivatives: Darboux theorem, Rolle's theorem, Mean value theorems of

Lagrange and Cauchy, Taylor's theorem with Schlömilch-Rouche's form of

152



remainder, Lagrange's and Cauchy's form of remainder. Young's form of

Taylor's theorem. Maclaurin's series. Expansion of ex, ax (a > 0), log (1+ x),

(1+ x)m, sin x, cos x etc. with their ranges of validity. (10)

9. Indeterminate forms: Statement of L-Hospital's rule and its consequences.

(2)

10. Point of local extremum (maximum, minimum and saddle point) of a function

in an interval. Sufficient condition for the existence of a local maximum/

minimum of a function at a point. Application of the principle of maximum/

minimum in geometrical and physical problems. (5)

Group - B (25 Marks)

Functions of Several Variables

1. Point set in two and three dimensions − Concept only of neighbourhood of a

point, interior point, accumulation point, open set, closed set, Bolzano-

Weierstrass theorem (Statement only) in . (2)

2. Concept (only) of

and examples of functions on

. (1)

3. (a) Functions of two and three variables − Limit and continuity, Partial

derivatives. Sufficient condition for continuity. Relevant results regarding

repeated limits and double limits.

(b) Functions

− Differentiability and its sufficient condition,

differential as a map, Chain rule. Euler's theorem and its converse.

Commutativity of the order of partial derivatives − Theorems of Young

and Schwarz. (12)

4. Jacobian for functions of two and three variables - Simple properties including

functional dependence. Concept of Implicit function: Statement and simple

application of Implicit function theorem for two variables. Differentiation of

Implicit function. Jacobian of Implicit function. Partial derivative as ratio of two

Jacobians in case of function of two variables.

Group - C (30 Marks)

Applications

1. Concept of a plane curve: Closed curve, simple curve.

(a) Tangents and Normals: Subtangent and sub-normals. Angle of

intersection of curves. Pedal equation of a curve, Pedal of a curve.

(b) Rectilinear asymptotes of a curve (Cartesian, parametric and polar form).

(c) Curvature - Radius of curvature, Centre of curvature, Chord of curvature.

Evolute of a curve.

(d) Concavity, convexity, singular points, nodes, cusps, points of inflexion -

simple problems on species of cusps of a curve.




(e) Envelopes of one parameter and two parameter family of curves,

Envelope as singular points locus-Evolute.

(f) Curve tracing-familiarity with well known curves (15)

2. Indefinite and suitable corresponding definite integrals for the functions

, ,

. Simple problems on definite integrals as the

limit of a sum. (5)

3. Working knowledge of Beta and Gamma function (convergence to be

assumed) and their interrelation (no proof). Use of the result

. Computation of the integrals

, ,

etc. when they exist, (using Beta function andGamma function).

4. Area: Area enclosed by a curve, area enclosed between a curve and a secant,

area between two curves and area between a curve and its asymptote (if

there be any). (5)

5. Problems on volume and surface area of solids of revolution. Statement of

Pappus theorem and its direct application for well-known curves. (2)

Books Recommended:

1. Randolph, J P, Basic Real & Abstract Analysis, Academic Press.

2. Protter, M H & Money G B, A first course in Real Analysis, Springer Verlag, NBHM.

3. Mapa, S K, Introduction to Real Analysis

4. Walter Rudin, Principles of Real Analysis

5. Tom M Apostol, Mathematical Analysis

6. Richard R Goldberg, Methods of Real Analysis

7. Courant & John, Differential & Integral Calculus Vol. I & II.

8. Bartle & Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, John Wiley & Sons.

9. Parzynski, Mathematical Analysis

10. Shantinarayan, Mathematical Analysis

11. Shantinarayan, Differential Calculus, S. Chand & Co.

12. Shantinarayan, Integral Calculus

13. Dr. K Knopp Series, Theory and Applications of Infinite

14. E T Copson, Metric Spaces, Cambridge University Press.

15. S Ponnusamy, Foundation of Complex Analysis, Narosa.

154



Part − II / 2nd Year

PAPER − III

Group A (55 Marks)

Section −−−−− I

Analytical Geometry of two Dimensions (25 Marks)

1. (a) Transformations of Rectangular axes: Translation, Rotation and their

combinations. Theory of Invariants. (2)

(b) General Equation of second degree in two variables: Reduction into

canonical form. Classification of conics, Lengths and position of the axes.

(2)

2. Pair of straight lines: Condition that the general equation of second degree in

two variables may represent two straight lines. Point of intersection of two

intersecting straight lines. Angle between two lines given by

ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0. Angle bisector. Equation of two lines joining the origin to

the points in which a line meets a conic. (8)

3. Circle, Parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola: Equations of pair of tangents from

an external point, chord of contact, poles and polars, conjugate points and

conjugate lines. (4)

4. Polar equation of straight lines and circles. Polar equation of a conic referred

to a focus as pole: Equations of tangent, normal, chord of contact. (5)

Section − II

Analytical Geometry of three Dimensions (30 Marks)

1. Rectangular cartesian coordinates in space. Halves and Octants. Concept of

a geometric vector (directed line segment). Projection of a vector on a

coordinate axis. Inclination of a vector with an axis. Coordinates of a vector.

Direction cosines of a Vector. Distance between two points. Division of a

directed line segment in a given ratio. (4)

2. Equation of a Plane: General form, Intercept and Normal form. The sides of a

plane. Signed distance of a point from a plane. Equation of a plane passing

through the intersection of two planes. Angle between two intersecting planes.

Bisectors of angles between two intersecting planes. Parallelism and

perpendicularity of two planes. (8)

3. Straight lines in space: Equation (Symmetric & Parametric form). Direction

ratios and Direction cosines. Canonical equation of the line of interesection of

two intersecting planes. Angle between two lines. Distance of a point from a

line. Condition of coplanarity of two lines. Equations of skew-lines. Shortest

distance between two skew lines. (10)

4. Sphere: General Equation, Circle, Sphere through the intersection of two

spheres, Radical Plane. Tangent, Normal.

Cone: Right circular cone, General homogeneous second degree equation.

Section of a cone by a plane as a conic and as a pair of lines, Condition for




three perpendicular generators, Reciprocal cone, Enveloping cone. Cylinder:

Generators parallel to either of the axes. General form of equation, Right

circular cylinder, Enveloping cylinder.

Surface of Revolution (about axes of reference only) Ruled Surface. (15)

5. Transformation of rectangular axes by translation, rotation and their

combinations. (2)

6. General equation of second degree in three variables: Reduction to canonical

forms. Classification of Quadrics. (2)

7. Ellipsoid, Hyperboloid, Paraboloid: Canonical equations and the study of their

shapes. (5)

8. Tangent planes, Normals, Enveloping cone. (5)

9. Generating lines of hyperboloid of one sheet and hyperbolic paraboloid. (8)

10. Knowledge of Cylindrical, Polar and Spherical polar coordinates, their relations

(No deduction required). (2)

Books Recommended:

1. S L Loney, Co-ordinate Geometry

2. J T Bell, Co-ordinate Geometry of Three, Dimensions.

3. C Smith, Elementary Treatise on Conic Sections

4. C Smith, Solid Analytic Geometry

5. Ghosh & Chakraborty, Analytical Geometry

Group B (45 Marks)

Analytical Dynamics of a Particle

(Acquaintance with elementary concepts of Statics is assumed)

1. Fundamental Ideas and Principles of Dynamics. Laws of motion. Work, Power

and Energy. Principles of conservation of energy and of momentum − Impulse

and Impulsive forces. (5)

2. Motion in a straight line under variable acceleration, Motion under inverse

square law, Composition of two SHM's of nearly equal frequencies. Motion of

a particle tied to one end of an elastic string. Rectilinear motion in a resisting

medium, Damped forced oscillation. Motion under gravity where the resistance

varies as some integral power of velocity, Terminal velocity. (10)

3. Impact of elastic bodies: Newton's experimental law of elastic impact. Direct

impact. Loss of K. E. in a direct impact. Oblique impact of two elastic spheres,

Loss of K. E. in oblique impact. Angle of deflection. (3)

4. Expressions for velocity and acceleration of a particle moving on a plane in

cartesian and polar coordinates. Motion of a particle moving in a plane with

reference to a set of rotating axes. Motion of a particle in a plane. (6)

5. Central forces and central orbits. Characteristics of central orbits. Stability of

nearly circular orbits. (4)

6. Tangential and Normal accelerations. Circular motion, Motion of a train or

cyclist on a banked track, Simple cases of constrained motion of a particle.(4)

156



7. Motion of a particle in a plane under different laws of resistance, Motion of a

projectile in a resisting medium in which the resistance varies as the velocity.

Trajectories in a resisting medium where resistance varies as some integral

power of the velocity. (5)

8. Motion on a smooth curve under resistance. (2)

9. Motion under inverse square law in a plane. Escape velocity, Planetary motion

and Kepler's laws. Time of describing an arc of the orbit. Motion of artificial

satelite. Slightly disturbed orbits. (6)

10. Conservative field of force and principle of conservation of energy. Motion of

a rough curve (such as circle, parabola, ellipse, cycloid etc.) under gravity.(6)

11. Equation of motion. of a particle of varying mass. Simple problems of motion

of varying mass such as those of falling raindrops and projected rockets. (6)

Books Recommended:1. S.L. Loney, An Elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and of Rigid Bodies, Macmillan.

2. Saha & Ganguly, Analytical Dynamics of a Particle including Elements of Statistics.

PAPER − IV

Group A (25 Marks)

Vector Algebra and Analysis

1. Vector Algebra: Vector (directed line segment) Equality of two free vectors.

Addition of vectors. Multiplication by a scalar.

Position vector. Point of division. Conditions of collinearity of three points and

co-planarity of four points. Rectangular components of a vector in two and

three dimensions.

Product of two or more vectors: Scalar and vector products. Scalar triple

products and Vector triple products, Product of four vectors. Direct applications

of Vector Algebra in (i) Geometrical and Trigonometrical problems, (ii) Work

done by a force. Moment of a force about a point.

Vector equations of straight lines and planes. Volume of a tetrahedron. Shortest

distance between two skew lines. (15)

2. Vector differentiation with respect to a scalar variable. Vector functions of one

scalar variable. Derivative of a vector. Second derivative of a vector. Derivatives

of sums and products. Velocity and Acceleration as derivative. (5)

3. Concepts of scalar and vector fields. Directional derivative. Gradient,

Divergence and Curl, Laplacian. (5)

Books Recommended:

1. Louis Brand, Vector Analysis

2. Barry Spain, Vector Analysis

3. Spiegel (Schaum), Vector & Tensor Analysis

4. C.E. Weatherbum , Elementary Vector Analysis Vol. I & II.





Differential Equations

1. Significance of ordinary differential equations: Geometrical and Physical

consideration. Formation of differential equation by elimination of arbitrary

constants. Meaning of the solution of ordinary differential equation.

Concept of linear and non-linear differential equations. (2)

2. Equations of first order and first degree: Statement of Existence theorem.

Separable, Homogeneous and Exact equations, Condition of exactness,

Integrating factor, Rules of finding integrating factor. (5)

3. First order linear equations: Integrating factor. Equations reducible to first

order linear equations. (2)

4. Equations of first order but not of first degree: Clairaut's equation. Singular

solution. (3)

5. Applications: Geometric applications, Orthogonal trajectories. (2)

6. Higher order linear equations with constant co-efficients: Complementary

Function. Particular Integral. Method of undetermined coefficients. Symbolic

operator D. Method of variation of parameters.

Euler's homogeneous equation and Reduction to an equation of constant co-

efficicnts. (8)

7. Second order linear equations with variable co-efficients :

Reduction of order when one solution of the homogeneous part is known.

Complete solution. Method of variation of parameters. Reduction to normal

form. Change of independent variable. Operational Factors. (10)

8. Simple Eigen value problems. (2)

9. Simultaneous linear differential equations. Total differential equation: condition

or integrability. (3)

10. Partial differential equation (PDE) : Introduction. Formation of PDE. Solution

of PDE by Lagrange's Method of solution and by Charpit's Method. (5)

Books Recommended:

1. Lester R Ford, Differential Equations, McGraw Hill.

2. Shepley L Ross, Differential Equations, John Wiley

3. H T H Piaggio, Differential Equations

4. Kiseleyev, Makarenko, Krasnov, A Text Book on Ordinary Differential Equations, Mir

Publication.

5. H B Phillips, Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons.

6. S Balachandra Rao, H R, Differential Equalions with applications and Programs, Anuradha

Universities Press.

7. S G Deo, V Lakshmikantham, Differential Equations (2nd Ed.), Tata McGraw Hill.

8. T Amamath, An Elementary Course in Partial Differential Equations.

9. D A Murray, An Introductory Course on Ordinary Differential Equation.

158




Linear Programming and Game Theory

1. Definition of Linear Programming Problem (LPP) − Formation of LPP from

daily life involving inequations. Graphical solution of LPP. (4)

2. Basic solutions and Basic feasible solutions (BFS) with reference to LPP.

Matrix formulation of LPP. Degenerate and Non-degenerate BFS.

Hyperplane, Convex set, Cone, Extreme points, Convex hull and convex

polyhedron, Supporting and Separating hyperplane.

The collection of all feasible solutions of an LPP constitutes a convex set.

The extreme points of the convex set of feasible solutions correspond to its

BFS and conversely. The objective function has its optimal value at an extreme

point of the convex polyhedron generated by the set of feasible solutions,

(the convex polyhedron may also be unbounded). In the absence of

degeneracy, if the LPP admits of an optimal solution, then at least one BFS

must be optimal. Reduction of a FS to a BFS (8)

3. Slack and surplus variables. Standard fom of LPP Theory of simplex method.

Feasibility and optimality conditions. (6)

4. The algorithm. Two phase method. Degeneracy in LPP and its resolution.(8)

5. Duality Theory − The dual of the dual is the primal. Relations between the

objective values of dual and the primal problems. Relation between their

optimal values. Complementary slackness, Duality and simplex method and

their applications. (6)

6. Transportation and Assignment problems − Mathematical justification for

optimality criterion. Hungarian method. Travelling Salesman problem. (8)

7. Concept of Game problem − Rectangular games. Pure strategy and Mixed

strategy. Saddle point and its existence. Optimal strategy and value of the

game. Necessary and sufficient condition for a given strategy to be optimal in

a game. Concept of Dominance. Fundamental theorem of Rectangular games.

Algebraic method. Graphical method and Dominance method of solving

Rectangular games. Inter-relation between the theory of Games and LPP.

(10)

Books Recommended:

1. S I Gass, Linear Programming: Method and Application

2. G Hadley, Linear Programming

3. S Vajda, An Introduction to Linear Programming and Theory of Games





PAPER - V

Group - A (60 Marks)

REAL ANALYSIS - II

1. Linear Point Set: Covering by open intervals. Sub-covering. Cantor intersection

theorem. Lindelöf-covering theorem (statement only).Compact sets. Heine-

Borel Theorem and its converse. (5)

2. Functions defined on point sets in one dimension: Limit and continuity.

Continuity on compact set. Uniform continuity on compact set. Inverse function.

Continuous image of compact set is compact. (5)

3. (a) Sequence of functions defined on a set (R) : Pointwise and uniform

convergence. Cauchy criterion of uniform convergence. Dini's theorem

on uniform convergence. Weierstrass' M-test.

Limit function: Boundedness. Repeated limits. Continuity. Integrability

and Differentiability of the limit function of a sequence of functions in

case of uniform convergence.

(b) Series of functions defined on a set: Pointwise and uniform convergence.

Cauchy criterion of uniform convergence. Dini's theorem on uniform

convergence. Tests of uniform convergence − Weierstrass' M-test.

Statement of Abel's and Dirichlet's test and their applications. Passage

to the limit term by term. Sum function: boundedness, continuity,

integrability, differentiability of a series of functions in case of uniform

convergence.

(c) Power Series (P.S.) : Fundamental theorem of Power series. Cauchy−Hadamard theorem; Determination of radius of convergence. Uniform

and absolute convergence of P.S. Properties of sum function. Abel's

limit theorems. Uniqueness of power series having same sum function.

Exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions defined by Power

Series and deduction of their salient properties. (20)

4. (a) Function of two variables. f: R2→R. Mean value theorem and Taylor's

theorem.

(b) Extremum of functions of two and three variables: Lagrange's Method

of undetermined multipliers. (3)

5. Riemann Integration for bounded functions: Partition and refinement of partition

of an interval. Upper Darboux sum U(P,f) & Lower Darboux sum L(P,f) and

associated results. Upper Riemann (Darboux) integral and Lower Riemann

(Darboux) integral. Darboux's theorem. Necessary and sufficient condition of

R-integrability.

Classes of Riemann Integrable functions: Monotone functions, continuous

functions, piecewise continuous functions with (i) finite number of points of

discontinuities, (ii) infinite number of points of discontinuities having finite

number of accumulation points.

160



Riemann Sum: Alternative definition of integrability. Equivalence of two

definitions (Statement only).

Integrability of sum, product, quotient, modulus of R-integrable functions.

Sufficient condition for integrability of composition of R-integrable functions.

Properties of Riemann integrable functions arising from the above results.

Function defined by definite integral , and its properties.

Primitive or Indefinite Integral. Properties of definite integral. Definition of

log x (x > 0) as an integral and deduction of simple properties including its

range. Definition of e and its simple properties. Fundamental theorem of

Integral Calculus. First Mean Value Theorem of Integral Calculus. Statements

and applications of Second Mean Value Theorem of Integral Calculus (both

Bonnett's form and Weierstrass form). Theorem on Method of substitution

for continuous functions. (10)

6. Improper Integral: Range of integration, finite or infinite. Neccssary and

sufficient condition for convergence of Improper Integral in both cases.

Tests of convergence: Comparison and µ-Test. Absolute and non-absolute

convergence − Corresponding Tests. Beta and Gamma functions − their

convergence and inter-relations. Statement of Abel's and Dirichlet's Tests for

convergence of the integral of a product.

Uniform convergence of Improper Integral by M-Test.

to be assumed] (8)

7. Definite Integral as a function of a parameter: Differentiation and Integration

with respect to the parameter under integral sign − Statements (only) of some

relevant theorems and simple problems. (3)

(Statement only). Simple examples on determination of length of curves.

Determinations of intrinsic equation of a curve. (5)

9. Fourier Series: Trigonometric Series. Fourier co-efficients. A periodic function

of bounded variation can be expressed as a Fourier series (Statement only).

Statement of Dirichlet's conditions of convergence. Half-range series, sine

and cosine series. (5) o

10. (i) Double Integral: Concept of Upper sum, Lower sum, Upper Integral,

Lower Integral and Double Integral (no rigorous treatment is needed).

Statement of Existence Theorem for continuous functions. Change of

order of integration. Triple integral. Transformation of double and triple

Integrals (Problems only).

(ii) Determination of volume and surface area by Multiple Integrals (Problems

only.) (5)


METRIC SPACES

Definition and examples of Metric Spaces. Neighbourhoods. Limit points. Interior

points. Open and closed sets. Closure and Interior. Boundary points. Subspace of




a Metric Space. Cauchy Sequences. Completeness. Cantor Intersection Theorem:

Construction of real numbers as the completion of the incomplete metric space of

rationals. Real numbers as a complete ordered field (No proof of theorem).

Separable space: second countable & Dit Countable space. (10)


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

Complex numbers as ordered pairs. Geometric representation of complex numbers.

Stereographic projection.

Complex functions: Continuity and differentiability of complex functions. Analytic

functions. Cauchy-Riemann Equations. Statement of Milne's Method, Harmonic

functions. (10)

PAPER - VI


Probability and Statistics

Mathematical Theory of Probability: Random experiments. Simple and compound

events. Event space. Classical and frequency definitions of probability and their

drawbacks. Axioms of Probability. Statistical regularity. Multiplication rule of

probabilities. Bayes' theorem.

Independent events. Independent random experiments. Independent trials. Bernouli

trials and binomial law. Poisson trials. Random variables. Probability distribution.

Distribution function. Discrete and continuous distributions. Binomial, Poisson,

Gamma, Uniform and Normal distribution. Poisson Process (only definition).

Transformation of random variables. Two dimensional probability distributions.

Discrete and continuous distributions in two dimensions. Uniform distribution and

two dimensional normal distribution. Conditional distributions. Transformation of

random variables in two dimensions. Mathematical expectation. Mean, variance,

moments, and central moments. Measures of location, dispersion, skewness and

kurtosis. Median, mode, quartiles. Moment-generating function. Characteristic

function. Two-dimensional expectation. Covariance, Correlation co-efficient, Joint

characteristic function. Multiplication rule for expectations. Conditional expectation.

Regression curves. Least Square regression lines and parabolas. Chi-square and

t-distributions and their important properties (Statements only). Tchebycheff's

inequality. Convergence in probability. Statements of: Bernoulli's limit theorem, Law

of large numbers, Poisson's approximation to binomial distribution and normal

approximation to binomial distribution. Concepts of asymptotically normal

distribution. Statement of central limit theorem in the case of equal components

and of limit theorem for characteristic functions (Stress should be more on the

distribution function theory than on combinatorial problems. Difficult combinatorial

problems should be avoided). (40)

Mathematical Statistics: Random sample. Concept of sampling and various types

of sampling. Sample and population. Collection, tabulation and graphical

representation. Grouping of data, Sample characteristic and their computation.

Sampling distribution of a statistic. Estimates of a population characteristic or

162



parameter. Unbiased and consistent estimates. Sample characteristics as estimates

of the corresponding population characteristics. Sampling distributions of the sample

mean and variance. Exact sampling distributions for the normal populations.

Bivariate samples. Scatter diagram. Sample correlation co-efficient. Least square

regression lines and parabolas. Estimation of parameters. Method of maximum

likelihood. Applications to binomial, Poisson and normal population. Confidence

intervals. Interval estimation for parameters of normal population. Statistical

hypothesis. Simple and composite hypothesis. Best critical region of a test. Neyman-

Pearson theorem (Statement only) and its application to normal population.

Likelihood ratio testing and its application to normal population. Simple applications

of hypothesis testing (for practical). (35)

Theory of Errors: (Statistical Table to be supplied).


Numerical Analysis and Computer Programming

Numerical Analysis: What is Numerical Analysis?

Errors in Numerical computation: Gross error, Round off error, Truncation error.

Approximate numbers. Significant figures. Absolute, relative and percentage error.

Operators: (Definitions and simple relations among them)

Interpolation: Problems of interpolation, Weierstrass' approximation theorem (only

statement). Polynomial interpolation. Equispaced arguments. Difference table.

Deduction of Newton's forward and backward interpolation formulae. Statements

of Stirling's and Bessel's interpolation formulae. Error terms. General interpolation

formulae: Deduction of Lagrange's interpolation formula. Divided difference.

Newton's General Interpolation formula (only statment). Inverse interpolation.

Interpolation formulae using the values of both f(x) and its derivative f’(x) : Idea of

Hennite interpolation formula (only the basic concepts).

Numerical Differentiation based on Newton's forward & backward and Lagrange's

formulae.

Numerical Integration: Integration of Newton's interpolation formula. Newton-Cote's

formula. Basic Trapezoidal and Simpson's 1/3rd formulae. Their composite forms.

Weddle's rule (only statement). Statement of the error terms associated with these

formulae. Degree of precision (only definition).

Numerical solution of non-linear equations: Location of a real root by tabular method.

Bisection method. Secant/Regula-Falsi and Newton-Raphson methods, their

geometrical significance. Fixed point iteration method.

Numerical solution of a system of linear equations: Gauss elimination method.

Iterative method − Gauss-Seidal method. Matrix inversion by Gauss elimination

method (only problems − up to 3 x 3 order).

Eigenvalue Problems: Power method for numerically extreme eigenvalues.

Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equation: Basic ideas, nature of the

problem. Picard, Euler and Runge-Kutta (4th order) methods (emphasis on the

problems only). (30)




Fundamental of Computer Science and Computer Programming:

Computer fundamentals: Historical evolution, computer generations, functional

description, operating systems, hardware & software.

Positional number systems: Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal systems. Binary

arithmetic.

Storing of data in a computer: BIT, BYTE, Word. Coding of data − ASCIL, EBCDIC,

etc.

Algorithm and Flow Chart: Important features. Ideas about the complexities of

algorithm. Application in simple problems.

Programming languages: General concepts, Machine language, Assembly

language, High level languages. Compiler and Interpreter. Object and Source

Program. Ideas about some major HLL.

Students are required to opt for anyone of the following two programming languages:

(1) Programming with FORTRAN 90 pr (2) Introduction to ANSI C

Programming with FORTRAN 90 : Introduction, Keywords, Constants and Variables

− integer, real, complex, logical, character, double precision, subscripted Fortran

expressions. I/O statements − formatted and unformatted. Program execution

control − logical if, if-then-else, etc. Arrays − Dimension statement. Repetitive

computations − Do, Nested Do, etc. Sub-programs: Function sub program and

Subroutine sub program.

Application to simple problems: Evaluation of functional values, solution of quadratic

equations, approximate sum of convergent infinite series, sorting of real numbers,

numerical integration, numerical solution of non-linear equations, numerical solution

of ordinary differential equations, etc.

Introduction to ANSI C

Character set in ANSI C. Key words: if, while, do, for, int, char, float, etc. Data type:

character, integer, floating point, etc. Variables, Operators like =, ==, !!, <, >, etc.

(arithmetic, assignment, relational, logical, increment, etc.). Expressions: e.g.

(a == b) !! (b == c), Statements: e.g. if (a < b) small = a; else small = b. Standard

input/output. Use of while, if else, for, do-while, switch, continue, etc. Arrays, strings,

Function definition. Defination. Running simple C Programs. Header File. (30)

Books Recommended:I. H Cramer, The Elements of Probability Theory and Some of its Applications

2. W Licller, An Introduction to Prohability Theory and its Applications Vol. 1.

3. W Feller, Probability Theory Vol. I & II, Wiley Eastern Limited.

4. H Cramer, Mathematical Methods of Statistics

5. B V Gnedcnko, Theory of Probability

6. J V Uspensky, Mathematical Probability

7. D M Etter, Structured FORTRAN 77 for Engineers and Scientists, The Benjamin Cummings

Publishing Co. Inc.

8. R S Dhaliwal, S K Agarwal, S K Gupta, Programming with FORTRAN 77 − A Structured Approach,

Wiley Eastern Limited New Age International Ltd.

9. P S Grover, Programming and computing with FORTRAN 77/90, Allied Publishers.

10. Seymour Lipschutz and Arthur Foe, Programming with FORTRAN including structured

164



FORTRAN, Schaum's Outline Series.

11. C Xavier, FORTRAN 77 and Numerical Methods, Wiley Eastern Limited.

12. E Balaguruswamy, Numerical Methods, Tata McGraw-HilI Publishing Co.

13. Yashvant Kanetkar, Let us C, BPB Publications.

14. V Krishnamoorthy and K R Radhakrishnan, Programming in C, Tata McGraw Hill.

15. Noel Kalicharan, C by Example, Cambridge University Press.

16. E Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw Hill.

17. F B Hilderbrand, Introduction to Numerical Analysis, TMH Edition.

18. J Scarborough, Numerical Analysis

19. Carl Erik Froberg, Introduction to Numerical Analysis, Addison Wesley Publishing.

20. R G Stanton, Numerical Methods for Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall.

PAPER - VII


Vector Analysis II

Line integrals as integrals of vectors, circulation, irrotational, vector, work done,

conservative force, potential orientation. Statements and verification of Green's

theorem, Stokes' theorem and Divergence theorem. (8)


Analytical Statics

1. Friction. Laws of Friction, Angle of friction, Cone of friction. To find the positions

of equilibrium of a particle lying on a (i) rough plane curve, (ii) rough surface

under the action of any given forces. (4)

2. Centre of Gravity: General formula for the determination of C.G. Determination

of position of C.G. of any arc, area of solid of known shape by method of

integration. (3)

3. Astatic Equilibrium, Astatic Centre. Positions of equilibrium of a particle lying

on a smooth plane curve under action of given forces. Action at a joint in a

frame work. (4)

4. Virtual work − Principle of virtual work for a single particle. Deduction of the

conditions of equilibrium of a particle under coplanar forces from the principle

of virtual work. The principle of virtual work for a rigid body. Forces which do

not appear in the equation of virtual work. Forces which appear in the equation

of virtual work. The principle of virtual work for any system of coplanar forces

acting on a rigid body. Converse of the principle of virtual work. (8)

5. Stable and Unstable equilibrium. Co-ordinates of a body and of a system of

bodies. Field of forces. Conservative field. Potential energy of a system. The

energy test of stability. Condition of stability of equilibrium of a perfectly rough

heavy body lying on fixed body. Rocking stones. (6)

6. Forces in three dimensions. Moment of a force about a line. Axis of a couple.

Resultant of any two couples acting on a body. Resultant of any number of

couples acting on a rigid body. Reduction of a system of forces acting on a

rigid body. Resultant force is an invariant of the system but the resultant couple

is not an invariant.




Conditions of equilibrium of a system of forces acting on a body. Deductions

of the conditions of equilibrium of a system of forces acting on a rigid body

from the principle of virtual work. Poinsot's central axis. A given system of

forces can have only one central axis. Wrench, Pitch. Intensity and Screw.

Condition that a given system of forces may have a single resultant. Invariants

of a given system of forces. Equation of the central axis of a given system of

forces. (12)


Rigid Dynamics

Momental ellipsoid. Equimomental system. Principal axis. D' Alembert's principle.

D' Alembert's equations of motion. Principles of moments. Principles of

conservations of linear and angular momentum. Independcnce of the motion of

centre of inertia and the motion relative to the centre of inertia. Principle of energy.

Principle of conservation of energy.

Equation of motion of a rigid body about a fixed axis. Expression for kinetic energy

and moment of momentum of a rigid body moving about a fixed axis. Compound

pendulum. Interchangeability of the points of a suspension and centre of oscillation.

Minimum time of oscillation. Reaction of axis of rotation.

Equations of motion of a rigid body moving in two dimensions. Expressions for

kinetic energy and angular momentum about the origin of a rigid body moving in

two dimensions. Two dimensional motion of a solid of revolution down a rough

inclined plane. Necessary and sufficient condition for pure rolling. Two-dimensional

motion of a solid of revolution moving on a rough horizontal plane.

Equations of motion under impulsive forces. Equation of motion about a fixed axis

under impulsive forces. Centre of percussion. To show that (i) if there is a definite

straight line such that the sum of the moments of the external impulses acting on a

system of particles about it vanishes, then the total angular momentum of the

system about that line remains unaltered, (ii) the change of K.E. of a system of

particles moving in any manner under the application of impulsive forces is equal

to the work done by the impulsive forces. Impulsive forces applied to a rigid body

moving in two dimentions. (30)

Group - D (25 Marks)

Hydrostatics

1. Definition of Fluid, Perfect Fluid, Pressure. To prove that the pressure at a

point in a fluid in equilibrium is the same in every direction. Transmissibility of

liquid pressure. Pressure of heavy fluids. To prove

(i) In a fluid at rest under gravity the pressure is the same at all points in

the same horizontal plane.

(ii) In a homogeneous fluid at rest under gravity the difference between the

pressures at two points is proportional to the difference of their depths.

(iii) In a fluid at rest under gravity horizontal planes are surfaces of equal

density.

166



(iv) When two fluids of different densities at rest under gravity do not mix,

their surface of separation is a horizontal plane. Pressure in heavy

homogeneous liquid. Thrust of heavy homogeneous liquid of plane

surfaces.

2. Definition of centre of pressure. Formula for the depth of the centre of pressure

of a plane area. Position of the centre of pressure. Centre of pressure of a

triangular area whose angular points are at different depths. Centre of pressure

of a circular area. Position of the centre of pressure referred to co-ordinate

axes through the centroid of the area. Centre of pressure of an elliptical area

when its major axis in vertical or along the line of greatest slope. Effect of

additional depth on centre of pressure.

3. Equilibrium of fluids in given fields of force: Definition of field of force, line of

force. Pressure derivative in terms of force. Surface of equi-pressure. To find

the necessary and sufficient conditions of equilibrium of a fluid under the

action of a force whose components are X,Y,Z along the co-ordinate axes. To

prove (i) that surfaces of equal pressure are the surfaces intersecting

orthogonally the lines of force. (ii) when the force system is conservative, the

surfaces of equal pressure are equi-potential surfaces and are also surfaces

of equal density. To find the differential equations of the surfaces of equal

pressure and density.

4. Rotating fluids: To determine the pressure at any point and the surfaces of

equal pressure when a mass of homogeneous liquid contained in a vessel,

revolves uniformly about a vertical axis.

5. Pressure of gases. The atmosphere. Relation between pressure, density and

temperature. Pressure in an isothermal atmosphere. Atmosphere in convective

equilibrium. (30)

Books Recommended:

1. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, Schaum.

2. C E Weathufum, Vector Calculus.

3. S L Loney, Analytical Statics.

4. S L Loney, Dynamics of a Particle and of Rigid Bodies.

5. A S Ramsay, Hydrostatics.

6. Harvard Goldstein, Classical Mechanics.

PAPER - VIII A


Algebra II

Section − I: Linear Algebra (10 Marks)

1. Linear Transformation (L.T.) on Vector Spaces: Definition of L.T., Null space,

range space of a L.T., Rank and Nullity, Sylvester's Law of Nullity. [Rank (T) +

Nullity (T) = dim (V)]. Determination of rank (T), Nullity (T) of Linear

transformation

. Inverse of Linear Transformation. Non-singular

Linear Transformation.




Change of basis by Linear Transformation. Vector spaces of Linear

Transformations. (5)

2. Linear Transformation and Matrices: Matrix of a linear Transformation relative

to ordered bases of finite-dimensional vector spaces. Correspondence

between Linear Transformations and Matrices. Linear Transformation is non-

singular if its representative matrix be non-singular. Rank of L.T. = Rank of

the corresponding matrix. (5)

Section − 2: Modern Algebra (8 Marks)

3. Normal subgroups of a Group: Definition and examples. Intersection, union

of Normal subgroups. Product of a normal subgroup and a subgroup. Quotient

Group of a Group by a Normal subgroup. (5)

4. Homomorphism and Isomorphism of Groups. Kernel of a Homomorphism.

First Isomorphism Theorem. Properties deducible from definition of

Homomorphism. An infinite cyclic group is isomorphic to (Z,+) and a finite

cyclic group of order n is isomorphic to the group of residue classes

modulo n. (5)

Section − 3: Boolean Algebra (7 Marks)

5. Boolean Algebra: Huntington Postulates for Boolean Algebra. Algebra of sets

and Switching Algebra as examples of Boolean Algebra. Statement of principle

of duality. Disjunctive normal and Conjunctive normal forms of Boolean

Expressions. Design of simple switching circuits. (10)


Differential Equations II

1. Laplace Transform and its application in ordinary differential equations: Laplace

Transform and Inverse Laplace Transform. Statement of Existence theorem.

Elementary properties of Laplace Transform and its Inverse. Laplace

Transform of derivatives. Laplace transform of integrals. Convolution theorem

(Statement only). Application to the solution of ordinary differential equations

of second order with constant coefficients.

2. Series Solution at an ordinary point: Power Series Solution of Ordinary

differential equations, Simple Problems only.

Books Recommended:

I. David Widder, Advanced Calculus, Prentice Hall.

2. B Sen, Elementary Treatise on Laplace Transform, World Press.

3. H S Carslaw, J C Jaeger, Operational Methods in Applied Mathematics.


Tensor Calculus

A tensor as a generalized concept of a vector in an Euclidean space E3. To generalize

the idea in an n-dimensional space. Definition of En . Transformation of co-ordinates

in En (n = 2, 3 as example). Summation convention.

168



Contravariant and covarinat vectors. Invariants. Contravariant, covariant and mixed

tensors. The Kronecker delta. Algebra of tensors Symmetric and skew-symmetric

tensors. Addition and scalar multiplication. Contraction. Outer and Inner products

of tensors. Quotient law. Reciprocal Tensor. Reciprocal space. Line element ,and

metric tensor. Reciprocal metric tensor. Raising and lowering of indices with the

help of metric tensor. Associated tensor. Magnitude of a vector. Inclination of two

vectors. Orthogonal vectors. Christoffel symbols and their laws of transformations.

Covariant differentiation of vectors and tensors. (15)

Books Recommended:

1. Barry Sprain, Tensor Calculus

2. Spiegel, Vector Analysis and Tensor Calculus, Schaum Series.

PAPER - VIII B

PRACTICAL (40 Marks)

Numerical Analysis

Newton's forward & backward interpolation. Stirling & Bessel interpolation.

Lagrange's and Newton's Divided Difference Interpolation. Inverse Interpolation.

Numerical differentiation based on Newton's forward and backward formulae.

Numerical integration: Trapezoidal and Weddle's rule.

Numerical solution of non-linear equations: Tabulation, Bisection, Secant/Regula

Falsi and Fixed-point iteration methods.

Numerical solution of a system of linear equations: Gauss elimination method,

Gauss Seidal iteration method. Matrix inversion by Gauss method.

Statistics:

Sample characteristics − mean, variance, skewness, kurtosis, excess, mode,

median, semi-interquartile range. Bivariate samples − correlation coefficient,

regression lines, parabolic curve fitting, goodness of fit.

Confidence intervals for mean and standard deviation of a normal population.

Approximate confidence limits for the parameter of a binomial population.

Tests of hypothesis − tests on mean and standard deviation of a normal population,

comparison of means and standard deviations of two normal populations.

Approximate tests on the parameter of a binomial population, on comparison of

two binomial populations. Poisson distribution.

Above problems are to be done on a non-programmable scientific calculator:

The following problems are to be done on computers using either. FORTRAN

or C complier

1. Numerical integration by Simpson's 1/3rd rule.

2. Numerical solution of non-linear equation by Newton-Raphson method.

3. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation by Runge-Kutta (4th order)

method.

BACHELOR OF ARTS

(BA)

GENERAL DEGREE COURSES

170



PART - I / 1st Year

ECONOMICS (General)

Paper I : Group A - Microeconomics Marks 50

Consumer’s Behaviour:

A. Utility: Definition- Total utility and marginal utility: Distinctions and relationship, -

Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, -Condition of equilibrium in case of one

commodity, -Law of Demand, relation between Law of Demand and Law of

Diminishing Marginal Utility.

B. Indifference curve analysis: Definition of Indifference curve and Map, -

Characteristics of Indifference curve, shapes of the Indifference curve in case

of two perfect substitute and perfect complementary goods, -Budget Line, -

Consumer’s Equilibrium, -Income Effect and Substitution Effect, -Price Effect.

C. Elasticity of Demand: Definition of elasticity and price elasticity of demand, -

Shapes of demand curves under different values of elasticity, -Measurement

of price elasticity of demand (point and revenue method), -Income elasticity of

demand, -Cross elasticity of demand (concept only), -Factors determining

elasticity of demand.

Producer’s Behaviour:

A. Production Function: Definition - Law of Variable Proportions (Derivation of AP

and MP from TP Curve) Distinction between returns to a variable factor and

returns to scale.

B. Cost of Productions: Real Cost and Opportunity Cost, - Fixed cost and Variable

cost, -Shape of cost curves (short-run and long-run), -Relationships between

Average Cost and Marginal Cost.

C. Revenue: Definitions of TR, AR and MR and relation among them, -Nature

of AR and MR curves under perfect competition and imperfect competition, -

Relationship among AR, MR and Price Elasticity of demand.

Paper II Group A - Macro Economics Marks-50

1. National Income: Distinction between Gross and Net National Income,

-Different methods of measuring national income.

2. Money: Function of Money, -Different forms of money and its measurement:

Index numbers.

3. Quantity Theory of Money: Fishers version and Cambridge version.

4. Say’s law of Market: Classical Theory of output and employment.

5. Keynesian Theory of Income and Employment: Concept of effective demand,

-Keynesian consumption function, -Relation between average and marginal




propensity to consume, -Factors determining consumption function, -Concept

of static multiplier, -Concept of investment.

Paper III Group A - Indian Economics Marks - 50

1. Features and causes of Underdevelopment of the Indian Economy.

2. National Income of India: Trend, Estimation and Distribution.

3. Population: Trends of population Growth, -Recent Population Policy of the Gov-

ernment.

4. Dualism in the Indian Economy: Concept of Poverty Line, -Poverty eradication

programmes in India.

5. Agriculture: Cause of low productivity, -Land Reforms: Meanings, importance,

progress and prospects, -New Technology and Green Revolution and its ef-

fects, -Agricultural finance and marketing.

PART - III / 2nd Year

Paper IV Group B - Microeconomics Marks 50

Market Morphology:

A. Perfect competition: Characteristics-Short-run and long-run equilibrium at firm

level-market price determination by demand and supply mechanism.

B. Monopoly: Characteristics- Price and output determination under monopoly-

Role of elasticity of demand in price determination- price discrimination, Con-

ditions and equilibrium of a discriminating monopoly.

C. Characteristics of Monopolistic competition, Oligopoly and Duopoly: Definition

and characteristics.

Theory of Distribution:

A. Concepts of MPP, VMP and MRP -Factor price determination: Marginal Pro-

ductivity Theory of Distribution.

B. Rent: Concept of economic rent- Ricardian theory-Modern theory.

C. Wage: Money wage and real wage- Factors determining real wage-

Differences in wage rates- Role of collective bargaining in wage determination.

D. Interest: Gross and net interest- Real and money interest.

E. Profit: Gross profit and net profit -Elements of profit-Differences between profit

and other factor incomes-Risk and uncertainty theories of profit.

Books Recommended:1. Stonier, A.W. and D.C. Hauge, A Text Book of Economic Theory, Longman Group, London, 1972.

2. Samuelson, P.A. , & William D. Nordhaus, Economics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1998.

3. Lapsey, R.G., An Introduction to Positive Economics, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London,1963.

4. Ahuja, H.L., Advanced economic theory: Microeconomic Analysis, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 2001.

172



Paper V Group B - Macroeconomics Marks 50

1. Theories of Interest: Classical theory-Neo-Classical Loanable Fund theory-

Liquidity Preference theory.

2. Banking: Functions of commercial Banks-Credit creation-Functions of

Central Bank-Credit control methods of Central Bank.

3. Concept of Inflation, Deflation and Stagflation: Concept of Inflationary Gap-

Distinction beween demand-pull and cost-push inflation- Anti-inflationary

measures-various effects of inflation.

4. Principles of Taxation: Direct and Indirect taxation-Regressive, Progressive

and Proportional Taxation-public debt (Internal and External)-Burden of debt.

5. International Trade: Distinction between internal and external trade-Basis of

trade-Absolute and comparative advantage-Arguments for Free Trade and

Protection-Balance of Trade and Balance of Payments: Concept.

Books Recommended:1. Ahuja, H.L., Advanced Economic Theory, New Delhi, S. Chand & Co. 2001.

2. Jhingan, M.L., Macro Economics Theory, Vani Educational Books, New Delhi, 1984.

Paper VI Group B - Indian Economics Marks 50

1. Industry: Role of cottage and small-scale in India’s economic development-

Problems and solutions.

2. Industrial Labour: Industrial Disputes and social securities in India.

3. Banking: Role of Indian commercial banks- Credit control policy of Reserve

Bank of India - Features of Indian capital market.

4. Indian Public Finance: Sources of revenue of Union and State Governments

Centre-State financial relation.

5. India’s Foreign Trade: Volume and direction of trade in the post-liberalization

period; Recent Balance of payments problems- Remedies.

6. Indian Planning: objectives, achievements and failures of India’s Five year plans.

Books Recommended:1. Datt, R. and K.P.M. Sundharam, Indian Economy, S. Chand & Co. New Delhi.

2. Misra, S.K. and V.K. Puri, Indian Economy (latest edition), Himalayan Publishing Co., Mumbai.

3. Agarwal, A.N., Indian Economy (latest edition), Vikas Publishing Co., Delhi.

4. Gupta, S.B., Monetary Planning in India, Oxford University Press, Delhi.


Paper VII Marks 100

Development Economics and Elementary Statistics

Group A : Development Economics FM: 50

1. Distinction between economic growth and economic development - Net Na-

tional Income and per Capita income as growth indicators - Concepts of HDI,

GDI, GEM and HPI as development indicators.

2. Development planning and its necessity - Balanced Vs. Unbalanced growth -




Complementary roles of agriculture and industry - Role of technology in agri-

culture and industry.

3. Population and Economic development: The Two Way Relation.

4. Role of Capital Formation in LDCs and its problems.

5. Foreign investment: Different forms and their roles in economic development.

6. Role of IMF and World Bank in economic development of the LCDs.

Group B : Elementary Statistics FM: 50

1. Meaning of Statistics, Variable and Attribute, Primary and Secondary Data, Popu-

lation and sample, complete Enumeration (or census) and sample Survey, Clas-

sification, Tabulation.

2. Charts and Diagrams: Objectives of diagrammatic representation - Types of

Charts and Diagrams, Line Diagram, Bar Diagram, Pie-Diagram, and Picto-

gram.

3. Frequency Distribution: Observation and frequency -Ungrouped frequency dis-

tribution- Construction of frequency distrubution- Cumulative frequency distri-

butions- Diagrammatic representation of frequency distribution Histogram, fre-

quency polygon and Ogive.

4. Measures of Central Tendency: Arithmetic Mean (AM), Geometric Mean (GM),

Harmonic Mean (HM), Median, Mode with examples.

5. Measures of Dispersion: Their meaning and necessity - Range, Quartile De-

viation, Mean Deviation (MD) Standard Deviation (SD) with examples.

Books Recommended: (Paper VII) (First Half)1. Todar , M.P. and Stephen C. Smith, Economic Development, Pearson Education, Pvt. Ltd., Indian

Branch, Delhi.

2. Salvatore, D. and F. Dowling, Development Economics, Sachaum’s Outline Series in Econoics,

McGraw Hill, New York.

3. Agarwala, A.N. and S.P. Singh (ed.), Economics of Underdevelopment, Oxford University Press,

London.

4. Meier, G.M. and J.E. Rauch (ed.), Leading Issues in Economic Development, Oxford Univesity

Press, New York.

5. United Nations Development Programme, Human Development Report (Recent Years), Oxford

University Press, New York.

Books Recommended: (Paper VII) (Second Half)1. Goon, A.M., JM.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, Basic Statistics, The Wolrd Press Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata.

2. Das, N.G., Statistical Methods, M. Das and & Co. Kolkata.

3. Gupta, S.P., Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.

PART - I / 1st Year

EDUCATION (General)

Paper I : Education and Society Marks 50

Course objectives:

To enable the student to understand:

1. General aims of education along with nature, types and scope of

education;

2. Meanings of major philosophies of education and functions in education;

3. Meaning of curriculum and its planning and construction;

4. The importance of play and activity oriented education and modern

methods of teaching. Specific aims of education as per the present day

needs.

Course contents:

Unit I

• Nature and scope of Education, Education as a science; Education as

a social process, factors of Education.

• Aims of Education-individual, social, vocational & democratic;

• Formal, informal and non-formal agencies of education. Relation

between school and society.

Unit II

• Meaning of philosophy and education; relation between philosophy and

education; essential aspects of major philosophies of education with

special reference to aims, process and curriculum - idealism, naturalism

and pragmatism.

• Factors of Education:

(a) The child - its innate endowment and environment

(b) The teacher- qualities & responsibilities.

Paper II: Education and Human Development Marks 50

Course objectives:

• To make the students understand about:

1. The meaning, scope and uses of psychology in education

2. Human growth and development up to the stage of adolescence.

3. Meaning and purpose of learning and factors influencing learning

4. The concept of intelligence, its meaning and measurement

5. Heredity and environment and their roles causing individual difference.




Course contents:

Unit I

• Psychology - Its meaning, nature and scope. Relationship between

education and psychology. Distinction between psychology and

educational psychology.

Unit II

• Stages of human development: infancy, childhood, latency and

adolescence - their needs, significance and problems. Human

development and education, role of educational psychology in

understanding the individual.

Unit III

• Learning: Learning and maturation, Essential aspects of different theories

and laws of learning, motivation in learning, transfer of learning (Stress

will be given on Pavlov, Thorndike, Skinner and Gestalt.)

• Attention and interest. Nature and conditions for attention, their

educational implications.

Paper III: Indian Heritage and Education Marks 50

Course objectives:

• To enable the students to gain knowledge about:

1. The system of Indian education during Vedic, Buddhist and Medieval

periods.

2. Britisher’s influence on Indian education

3. Role of Indian thinkers in eduation during British period

4. Growth and development of Education since Independence.

Course contents:

Unit I

• A Synoptic view of Education in: (a) Vedic, (b) Buddhist and (c) Medieval

periods

Unit II

• Advent of the Missionaries: Serampore Mission and the activities of the

Serampore Missionaries regarding extention of education.

• Adam, Munroe, Elphinstone’s Report on Indigenous education

• Macaulay’s minutes and Bentick’s resolution of 1835

• Wood’s Despatch- 1854

• Lord Curzon’s educational policy. Growth of national consciousness.

National education movement.

Reference Books: (Refer Education Honours Section)

176




Paper IV: Education and Society Marks 50

Course objectives

• To enable the students to understand:

1. General aims of education along with nature, types and scope of

education;

2. Meanings of major philosophies of education and function in education.

3. Meaning of curriculum and its planning and construction;

4. The importance of play and activity oriented education and modern

methods of teaching. Specific aims of education as per the present day

needs.

Course contents:

Unit III

• Curriculum definition, types of curriculum, principles of curriculum

construction, child-centered and life centered curriculum, co-curricular

activities.

Unit IV

• Freedom and discipline, need of discipline in and out of school, discipline

and order, free discipline. With stress on reward and punishment.

• Emergence of educational thoughts through the works of great educators

like Rousseau, Dewey, Tagore, Gandhi, Froebel, Montessori, Aurobindo.

• Education for national integration, international understanding and

education for human resource development, education for leisure.

Paper V: Education and Human Development

Course objectives:

• To make the students understand about:

1. The meaning, scope and uses of psychology in education

2. Human growth and development up to the stage of adolescence.

3. Meaning and purpose of learning and factors influencing learning

4. The concept of intelligence, its meaning and measurement

5. Heredity and environment and their roles causing individual difference.

Course contents:

Unit III

• Habits, meaning of habit and its role and implication in education




• Emotions- their meaning, characteristics and place of emotions in

education and their sublimation

• Memory and forgetting.

Unit IV

• Intelligence - concepts, definitions, theories and measurement (Two

factors, multiple factors and group factor theories).

Unit V

• Heredity and environment and their implications for education

• Personality: Concept, traits, development of personality and its

assessment.

Paper VI: Indian Heritage and Education

Course objectives:

• To enable the students to gain knowledge about:

1. The system of Indian education during Vedic, Buddhist and Medieval

periods.

2. Britisher’s influence on Indian education

3. Role of Indian thinkers in eduation during British period

4. Growth and development of Education since Independence.

Course contents:

Unit III

• Recommendations of Indian Education commission -1882, its influence

on the subsequent development of education.

• Essential features of the Sadler Commission Report - 1917

• Wardha scheme of Education - 1937

• Radhakrishnan Commission - 1948

Unit IV

• A synoptic study of changes in School system - Primary & Secondary

(Structure and curricular only after independence).

• Mudaliar Commission 1953.

• Kothari Commission 1964-66

• National policy on Education 1986

Reference Books: (Refer Education Honours Section)

178




Paper VII: Evaluation and Guidance in Education Marks 100

Group A: Evaluation in Education & scope

1. Concept of evaluation.

2. Need and scope of evaluation in Education: Evaluation of student

achievement.

3. Evaluation of student progress.

4. Examination and evaluation - tools of evaluation.

5. Examination - essay type and objective type, criteria, reference tests

and standardized tests, Cumulative Record Card.

6. How to make a good test: Specification of objective item selection

characteristics of a good test: (a) Validity, (b) Reliability, (c) Objectivity,

(d) Usability, (e) Norms.

7. Measurement in Education: Tabulation of educational data. Measures

of Central Tendency, Measure of variability, Graphical representation.

8. (Frequency Polygon, Histogram and Ogive). Idea of linear correlation

(rank difference method only).

Group B: Guidance in Education

1. Guidance: Concept need and scope.

2. Types of guidance.

3. Basic data necessary for guidance (Data about students, courses and

vocations)

4. Meaning of Adjustment.

5. Causes of maladjustment: Role of parents, teachers, peers and education

institutions in the development of mal-adjustment.

6. Counselling: Meaning and types of counselling for adjustment problems.

Books Recommended: (Refer Education Honours Section)




ELECTIVE ENGLISH

PART - I / 1st Year

Paper I: A Marks 50

1. Essay writing 25

2. Precis writing (with a title) 15

3. Copy-editing and academic editing 10

(style sheet practice and proof-reading).

Paper II: A Marks 50

(13x2=26; 3x3=9)

1. Shakespeare : Sonnets- 29, 30, 64, 65

Donne : The Good Morrow, The Anniversarie

Wordsworth : Lucy Poems, To the Skylark

Shelley : To A Skylark, Ode to the West Wind

2. Critical Appreciation of verse passage (Unseen) (15)

Paper III: A Marks 50

1. (One question from Charles Lamb and any two from the rest)

(12x3=36)

Charles Lamb : New Year’s Eve

: Dream Children

Modern English Short stories, (Ed. Derek Hudson, OUP)

V. Woolf : The Duchess and the Jeweller

W. Plomer : Ever such a Nice Boy

W. Sansom : The Vertical Ladder

R.Lehman : A Dream of Winter

2. Several Essays (Cumberledge) (7x2=14)

Symonds : Personal Style

Clutton-Brock : What is Art?


Paper IV Marks 50

1. Journalistic Report Writing 20

2. Editorial Writing 20

3. Writing Advertisement Copy 10

180



Paper V Marks 50

(13x2=26; 3x3=9)

1. Whitman : I hear America singing

I sit and look out

2. Tennyson : Ulysses

3. Browning : The last ride together

4. Owen : Strange Meeting

5. Frost : Stopping by woods on a Snowy evening

The Road not taken.

6. Rhetoric and Prosody (9+6=15)

Paper VI Marks 50

Drama

(The Shakespeare play and any two from the rest)

(14x3=42; 4x2=8)

Shakespeare : Macbeth

Goldsmith : She stoops to conquer

Shaw : Arms and the man

Osborne : Look back in anger

Miller : All my sons


Paper VII Marks 100

1. Poetry (15x1=15; 5x2=10)=30

Toru Dutt : Our Casuarina Tree

Tagore : Africa (From ‘Rabindranath Tagore:

Selected Poems’, Trans. William Radice,

Penguin)

Kamala Das : The Fear of the year, Inheritance (From

‘Only theSoul Knows how to Sing’, D.C.

Books, Kerala)

Daruwalla : Boat-ride along the Ganga.

(Referece Book: “Twenty five Indian poets in English”, Macmillan)

2. Drama (20x1=20;5x1=5)=25

V. Tendulkar : Ghasiram Kotwal




G. Karnad : Naga-Mandala

3. Novel (20x1= 20)

Mulk Raj Anand : Coolie

Bhabani Bhattacharjee : He Who Rides A Tiger

4. Story writing (Developing from an initial situation) 15

5. Literary Terms (15x1=15)

The Lyric, The Sonnet, The Shakespearean Tragedy, The Essay, The Short

Story.

HISTORY (GENERAL)

PART - I / 1st Year

Paper I : HISTORY AND ARCHEOLOGY: HISTORY OF INDIA

From Pre-Historic Age to Post Mauryan Period

Unit I

Marks 50

1. Survey of the sources.

2. Concept of the Neolithic advent of Goods Production. Neolithic chalcolithic

cultures.

3. Harappan civilization- Origin extinct - urban planning, Nature of Political and

economic organization, eco patters in non-Harappan India, urban decline and

the late Harappan cultures.

4. Society, polity, economy, culture and religion as reflected in Vedic literature.

5. Social developments - Varna Jati and occupational categories, marriage and

property relations.

6. Rise of new religious movements in north India. Doctrines and social dimension

of early Buddhism and Jainism.

7. Rise of Territorial states.

8. The Mauryan empire- Asoka’s Dhamma - its nature and propagation.

9. The Mauryan State, administration and economy; Mauryan arts and architecture.

10. Post Mauryan period- Sungas, Western Kshatrapas, Satavanas, Kushana,

Chieftaincies, Chera, Chola and Pandyas in the far south. Urban growth - Craft

production, Arude, Coinage.

11. Post Mauryan social and cultural developments with special reference to the

Kushanas, and Satavahanas, Kushana (Mathura and Gandhara) art and

architecture.

182



Paper II : History of India (1200 A.D. to 1556 A.D.) Marks 50

Unit I : Survey of Sources of Medieval Indian History

Unit II: Early Medieval Period (AD 1200 - 1556)

1. Foundation and consolidation of the Sultanate; causes of the success of the

Turks; Iltutmish, Razia, Balban, the Mongols and the Sultanate.

2. Expansion: (a) Khaljis- conquests, administrative and economic reforms. (b)

Tughlaqs - Mohammad bin-Tughlaq and Feroz Shah Tughlaq

3. Fragmentation of the Sultanate and rise of provincial kingdoms:

(a) Timur’s invasion.

(b) Malwa, Gujarat, Bengal, Illius Sahi and Hussain Sahi dynasty.

4. Their significance Jaunpur and Mewar.

5. Advent of the Mughals and the Second Afghan Empire.

6. State and society: political and administrative institutions and ruling classes.

7. Economic and technological developments: agriculture, industry, trade,

commerce and uran centres.

8. Religion and culture: Bhakti and Sufi movements; art, architecture and literature.

Unit III

Peninsular India: Bahamani, Vijaynagar.

Paper III : History of India (1760 A.D. to 1857 A.D.) Marks 50

Unit I

1. Understanding the mid-eighteenth century: political, economic, social and

cultural trends. (This portion should be taught without setting any questions

from it).

2. Expansion and consolidation of British Empire:

a) Ideologies of expansion: Mercantilism,Orientalism,Utilitarianism and

Evangelicalism.

b) Tools of expansion, war and diplomacy, Bengal, Mysore, Marathas, North

East, Rohillas, Awadh, Central India, Sindh and Punjab, Subsidiary Alliance

and doctrine of Lapse.

3. Economic changes:

a) Land revenue settlements: permanent settlement, Ryotwari and Mahalwari,

condition of peasants, rural indebtedness and recurrent famines.

b) Commercialization of agriculture and its effects.

c) Decline of cottage industries and de-industrialization.

d) Nature of colonial economy: rise of modern industry, volume and

composition of trade, British fiscal policy and India’s poverty.

4. Social changes:

a) Spread of western education.

b) Rise of professional classes and the emerging intelligentsia.

c) Growth of press: English and in Indian languages.

d) Indian Renaissance.




e) Socio-Religious movements: Brahmo movement, Prarthana Samaj,

Wahabi, Faraizi & New Hindu movements.

f) Status of Women

5. Popular Resistance to Company’s Rule:

a) Peasant and Tribal movements

b) Revolt of 1857: causes, nature and results.


Paper IV : History of India : From the Rise of the Gupta Empire to 1200 A.D.

Marks 50

1. The Gupta Empire and its contemporaries: Administration, agrarian &

revenue system, changing patterns of Urban settlement and trade.

2. Post Gupta period upto 750 A.D.: Pallavas, Chalukyas and Vardhanas

& Sasanka.

3. Sangam Age: Literature, Society and Culture.

4. Polity and Economy (750 A.D. to 1200 A.D.)

i) North India - Gurjara -Pratiharas, Palas and Senas.

ii) Deccan- Rastrakutas and their contemporaries.

iii) South India- Cholas and their contemporaries; relation with South

Asia and Srilanka.

5. Developments in the Gupta and Post Gupta times (upto 1200 A.D.)

i) North - Society, Art, Architecture, Literature, Philosophy, Science and

Technology.

ii) South - Temples, Bhakti Movement, Art and Architecture.

6. Status of Women - Marriage, Property rights, Sati, Purdah and Devadasi

systems.

7. Shifts in Varna and proliferation Jatis, Slavery and forced labour.

8. Invasions of the Arabs, Ghaznavids and Ghoris and their impact.

(Note: The above rubrics should be taught with reference to political institutions,

economy, and land grants and agrarian expansion, inter-regional and maritime

trade and merchant Guilds.)

Paper V : History of India: Later Medieval period (A.D. 1556-1761)

Marks 50

1. Consolidation and territorial expansion: growth of composite ruling class.

2. Mughal Empire- 1707 - relations with Rajputs, Sikhs, Deccan Kingdom,

Marathas, Persia and Central Asia.

3. Mughal administration and institutions: administrative structure; land

revenue system, mansabdari and jagirdari.

4. Bengal: Under the Mughals.

184



5. Society and economy:

i) Agriculture, trade and commerce.

ii) Social classes - Ulema, nobility, zamindars, peasantry, artisans,

agriculture labour and slaves.

iii) Status of women.

6. Religion and Culture: religious policies of Akbar and Aurangzeb, revivalist

movements and composite culture.

7. Decline and disintegration of the Mughal Empire.

8. Advent of European powers: Portuguese, French and English.

Peninsular India

(Marathas and Tamil Kingdoms):

1. Society and economy.

2. Religion and culture: Bhakti and Sufi movements in the Deccan, art,

architecture, literature and education.

3. Emergence of modern Indian languages and literature.

Paper VI : History of India (1858 to 1950)

NATIONAL MOVEMENT Marks 50

1. Emergence of organised nationalism.

2. Political associations and the Indian National Congress: Moderates,

Extremists and Revolutionaries.

3. Emerging communal trends.

4. Constitutional developments upto 1919.

5. Impact of the First World War.

6. Rise of Gandhi and the nature of Gandhian movements.

7. Revolutionary Left Wing movements: peasants’ and workers’

movements, depressed class movements.

8. Government of India Act 1935, and Provisional Ministries.

9. Indian Polity (1939 - 45) and the Quit India Movement.

10. Subhas Chandra Bose and the Indian National Army.

11. Communal politics and Partition.

12. Princely States.

India 1947 to 1950:

1. Integration of the Indian States.

2. Making of the Constitution.




3. Foreign Policy.


Paper VII : Western World - Mid 15th century to world War II

Marks 100

Unit I

1. Decline of Feudalism and the rise of the modern era -

Renaissance and Reformation.

2. Economic origins of the modern western world - Mercantilism and

Commercial Revolution, Beginnnings of Colonialism.

3. Rise of the absolutist state: France; Spain and Britain.

4. Scientific Revolution; Agricultural Revolution; Industrial Revolution and

emergence of new social classes.

5. Glorious Revolution (1688) - Cause, effect and significance.

6. American Revolution (1776) - Cause, effect and significance.

7. French Revolution (1789) - Crisis, Roots of war, effects & significance.

8. Age of Conservatism.

Unit II

1. Liberalism in England, American Civil War; Socialist and Marxist thought.

2. Nationalism in Europe: Germany and Italian unification.

3. Rise of new imperialism: Beginnings of First World War and peace

settlements.

4. Russian Revolution (1917), Civil War and Dictatorship.

5. Economic and social crisis in the inter-war years and emergence of new

ideologies: Nazism and Fascism.

6. Second World War; Decline of Imperialism and Decolonization.

Books Recommended:1. Anderson, Pery, Lineages of the Absolutist State, Routledge, 1974.

2. Barrowclough, G, An Introduction to Contempoarry History, Penguin, 1968.

3. Bury, J.I.T., France 1840, Routledge Chapman & Hall, 1985.

4. Carr, E.H., The Bolshevik Revolution 1917-23, 3 Vols., Macmillan, 1950, 1951 & 1953.

5. Davies, H.A., Outline History of the World, 1968.

186



PART - I / 1st Year

PHILOSOPHY (General)

Paper I: Indian Philosophy Marks 50

1. Introduction:

i. Nature of Indian Philosophy

ii. Division of Indian Philosophy:Astika and Nastika Systems.

iii. Nastika systems: Carvaka, Buddha, Jaina. Astika Systems: Nyaya,

Vaisesika, Samkhya, Yoga, Purva Mimamsa, Uttar Mimamsa or Vedanta.

2. The Carvaka System:

i. Positive teachings; Admission of four bhutas, -Origin of consciousness.

Atma as embodies consciousness (Caitanyavisista deha eva atman)

Admission of artha and Karma as Purusarthas- perception as only

pramana,-Karya-Karan-Veda.

ii. Non-admission of byoma (akasa) - Rejection of Dehatirikta Atma- Rejection

of Dharma and Moksa as purusarthas -

Rejection of Inference and Testimony as sources of knowledge, -Rejection of

Vedapramanya, -Rejection Paraloka. Conclusion. The Importance of Carvaka

Philosophy.

3. The Buddha system:

i. Nairatmyavada

ii. Ksanikavada

iii. Four Noble Truths.

4. The Jaina System:

i. Introduction

ii. Syadvada and its relation to are Kantavada

Books Recommended:1. Dutta and Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy

2. C.D. Sharma, A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy

3. M. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy

Paper II Western Metaphysics and Epistemology

Marks 50

1. Theories of the Origin of Knowledge: Rationalism, Empiricism & Kant’s critical

theory.

2. Realism and Idealism as theories of reality:

i. Realism: Naive Realism, Scientific Realism

ii. Idealism: Subjective Idealism (Berkeley) Objective Idealism (Hegel).




3. Causality: Entailment Theory: Regularity Theory.

4. Mind-Body Problem: Inter-actionism, Parallelism and the Identity Theory.

Books Recommended:1. John Hospers, An Introduction to Philosophical Analysis

2. Satyajyoti Chakraborty, General Philosophy

Paper III Psychology Marks 50

1. Definition & Scope of Psychology, Nature of Psychology as a Science.

Methods of Psychology - Subjective, Objective and Experimental.

2. Sensation: Nature, Classification and attribute of sensation.

3. Perception: Nature of perception- its relation to sensation. Gestalt theory of

perception: perception of distance. Solidity and motion, illusion and

hallucination.

4. Percept and Image: Memory, its factor and range, marks of good memory.

Law of Association, Forgetfulness and its causes.

5. Attention: Its nature and types, conditions of attention.

6. Learning: The Trial and Error theory, the Gestalt theory, Pavlov’s conditioned

Response theory.

7. Emotion: Nature of emotion, James Lange theory of emotion.

8. Consciousness: Conscious, Sub-conscious, Unconscious- Its evidence,

Freud’s theory of Dream.

9. Personality: Factors of Personality, Heredity and Environment.

10.Intelligence: Measurement of intelligence; Binet-Simon test.

Books Recommended:1. P.N. Bhattacharya, Text Book of Psychology

2. G.D. Bonz, General Psychology


Paper IV : Indian Philosophy Marks 50

1. The Nyaya System:

i. The Nature of Perception, Ordinary (Laukika) & extraordinary (Alaukika) per-

ception. Determinate (Savikalpaka) & Indeterminate (Nirvikalpaka) perception.

ii. Anumana: Sadya, Paksa, Hetu, Vyapti Vyaptigraha,Svarthasumiti and

pararthasumiti, Panchavayava (five membered syllogism).

2. The Vaisesika system:

Vaisesika: Seven categories (Padarthas), Dravya, Guna, Karma, Samanya,

Samavaya, Visesa, Abhava.

188



3. The Samkhya System:

Causation, Purusa, Prakriti and its gunas, Evolution.

Books Recommended:1. Dutta and Chatterjee, An Introduction to Indian Philosophy.

2. Dr. Niradbaran Chakraborty, Bharatiya Darsan.

3. Dr. Karuna Bhattacharjee, Nyaya Vaisesika Darsan.

4. Dr. Samarendra Bhattacharya, Bharatiya Darsan.

5. C.D. Sharma, A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy.

6. Mr. Hiriyanna, Outlines of Indian Philosophy.

Paper V Western Logic Marks 50

1. Proposition, Categorical propositions and classes: Quality, quantity and distribu-

tion.

2. Traditional Square of Oppositions.

3. Further immediate Inference: Conversion, Obversion and Contraposition.

4. Existential import of propositions: Boolean interpretation of Categorical

proposition. Translating categorical propositions into standard forms.

5. Categorical syllogism: Figure, Mood, Testing syllogism for validity, Testing argu-

ments by Venn Diagram, Rules and Fallacies, Disjunctive and hypothetical syllo-

gism, The Dilemma.

6. Symbolic Logic: The value of special symbols for conjunction, Negation and

Disjunction, implications and material implications, Argument Forms and

Argument statements, Truth-Table Method for testing arguments.

7. Inductive Logic: Analogy Hypothesis - Nature and condition, Scientific

Method - its different steps.

Book Recommended:

1. I.M. Copi, Introduction to Logic.

Paper VI Social and Political Philosophy Marks 50

1. Nature and scope of social philosophy.

2. Primary concepts: Society, community, Association, Institutions.

3. Social groups: its different forms.

4. Social codes: Religious and Moral codes, Custom & Law, Culture and Civiliza-

tion.




5. Social class and Caste; Principles of class consciousness.

6. Political Ideals: Equality, Justice and Liberty, Democracy and its different

forms.

7. Socialism and Marxism.

Book Recommended:1. MacIver and Page, Society.


Paper VII Marks 100

Theoretical and Applied Ethics

1. What is Ethics?

2. Moral and non-moral actions.

3. Postulates of morality.

4. Utilitarianism - Bentham and Mill.

5. Kant’s conception of good will, duty and categorial imperative.

6. Problem of the freedom of will.

7. Ethics of Niskama Karma. (Gita)

8. Capital Punishment: Theories of Punishment.

9. Concepts of Applied Ethics.

10. Equality, Discrimination and preferential treatment.

11. Value of life: Suicide and Euthanasia.

12. Environmental Ethics: The environment and the human community, Future genera-

tions, Reverence for Life, Deep ecology.

13. Mahatma Gandhi’s Conception of Ahimsa (non-violence) Satyagraha

(zest for truth) and means-ends relationship.

Books Recommended:1. W. Lillie, Introduction to Ethics

2. Peter Singer, Practical Ethics, Chaps I & VII.

3. James Rachals, Moral Problems Part - I, III & VI.

4. Bernard Williams, Morality - An Introduction to Ethics.

5. J. Rackels, The End of Life - Euthanasia and Morality.

6. W.K. Frankena, Ethics.

7. Raghvan Aiyer, Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi.

8. JJC Smart & B. Williams, Utilitarianism: For and Against.

9. Peter Singer, Applied Ethics for Environment Ethics.

10. JL Mackie-Ethics, Inventing Right and Wrong.

11. Peter Singer, A Companion to Ethics.

12. J. Rachels, Elements of Moral Philosophy.

13. R.A. Duff, Trials and Punishments.

190



PART - I / 1st Year

POLITICAL SCIENCE (General)

Paper I

Political Theory Marks 50

1. What is Politics - Politics and Political Science - Approaches to studying Poli-

tics: Traditional and Modern, Normative and Empirical approach, Behavioural

and Systems Approach, Marxist Approach.

2. Theories of the State: Individualist, Idealist and Marxist.

3. Basic Concepts:

a) Sovereignty: Austinian and Pluralistic theories - Sovereignty and the Inter-

national Order.

b) Liberty and Equality: Meaning and Types, Interrelation between Liberty and

Equality.

c) Law: Meaning, Sources and Nature. International Law: Meaning and Na-

ture.

d) Justice: Meaning and Nature.

4. Nationalism: Meaning and Features of Third World Nationalism. Imperialism &

neo-Colonialism.

Paper II

Comparative Constitutions and Government Marks 50

1. Major Concepts: Government and Constitution (importance of Constitution in

studying Government) Unitarism and Federalism - Parliamentary and

Presidentialism. Socialist & non- Socialist Constitutions.

2. UK:

a) Sources of British Constitution with special reference to Conventions.

b) Basic Features of British Constitution with special reference to Rule of Law

and Parliamentary Sovereignty;

c) Role of the Crown;

d) Executive: Composition and Functions of Cabinet, Prime Minister, Cabinet

Dictatorship;

e) Legislature: Composition and Functions of House of Lords and House of

Commons - Speaker - Committee System - Role of Opposition- Relation

between two Houses;

f) Party System.

3. Russia: Background of new Constitution - Salient Features of new Constitu-

tion: Organs of Government;

Or

Switzerland: Salient features; Nature of Federalism; Organs of Government;

Direct Democracy.




Paper III

Government and Politics in India Marks 50

1. Framing of the Indian Constitution - Constituent Assembly: Composition and

Role

2. Preamble: Significance.

3. Fundamental Rights and Duties. Directive Principles.

4. Nature of Indian Federalism- Union-State relations: Recent Trends.

5. Union Executive: President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and Council of Min-

isters.

6. Union Legislature: Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha: Organisation and Functions -

Law-making procedure, Privileges, Committee System, Speaker, Relation be-

tween the two Houses.

7. Government in the States: Governor, Chief Minister and Council of Ministers -

Relation between Governor and Council of Ministers - State Legislature: Com-

position and Functions.


Paper I

Political Theory Marks 50

5. Marxism: Classes and Class Struggle, Theory of Revolution.

6. Democratic Socialism: Meaning and Features, Concept of Welfare State.

7. Classification of Political Systems: Liberal, Democratic, Fascist and Military

dictatorial.

8. Political Parties and Interest Groups: Types and Functions - difference be-

tween Parties and& Interest Groups - Liberal and Marxist views on functions of

Political Parties.

Paper II

Comparative Constitutions and Government Marks 50

3. USA:

a) Basic Features of US Constitution;

b) Changing Nature of US Federalism;

c) Bill of Rights;

d) Executive: President; US Cabinet: Composition, Powers and Functions;

e) Legislature: US Congress: Powers and Functions of the Senate and House

of Representatives - Relation between the two Houses;

f) Supreme Court: Composition, Functions and Role, with special reference to

Judicial Review;

g) Party System.

4. Peoples Republic of China (PRC):

a) Significance of the 1949 Revolution;

b) General principles of Chinese Constitution;

192



c) Rights and Duties of Chinese Citizens;

d) National Government:

i) Executive: President, Premier, State Council

ii) Legislature: National People's Congress, Standing Committee

iii) Judiciary- Peoples Procuratorate;

e) Communist Party: Structure, Functions, and Role.

Paper Ill

Government and Politics in India Marks 50

8. Judiciary: Supreme Court and High Courts; Organisation, Jurisdiction and Role

- Judicial Activism.

9. Amendment Procedure.

10. Election Commission: Composition and Functions.

11. Provisions regarding SCs, STs, and OBCs.

12. Local Self-Government: Urban and Rural (with special reference to West Ben-

gal): Composition and Functions.

13. Party System in India: Features and Trends.

14. Some Major Issues in Indian Politics:

a) Caste, Religion

b) Regionalism

c) Women's Participation in Politics


Paper IV

Contemporary Political Issues and the UNO Marks 50

Group A

1. Basic Characteristics of Indian Foreign Policy: Indo-Pak Relations.

2. Regional Cooperation - South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation

(SAARC).

3. Human Rights - UN Declaration - Human Rights Commission in India.

4. Globalisation - Concept and Meaning.

Group B

United Nations Organisation (UNO); Purposes and Principles; Organs, Peace-

Keeping Role; Achievements and Failures.

Group C

Application - oriented Issues: Youth Parliament (Internal Assessment)

Parliamentary Procedure (with special reference to West Bengal Legislative As-

sembly); Questions, Types of Questions, Adjournment Motions, Cut Motions, No-

Confidence Motions, Mentions, Motions and Resolutions.

Or




Field Study and Evaluation of a Local Self-Government Institution of the District

concerned.

Books Recommended:Albrow, Martin and King, Elizabeth, (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, New Delhi, Sage,

1990.

Appadorai, A and Rajan, M S., India's Foreign Policy and Relations, New Delhi, South Asian Publish-

ers, 1985.

Arat, Zehra F., Democracy and Human Rights in the Developing Countries, London, Lynne Reiner,

1991.

Bandyopadhyaya, J., The Making of India's Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied, 1970.

Bilgrami, S.J.R., International Organisation: A View from Within, New Delhi, Vikas, 1977.

Chakravarthy, R., The Political Economy of Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied, 1983.

Frankel, J., The Making of Foreign Policy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1963.

Gewirth, Alan, Human Rights: Essays on Justification and Applications, Chicago, University of Chi-

cago Press, 1982.

Holton, R.J., Globalization and the Nation State, London, Palgrave Macmillan, 1998.

Jha, N.K., Domestic Imperatives in India's Foreign Policy, New Delhi, South Asian Publishers, 2002.

Melden, A.I. (ed.), Human Rights, Belmont, CA, Wadsworth Publishing, 1970.

Nicholas, H.G., The United Nations As a Political Institution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1975.

Ross, Alf, The United Nation, Peace and Progress, New Jersey, Bedminster Press, 1966.

Sahadevan, P. (ed.), Conflict and Peace Keeping in South Asia, New Delhi, Lancers Book, 2001.

Saxena, K.P., Reforming the United Nations: The Challenge of Relevance, New Delhi, Sage, 1993.

Sengupta, Bhabani, South Asian Perspectives: Seven Nations in Conflict and Cooperation, Delhi,

B.R. Publishing, 1988.

Walters, M., Globalization, New York, Routledge, 1995.

B.A. (General) PART I & II

Paper I (Political Theory)

Books Recommended:Barker, Ernest, Principles of Social and Political Theory, Calcutta, Oxford University Press, 1976.

Barry, N.P., An Introduction to Modern Political Theory, London, Macmillan, 1995.

Bhargava, Rajeev and Ashok Acharya (eds.), Political Theory: An Introduction, Delhi, Pearson, 2008.

Dahl, Robert A., A Preface to Democratic Theory, (50th Anniversary Edition), London, University of


Dahl, Robert A., Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall, 1963.

Easton, David, The Political System: An Enquiry into the State of Political Science, New York, Alfred

A. Knopf, 1953.

Held, David, Political Theory and the Modern State: Essays on State Power and Democracy, Cam-

bridge, Worldview (Book Land), 1989.

Held, David, Political Theory Today, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.

Laski, Harold Joseph, A Grammar of Politics, London, George Allen & Unwin, 1938.

MacIver, Morrison Robert, The Modern State, London, Oxford University Press, 1926.

Macpherson, C. B., Democratic Theory: Essays in Retrieval, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2012.

Miller, David, Social Justice, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1979.

Miller, David, (ed.) The Liberty Reader, Boulder, Paradigm Publishers, 2006.

Peters, R.S. and Benn, S.I., Social Principles and the Democratic State, London, George Allen &

Unwin, 1959.

Poggi, Gianfranco, The Development of the Modern State: A Sociological Introduction, Stanford,

Stanford University Press, 1978.

Ramaswamy, Sushila, Political Theory: Ideas and Concepts, Delhi, Macmillan, 2002.

Thakurdas, Frank, Essays in Political Theory, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1982.

Varma, S. P., Modern Political Theory, Delhi, Vikas, 1983.

194



Wasby, Stephen L., Political Theory: The Discipline and its Dimensions, Calcutta, Scientific Book

Agency, 1972.


Paper II (Comparative Constitutions and Governments)

Books Recommended:Almond, G. et.al., Comparative Politics Today: A World View, Harper Collins, 2000.

Blondel, J., An Introduction to Comparative Government, London, 1969.

Blondel, J., Comparative Legislatures, Prentice Hall, 1973.

Bryce, J., Modern Democracies, Vol. 2, Macmillan, 1921.

Finer, H., Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, 1969.

Finer, S.E., Comparative Government, Penguin, 1974.

Griffith, E.S., The American System of Government, Sixth Edition, London, 1983.

Huiton, H.C., An introduction to Chinese Politics, London, Davis and Charles, 1973.

Kavanagh, D., British Politics: Continuity and Change, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1985.

Leys, C., Politics in Britain: An Introduction, London, 1983.

Lijphart, A., Electoral Systems and Party Systems, Yale University Press, 1994.

Macridis, R.C., Democracy in Plural Societies: A Comparative Exploration, Yale University Press,

1977.

Nicholas, N.G., The Nature of American Politics, Oxford, 1986.

Ogg, F. A. and Zink, Harold, Modern Foreign Governments, New York, Macmillan, 1964.

Olson, D., Legislature Institutions: A Comparative View, New York, M.E. Sharpe, 1994.

Wheare, K. C., Federal Government, Fourth Edition, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1963.

Wheare, K. C., Legislatures, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1968.

Wilson, J., American Government, Fourth Edition, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1997.

Ward, R.E. and Macridis, R.C., (eds.) Modern Political Systems, Europe and Asia, Second Edition,

Englewood Cliffs, N.J, Prentice Hall, 1968.


Paper III (Government and Politics in India)

Books Recommended:Austin, Granville, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi, Oxford University

Press, 1966.

Austin, Granville, Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, New Delhi, Oxford


Basu, Durga, Das, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.

Baxi, Upendra and Parekh, Bikhu (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage,

1994.

Bhambhri C.P., The Indian State: Fifty Years, New Delhi, Sterling, 1997.

Brass, Paul, Politics of India since Independence, New Delhi, Orient-Longman, 1990.

Chaube, S.K., Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, 1973.

Corbridge, S. and Harriss, J., Re-inventing of India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular

Democracy, Delhi, OUP, 2001.

Frankel, F. R. et. al. (ed.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of Democracy, New

Delhi, OUP, 2000.

Frankel, F. R., India's Political Economy, 1947-1977: The Gradual Revolution, Oxford, 1978.

Frankel, F.R., and Rao, M. S. A. (eds.), Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of a

Social Order, Oxford, 1989.

Kashyap, S. C., Our Parliament: An Introduction to the Parliament of India, New Delhi, National Book

Trust, 1989.

Kaushik, S., (ed.) Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1990.

Kochanek, S., Business and Politics in India, Berkeley, University of California Press, 1974.

Kohli, Atul, Democracy and Discontent: India's Foreign Crisis of Governability, Cambridge, Cam-

bridge University Press, 1991.




Kohli, Atul (ed.), The Success of India's Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Kothari, Rajni, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient-Longman, 1970.

Kothari, Rajni, Politics in India, Boston, Little Brown, 1970.

Palmer, N. D., Elections in India: Its Social Basis, Calcutta, K. P. Bagchi, 1982.

Singh, M. P and Saxena R., (eds.) Ideologies and Institutions in Indian Politics, New Delhi, 1998.

Siwach, J. R., Dynamics of Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi, 1985.

Jayal, N. G., (ed.) Democracy in India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

Jayal, N. G., Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary India,

New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.

Thakur, R., The Government and Politics in India, London, Macmillan, 1995.

Vanaik Achin, The Principle Transition: Bourgeois Democracy in India, London, Verso, 1990.

Weiner, M., Party Politics in India, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1957.

196



PSYCHOLOGY (General)

SYLLABUS FOR THREE YEARS COURSE IN PSYCHOLOGY AS AN

Elective Subject

Designed to be a discipline that provides both a theoretical focus and practical

knowledge about the human psyche, this course prepares the students with skills

and knowledge in areas of personality development, psychotherapy, stress man-

agement and preventive measures. A multi-mode teaching process will be adopted

that includes workshops, film screenings and visits to community and mental health

institutes. Schools in the region have offered willingness to provide opportunities

to Psychology students for student counseling. The study of Psychology enables

students to pursue careers and research in the fields of counseling, human re-

sources, social work and education.

Course Structure

FIRST YEAR

Paper I: General Psychology - 50 Marks

Paper II: Physiological Psychology - 50 Marks

Paper III: Emergence and Growth of Psychology - 50 Marks

SECOND YEAR

Paper IV: Social Psychology - 50 Marks

Paper V: Developmental Psychology - 50 Marks

Paper VI: Research Methodology - 50 Marks

THIRD YEAR

Paper VII: Part 1- Mental Health - 50 Marks

Part 2- Practicum - 50 Marks

Course Details

Part - I / 1st Year

Paper I: General Psychology

Unit 1: Introduction

Definition, Meaning, Nature and Scope of Psychology

Branches and Fields of Psychology

Unit 2: Sensation and Perception

Meaning of Sensation and Perception, Illusion

Perception: Bottom-up and Top-down Processing

Unit 3: Memory and Forgetting

Nature of retention and forgetting

Causes of Forgetting




Unit 4: Learning and Motivation

Definition and nature of Learning

Theories of Learning: Pavlov, E.L. Thorndike, B.F. Skinner

Definition of Motivation, types of motivation, theories of motivation

Unit 5: Personality

Nature of personality

Theories of Personality

Type and Trait theories of Personality (Gordon Allport, Eysenck and Big Five Theory)

Unit 6: Intelligence

Nature of intelligence

Theories of Intelligence

Broader conception of intelligence, multiple intelligence, emotional intelligence

Measurement of Intelligence: Wechsler and Stanford-Binet

Books Recommended:Feldman Robert S., Understanding Psychology, Noida, McGraw-Hill Education, India, September

2011.

Kalat James W., Introduction to Psychology, Cengage Learning, January 9, 2013.

Morgan Clifford, King Richard, W. John & Schopler John, Introduction to Psychology, Noida, McGraw-

Hill Education, India, 19 Feb, 2001.

E Smith Edward., Fredrickson Barbara, Nolen-hoeksema Susan, Barbara Fredrickson & Geoffrey

Loftus, Atkinson and Hilgard's Introduction to Psychology, Cengage Learning (Thompson), 2006.

Baron Robert A., Psychology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education,

Inc., 2012.

Paper II: Physiological Psychology


Definition

Methods of Physiological Psychology

Unit 2: Neuron

Structures and function of a neuron

Types of neurons

Synaptic transmission

Unit 3: Nervous System

Structure of the nervous system

Functions of major parts of the nervous system

Unit 4: Endocrine System

Structure, functions and abnormalities of major glands: Thyroid, adrenals, gonads,

pituitary, pancreas and pineal glands.

198




2011.


Ciccarelli S.K. & Meyer G.E., Psychology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson

Education, Inc., 2011.



Baron Robert A., Psychology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education,

Inc., 2012.

Paper III: Emergence and Growth of Psychology

Unit 1: Basic issues in Psychology

Issues of consciousness and mind-body relationship

Issues of determinism and free will

Issue of empiricism and rationality

Question of Normalcy

Unit 2: Schools of Psychology and their contribution to the growth of Psy-

chology Structuralism

Functionalism

Behaviorism

Gestalt Psychology

Psychoanalysis


2011.


Morgan Clifford, King Richard, W. John & Schopler John, Introduction to Psychology, Noida, McGraw-

Hill Education, India, 19 Feb, 2001.



Pandey Janak: Psychology in India Revisited, Developments in the discipline, New Delhi, SAGE

publications Pvt. Ltd., 2004.


Paper IV: Social Psychology


Definition, Nature, Origin and Development

Social Psychology in Indian context; applications

Unit 2: Understanding and evaluating the Social World

Social Cognition

Perception

Attitudes and attitude change




Unit 3: Group dynamics and inter group relation

Nature of groups

Nature of inter group relation- prejudice, inter group conflict, intervention tech-

niques

Books Recommended:1. Dewey John, Human Nature and Conduct - An Introduction to Social Psychology, Read Books,

2007.

2. Baron Robert A., Byrne Donn & Branscombe Nyla R.: Social Psychology, New Delhi, Prentice-

Hall of India Private Limited, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 2006.

3. Taylor Shelley E., Peplau Letitia Anne, Sears David O., Social Psychology, New Delhi, Dorling

Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, Inc., 2011.

4. Paliwal Suprithy, Social Psychology, Rajasthan, RBSA Publishers, 2002.

5. Lindgren H.C., An Introduction to Social Psychology, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Private

Limited, 1974.

Paper V: Developmental Psychology


Definition of Developmental Psychology

Meaning of development change

Unit 2: Methods for the study of development

Observation method

Experimental method

Longitudinal, Cross-sectional and cross sequential method

Case study

Survey method (Interview and questionnaire)

Unit 3: Beginning of life

Characteristics of prenatal period

Importance of conception

Prenatal development (stages)

Unit 4: Infancy

The neonate

Characteristics and reflex actions

Unit 5: Early Childhood

Definition

Characteristics

Unit 6: Childhood and Adolescence

Definition

Characteristics

Books Recommended:Hurlock E.B., Child Development, Noida, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, India, 1997.

200



Hurlock E.B., Developmental Psychyology, Noida, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, India, 2001.

Devadas Rajammal P. & Jaya N., A Textbook on Child Development, Chennai, Macmillan India

Limited, 2008.

Ahalawat Neetu, Developmental Psychology, Rajasthan, RBSA Publishers, 2010.

Paper VI: Research Methodology


What is a Psychological Research; Psychological testing

Relevance of statistics in Psychological Research

Descriptive and inferential statistics

Variables and constants

Types of data

Scales of measurement

Unit 2: Designing and conducting experiment in Psychology

Formation and testing of hypothesis

Variables and techniques of control

Sampling, methods of sampling

Unit 3: Statistics

Frequency distribution

Plotting of the frequency polygon and histogram

Measures of central tendency

Standard deviation

Books Recommended:Husain Akbar, Psychological Testing, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson


Gregory Robert J., Psychological Testing - History, Principles and Applications, New Delhi, Dorling

Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, Inc., 2011.

Aron A., Aron Elaine N. & Coups E.J., Statistics for Psychology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley

(India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, Inc., 2007.

Garrett Henery E., Statistics in Psychology and Education, New Delhi, Paragon International

Publishers, 2011.

Ciccarelli S.K. & Meyer G.E., Psychology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson



Paper VII (Part A): Mental Health

Unit 1: Concept of Abnormality

Criteria and prospective

Classification: DSM-IV TR description, conceptual and operational evaluation

Clinical assessment

Unit 2: Behaviour disorders: symptoms and dynamics

Anxiety disorders




Schizophrenia

Mood disorders

Psycho active substance abuse disorders

Personality disorders

Unit 3: Therapies and perspective on prevention

Psychoanalytic psychotherapy

Client-centered therapy

Behavior therapy

Preventive measures

Books Recommended:Coleman James C., Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life, Pearson Scott Foresman, 1984.

Carson R.C., Coleman James C. & Butcher James N., Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life,

Longman, 1988.

Kring Ann M., Johnson Sheri, Davison Gerald C. & Neale John M., Abnormal Psychology, New

Delhi, Wiley Eastern Private Limited, 2013.

Sharma Sonika, Clinical Psychology, Rajasthan, RBSA Publishers, 2010.

Seligman Linda & Reichenberg Lourie W., Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy- Systems,

Strategies and Skills, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2010.

Paper VII (Part B): Practicum (Some of the following test will be taught)

To investigate the phenomenon of bilateral transfer of training

To map out the blind spot

To investigate the phenomenon of Muller-Lyer Illusion

To study the effect of division of attention

To investigate the associate reaction time under free v/s controlled situation

To study the immediate memory span for auditory/visual stimuli

To study two point tactual discrimination by the method of limit

To study the effect of retro-active inhibition on paired-associate learning

To measure the subject's motor dexterity

To measure subject's intelligence by means of any one of the non-verbal tests of

intelligence

To investigate the phenomenon of serial position effect on learning

To study the effect of knowledge of results on level of aspiration

Marks Distribution

Laboratory notebook 10

Experiment Conduction 10

Report 20

Viva 10

Total 50

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

(B COM)

GENERAL DEGREE COURSE




PART - I / 1st Year

GROUP -A

(1G1)- Business Communication

Course objective:

To enable the student to understand the principles of effective business

communication, which help them to utilize their communication skill in the

business world.

Course contents:

Unit-I

Definition, Objectives, Basic forms of communicating, communication

Models and processes, principles of effective communication, Audience

Analysis.

Unit-II

Self- Development and communication: Development of positive personal

attitude, SWOT Analysis, Vote’s mode of interdependence, whole

communication.

Unit-II

Self- Development and communication: Development of positive personal

attitude, SWOT Analysis, Vote’s mode of interdependence, whole

communication.

Unit-III

Types of communication: corporate communication, Formal and informal

communication Networks, Miscommunication, Improving communications.

Unit-IV

Tools of communication: Emergence of communication technology, Modern

forms of communication: Fax, E-mail, Video conferencing.

Unit-V

International communication: Cultural sensitiveness and cultural context,

writing and presenting in international situation, Inter- cultural factors in

interaction.

Unit-VI

Drafting: Business letters, Report writing.

204



Books Recommended:1. S. K. Sood, Business Communication, New Delhi, Kalyani Publishers, 2003.

2. S.K. Debnath, Business Communication, Kolkata, T.D. Publication.

3. Meenakshi Rama and Prakash Singh, Business Communication, India, Oxford University

Press.

(1G2) Money and Financial System-I

Course objective:

To enable the student to understand :

1. The financial structure in an economy.

2. Financial institutions and services.

3. Regulatory framework of financial institutions.

Course contents:

Unit-I

Money: Functions, Alternative measures to money supply in India- their

different components, meaning and changing relative importance, High

powered money- meaning and uses, sources of changes in high powered

money.

Unit-II

Finance: Role of finance in an economy, Kinds of finance, Financial system,

components, Financial intermediaries, markets instruments and their

function.

Unit-III

Indian Banking system: Definition, commercial banks – Importance and

functions, structure of commercial banking system in India, Balance sheet

of a bank, Liabilities and Assets, Rural and co-operative banks.

Unit-IV

Process of credit creation by banks, determination of money supply total

bank credits.

Unit-V

Capital Market: concepts, security market, new issue market, stock

exchange- Functions and role; role of SEBI.

Books Recommended:1. M.Y. Khan, Indian Financial System, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

2. L.M. Bhole, Financial Institutions and Market, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

3. H.R. Machiraion, Indian financial System, India, Bikash publishing House, 2007.




(1G3) Economic Principles

Course objective:

To understand the student with principles of business economics as are

applicable in business.

Course contents:

Unit-I

Introduction: Basic problems of an economy, working of price mechanism

Unit-II

Consumer Behavior: Law of diminishing marginal utility, Consumer’s surplus,

concept of indifference curve, Budget line, Equilibrium under static

conditions, Law of demand.

Unit-III

Elasticity of demand: Concept of measurement of elasticity of demand:

price, income, and cross elasticities. Average revenue, Marginal revenue.

Determinants of elasticity of demand.

Unit-IV

Theory of costs: short- run and long- run cost curves- traditional and modern

approaches.

Unit-V

Market: Equilibrium under perfect competition, monopoly and monopolistic

competition.

Unit-VI

Factor pricing: Marginal productivity theory and demand for factors, Nature

of supply of factor inputs, determination of wage, rent, interest and profit.

Unit-VII

Elements of macroeconomics: (i) National income: Measurement, quality

theory of money, inflation and deflation. (ii)International Trade: Basis of

international trade.

Balance of trade and balance of payment.(iii) Public finance: direct and

indirect tax. Proportional and progressive tax, public debt, deficit financing.

Book Recommended:

1. H.L. Ahuja, Advanced Economic Theory, New Delhi, S. Chand and Co.Ltd.,2009.

206



Group-B

(1G4)– Business Regulatory Framework

Course Objective:

To understand the student business laws which govern the mercantile

system is of paramount importance in business field.

Course Contents:

Unit-I

Indian contract Act 1872: Essential elements of valid contract, Offer and

acceptance, consideration, capacity of the parties to contract, Free consent,

void, voidable and illegal contracts, Performance of contract, Breach of

contract, Remedies for breach of contract. Special contracts: Indemnity,

Guarantee, Bailment and Pledge, Agency.

Unit-II

Sale of goods Act 1930: Formation of contract of sale, Goods and their

classifications. Price, conditions, Warranties, Transfer of property in goods,

performance of the contract of sale, unpaid seller and his rights, Caveat

emptor.

Unit-III

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Defination, Promissory Note, Bill of

exchange, Cheque, holder, holder in due course, dishonour and discharge

of negotiable instrument.

Unit-IV

The consumer Protection Act 1986: Purpose, Features, and definition of

consumer, grievance redressal machinery.

Unit-V

Foreign exchange Management Act.2000: definition and main provisions.

Books Recommended:1. N.D.Kapoor, Mercantile Law, India, Sulchand Chand and Sons, 2008.

2. S.S.Gulsan, Commercial Law, New delhi, Excel Books House, 2006.

(1G5)- Introduction to Information Technology

Course Objective:

It is to understand an introduction to information technology and also deals

with fundamental concept, technologies and theories.




Course contents:

Unit-I

Concept of data & information, Information processing cycle; Basic concepts

of management information systems- definition, and scope, M/s and levels

of management. Information on revolution and impact of information and

communication technology on business. Role of radio, T.V, Telephone,FAX,

satellites in information dissemination. Technological development of

computation and computers – Abacus,Pascalins, Differential engine and

Analytical engine, Computer generation and types of computers.

Unit-II

Number systems- binary, octal, decimal, hexagonal and their conversion

codes used in computers, binary arithmetic, complements, addition &

subtraction, conversion from one system to another; logic gates and truth

tables

Unit-III

Computer Hardware and Software :( Basic concept). CPU and its function,

I/O devices i.e. keyboard, mouse, MICR, OCR, Microphones, Types of

monitor, Types of printers, Plotters, scanners, HDD, FDD, CD – R/RW Drive,

DVD- R/RW Drive, BIOS, CMOS, Ports, Storage devices; Primary and

secondary memory; memory capacity audit’s enhancement, Comparision

of storage devices . System software;Operating system , utilities, elements

of operating system, basic network concepts, OSI, Types of Topologies,

LAN, WAN.

Unit-IV

Windows- (basics)- windows components, Installing and managing

applications adding and removing software, Creating application on desktop,

Addition and deletion of drivers, change of setting.

Unit-V

(a) MS - Word- Creating and Editing documents, Formatting and printing of

documents, Mail Merge- creating data sources, entering information for

data file, inserting fields in documents and merging the data into main

document.

(b) MS – Power Point- Creating new presentations, Inserting work table

and pictures in presentations, editing, printing presentation components,

viewing a slide show, Running a slideshow.

Books Recommended:1. Alexis Leoan and Methew Leoan, Introduction to Information Technology, Delhi, Vikas

Publishing house Pvt. Ltd.,1999.

2. Mahadeo Jaiswal, Information Technology, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2008.

208



(1G6) – Principles of Management

Course Objective:

The primary objective is to prepare students to become a successful

manager. The secondary objective is for students, management scholar

and practitioner to become aware of the dynamic changes that are taking

place in economy, technology and social political environment.

Course Contents:

Unit-I

Management: Definition, concept, nature and scope, importance, social

responsibilities, Management – art or science, Management – Profession,

Functions of management. Management thoughts: Taylor, Fayol, Mayo,

Follet and Weber.

Unit-II

Planning: Definition, features, importance, principles, process, planning

premises, Budgets, forecasting, sales forecasting.

Unit-III

Organizing: Definition, features, importance, principles, process, formal and

informal organization, Delegation of authority, Line and Staff relationtionship

Unit-IV

Staffing: Recruitment, selection, Induction, Training, Placement.

Unit-V

Motivation: Concept, Theories (Maslaw, Herzberg, Mcgregor), Morale.

Unit-VI

Co-ordination: Concept, nature, need, types, methods.

Unit-VII

Leadership: Concept, Leadership style, Leadership theories (Tannenbaum

and Schmidt).

Unit-VIII

Controlling: Features, process, effective control system, Technique of control

– traditional and modern.

Books Recommended:1. Anil Bhat and Arya Bhat, Principles of Management, New Delhi, Oxford Publishing Press,

2008.

2. J.S.Chandan, Principles of Management, Delhi, Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2008.




GROUP-C (only for general course)

(1G7)- Financial Accounting-I

Course Objective:

To understand the accounting concept, procedures and techniques. A clear

exposition of these for every student planning a career in accounting field.

Course Contents:

Unit-I

Meaning and scope of accounting: need, development and definition,

bookkeeping and accounting, users of accounting information.

Unit-II

Accounting principles. Accounting concepts and conventions.

Unit-III

Journal, ledger, trial balance, sub division of journal, rectification of errors.

Unit-IV

Capital and revenue- classification of income, expenditure and receipts;

Final accounts (excluding for companies): Manufacturing, Trading and profit

and loss account, balance sheet. Adjustment entries.

Unit-V

Depreciation, Reserve and provision: concept, method

Unit-VI

Accounting for: consignment, joint venture, Bill of exchange, Hire purchase

and installment payment system ( excluding Trading and stock and debtors

system), Royalty ( excluding sub- lease)

Books Recommended:1. Basu and Das, Financial Accounting, Kolkata, Rabindra Library, 2008.

2. Amitab Base, Financial Accounting, Kolkata, Tee Pee Publication, 2008.

3. Hanif and Mukherjee, Financial Accounting, Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

(1G 8) Corporate Accounting-I

Course Objective:

To make the student familiar with corporate accounting procedure.

Course Contents:

Unit-I

Issues forfeiture and reissue of shares, rights and bonus shares, Redemption

of preference shares, Issue and redemption of debenture

210



Unit-II

Final accounts.

Unit-III

Revenue accounts of life insurance and general insurance companies

Unit-IV

International accounting standards( only outline), Accounting standard in

India.

Unit-V

Investment accounts.

Books Recommended:1. Basu and Das, Corporate Accounting, Kolkata, Rabindra Library, 2008.

2. Hanif and Mukherjee, Corporate Accounting, Delhi,Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

3. Amitab Basu, Corporate Accounting, Kolkata, Tee Pee Publication, 2008.

(1G9)- Business Mathematics

Course Objectives:

To acquaint the student with the numerical problems in business field.

Course Contents:

Unit-I

Calculus (excluding problems and theorems and involving trigonometrical

ratios).

i) Functions and graphical representations of functions, even and odd

functions, concept of limit and continuity and simple problems,

differentiation from the first principle, rules of differentiation and

applications, derivatives of the second order.

ii) Integration as anti derivative process, standard forms.

Unit-II

Definition of matrix, types of matrices, algebra of matrices, properties of

determinants, calculation of rules of determinants up to third order, adjoint

of a matrix, elementary row or column operations, solution of a system of

linear questions having unique solution and involving not more than three

variables ( cramer’s rule and matrix inversion method).

Unit-III

AP and GP, Logarithm, elementary ideas of permutation and combinations.

Binomial theorem (statement only) and simple applications, variation, theory

of Quadratic equation homogenous.




Unit-IV

Compound interest and Annuities. Bill discounting.

Unit-V

Equations of straight Line in different standard Forms- Gradient of a straight

line.

Books Recommended:1. N.K.Nag, Business Mathematics, New Delhi, Kalyani Publication, 2009.

2. Kapoor, V. K., Business Mathematics, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1991.

PART – II / 2nd Year

GROUP – A

(2G1) – Secretarial Practice

A. Secretary : Definition, importance, and qualities of a successful secretary,

Function of Secretary, Secretary as profession.

B. Different classes of Secretaries (Private/Company/Cooperative Gram

Panchayat/Panchayet Samity / Zilla Parishad), their status qualification and

functions.

C. Secretary’s office organization and operations: Routine work of the

office,Departmentation, Centralized and Decentralized, office layout, handling

of incoming and outgoing mails, filling, indexing.

D. Meeting: Lawful and unlawful meeting, requisition of valid meeting, power

and Duties of Chairperson, Notice, Agenda, Quorum, Motion, Resolution,

Amendments,Voting procedures, Minutes.

E. Company Meeting: Kinds of Company Meetings, Essential Requisites,

Secretary’s Duties regarding different kinds of meetings.

F. Drafting: Notice, circular, Minutes, Resolution.

(2G2) – Money and Financial System – II

A. Development Banks and Other non-banking financial institutions – features,

Unregulated credit markets in india – features.

B. Reserve bank of India – functions, Instruements of monetary and credit control

–Features.

C. Problems and Policies of allocation of institutional credit, problems between

theGovernment and commercial sectors, inter-sectoral & inter-regional

problems,Problems between large and small borrowers.

D. Interest rates: various rated in India (Bond rate, bill rate, and deposit rate),

Administered rates and Market determined rates, Source of difference in rates

of interest, Behaviour of average level of interest rates since1951- impact of

inflation and inflationary expectations.

212



(2G3) Economic Problems

A. Basic issue: Features of India economy as a developing country. Problems:

Population, unemployment, poverty, religion influence, social injustice, inflation,

parallel economy, industrial sickness.

B. Indian Agricultural: Problems of Indian agricultural strategy, problems of rural

credit and marketing. Land reform, Cooperative firming.

C. Role of Government: Monetary and Fiscal policy, Industrial Policy, Privatisation,

Disinvestment of public enterprises, foreign exchange problems.

D. International Environment: Trades in World trade and the problems of

Developing Countries, Foreign Trade and Economic growth, International

economic institutions: GATT, WTO, World Bank, IMF.

E. Five years Plan & Objectives – achievement- failure.

GROUP – B

(2G4)- Company Law

A. Definition, Features of a company, Kinds of companies.

B. Promotion and incorporation of Company.

C. Memorandum of Association, Articles of association, Prospectus.

D. Capital: Shares, Debentures, Rights & bonus Shares, Share Certificate,

Shares Warrant.

E. Directors: Definition, Appointment, Retirement, Resignation, Removal,

Remuneration, and Power of the Board, Legal Position. Power & Liabilities of

Directors, Managing Directors, Whole time director, Executive Committee.

F. Winding up: Kinds and conduct.

(2G5) – Application of Information Technology in Business

A. Application of Electronic Spreadsheets for Accounting, Finance, Marketing

and HRD - MS-Excel – working with Spreadsheets, Working with formulas

and functions in Spreadsheets, creating charts, changing text and data in

charts.

B. Accounting Softwares- utilities, types & operations & Basic concept of EDI

and DBMS.

C. The Internet (basic concept) – Network/protocol/Server – Client/ Domain name

Systems, IP address, Web Browser – types, Basic Services for ISP, Browsing

Websites Basic functions of web Browsers, Search Engines/Directories, E-

mail – Utility, types, e-mail clients, making e-mail address, sending & receiving

mail.

D. Internet and Commerce: E-Commerce practices vs Traditional Business

practices; Concept of b2b, b2c, c2c, b2g, g2h, g2c; Benefits of e-commerce

to business Organizations, consumers and society: Limitation of e- commerce.




Operations of E-Commerce : Credit Card transactions: Secure Hyper Text

Transfer Protocal; Electronic Payment systems, Secure electronic transaction;

Cyber cash; smart Cards; Indian Payment models, e-cheques, Credit Cards,

Debit Cards.

E. Applications in B2c: Consumers shopping procedures on the internet impart

of Disintermediation and re-intermediation; products in b2c model. Success

failures of e-Brokers, broker based service online. Online travel – Tourism

services, on – line real Estate market, on – line stock – trading and benefits,

online financial services.

F. Application in B2B : Key technologies, Characteristics of supply oriented

market place, Buyer oriented market place and intermediary oriented market

place, Internet based EDI from traditional EDI. Marketing issues in b2b.

(2G6) Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship

A. Introduction: The entrepreneur, definition, Emergence of entrepreneurial class

Theories of entrepreneurship, Role of Socio-economic environment,

Characteristics of Entrepreneur, Leadership, Risk taking, Decision making

and Business planning.

B. Promotion of a venture: analysis of opportunities, External Environment

analysis –Economic, social technological, and competitive factors, Legal

requirement for Establishment of a new unit and raising funds, venture

capital sources and Documentation required.

C. Entrepreneurial Behaviour: Innovation and entrepreneur, Entrepreneurial

Behaviour And psycho- theories, social responsibility.

D. Entrepreneurial Development Programme: EDPs, their role , relevance

and achievements, Role of government in organizing EDPs, Critical evaluation.

E. Role of Entrepreneur: Role of Entrepreneur in economic growth as an

innovator, Generation of Employment opportunities, Complementing and

supplementing Economic growth, Bringing about social stability and balanced

regional development of industries, role in export promotion and import

substitution, forex earnings and Augmenting and meeting local demand.

F. Project planning and feasibility studies: Methods of preparation of project

plans,Technical, Financial and Commercial feasibility.

GROUP- C (For General Degree Course only)

(2G7) Financial Accounting – II

A. Accounts of Non – trading Concerns.

B. Accounting for Incomplete Records ( including conversation into double

entry system)

C. Control Ledger: Sectional Balancing and Self – balancing system.

214



D. Farm Accounting, Cooperative Accounting, Government Accounting: Concept,

Features, Special Accounting Areas: Branch Accounts (excluding

interdepartmental Transfer and foreign branch), Sales or Return.

E. Partnership: Final Accounts, profit and loss appropriation accounts, treatment

of Goodwill, admission of a partner, retirement of a partner, dissolution of a

partnership Firm, piecemeal distribution, amalgamation of partnership firms.

(2G8) Corporate Accounting – II

A. Amalgamation, absorption and reconstruction of companies.(including internal

Reconstruction).

B. Valuation of business: valuation of goodwill and shares.

C. Bank accounts: book maintained by commercial banks, explanation of balance

sheet Items definition of some important terms.

D. Double Account System: Accounts of Electric Supply companies – Concept,

Features, Double account system and Double entry system, Treatment of

Depreciation, repairs and renewals.

(2G9) – Business Statistics

A. Statistics as a subject, descriptive statistics – compared to inferential

statistics,Types of data, Summation of operation, rules of sigma operations.

B. Analysis of univariate data – construction of a frequency distribution, concept

of Central tendency and dispersion and their measures, partition values;

moments, Skewness, kurtosis and their measures.

C. Analysis of Bivariate data – Linear regression and correlation.

D. Index numbers – Meaning, types and uses, methods of constructing price

and quantity Indices (simple and aggregate), tests of adequacy, chain- base

index numbers.

E. Analysis of time series – cause of variation in time seriesdata, components of

Time series, determination of trend- moving averages method and methods

of least Squares, Computation of seasonal indices by simple average.


GROUP – D (For General Course only)

(3G1) – Cost Accounting and Management Accounting

Cost Accounting (50 Marks)

A. Introduction: Nature and scope of cost accountancy, cost concept and

classification, Methods and techniques, installation of costing system, cost

unit, cost centre, relation of cost Accounting with other branches of accounting,

preparation of cost sheet, concept of cost audit.




B. Materials: materials control, concept and techniques, purchase procedures,

pricing of Material issue, different levels of stock, EOQ, Perpetual inventory,

periodic Inventory, ABC analysis.

C. Labour; labour cost control procedures, labour turnover, ideal time and

overtime, Methods of wage payment – time and piece rates, incentive

schemes.

D. Overheads: classification and departmentalization concept of allocation,



E. Cost ascertainment: unit costing, job, batch and contract costing.

Management Accounting (50 Marks)

F. Management accounting: Meaning, Nature, scope, functions, role in decision

Making, Management accounting Vs. Financial Accounting. Tools and

Techniques of Management Accounting.

G. Financial Statements: Meaning and types of financial statements. Its limitations.

Objectives and methods of financial statements analysis: Ratio analysis:

meaning, Utility, limitation. Computation of important accounting ratios,

preparation of Financial statements from given ratios.

H. Funds flow statements and cash flow statements: concept of funds,

advantages and Limitation of cash flow and fund flow statements. Preparation

of fund flow and cash Flow statements.

I. Marginal Costing: Concept of marginal cost, contribution, p/v ratio, break –

even Analysis, tools for decision making – make or buy, change of product

mix, pricing.

J. Budget and budgetary control: Concept, need, objective, steps in budgeting,


(3G2) – Direct and Indirect Taxes in India

Direct Tax (60 Marks)

A. Definitions and short notes: Assessee, person, company, assessment year,

previous Year, agricultural income, casual income, total income, perquisites,

profit in lieu of Salary, annual value, capital assets.

B. Residence and tax liability – determination of residential status and incidence

of tax on total income on the basis of residential status.

C. Income exempted from tax.

D. Computation of Income: under the head ‘salaries’, Income from house property,

Profits and gains of Business or profession, Capital Gains and Income From

other Sources.

E. Deduction from gross total income.

216



F. Ascertainment of tax liabilities of an individual )including tax rebates and relief).

Indirect taxes (40 Marks)

G. Central Sales tax Act:

Objects, definitions and concepts of terms: sale or purchase of goods in the

course of Inter-state trade or commerce or outside a state or in the course of

import of export. Dealer, declared goods, place of business, appropriate state,

crossing customs Frontier of India. Registrations of dealers.

H. Central Excise:

Nature of excise duty: basic conditions of excise liability, types of excise duties.

Definition : Goods, excisable goods, manufacture produced, manufacturer,

CETA. Warehouses. RG – 1, PLA, TRB Challan, Accounting treatment of

PLA, T-12 Return.

I. Customs:

Taxable event, goods, types of custom duties.

J. VAT:

Concept and rationale of VAT, concept of cascading effect. West Bengal VAT,

Definition of term like ‘Business’, ‘capital Goods’, ‘Dealer’, ‘casual Dealer’,

‘Contractual transfer price’, ‘Goods’, ‘input tax’, ‘input tax credit’, ‘purchase’,

‘purchase price’, ‘sale’, ‘turnover of sales’, ‘Works contract’, Basic Concepts

of Incidence and levy of tax, mechanism of input tax credit, Registration of

dealers, Enrolment of transporter, carrier or transporting agent, payment of

tax, interest, Penalty, furnishing of returns, maintenance of accounts by dealer,

transporter, carrier or transporting agent, classification of goods and tax rates.

(3G3)- Auditing

A. Introduction: meaning and objectives of auditing. Types of audit, internal audit.

B. Audit process: Audit programme, audit and books, working papers and

evidences, Considerations for commencing an audit, routine checking and

test checking.

C. Internal check system and internal control.

D. Audit procedure: Vouching, verification and valuation of assets and liabilities.

E. Audit of limited companies: (1) Company Auditor: Appointment, power, duties

and Liabilities (II) Divisible profits and dividend. (III) Auditors report – standard

report and qualified report.

F. Depreciation and Reserves: duties of an auditor in relation thereto.

G. Audit of educational institution, hospital, club and library.

H. Investigation: Objectives, investigation and audit, investigation: for loan,

purchase of Business and fund.

I. Recent Trends in Auditing: Nature and significance of cost audit, tax audit,

Management audit and social audit.

SYLLABUS FOR 3 YEAR’S

GENERAL DEGREE COURSE

IN

COMPUTER SCIENCE

PART - I


Paper - I

Group-A (50)

Computer Fundamental (25)

Introduction to Computers & Problem Solving

Number Systems & Arithmetic

Boolean Algebra

Digital Logic

Paper - II

Group A

Data and File Structure

Paper - III

Group - A

Utility Software

Screen Editor

Electronic Spreadsheets

Database package

Presentation tools

PART -II

THEORETICAL : FULL MARKS 100

Paper - I

Group B (50)

Programming Language (25)

Operating System (25)

Paper - II

Group B (50)

Computer Organisation (30)

System Analysis & Design (20)


Paper - III

Group B (50)

PART - III

PAPER - IV

Group - A

THEORETICAL : FULL MARKS 50

Database Management System (30)

Visual Programming (10)

Network and Internet (10)




PAPER - IV

Group - B


Any RDBMS (30)

HTML / DHTML (10)

Visual Languages (10)

PART - I / 1st Year

Paper - I

Group A

Introduction to Computers & Problem solving

Generation of Computers; Computer System: _Basic Block Diagram, Super, Main,

Mini & Personal Computer, Nomenclature; Software: Systems and Application,

Hardware & Software Hierarchy; Computing Environment. Algorithms: Importance,

Essential features, design & classifications; Complexity: Notion, time & space;

Computability & Correctness concepts; Structured programming concepts; Pro-

cess of problem solving, Pseudo codes.

Number System & Arithmetic

Number System : Positional, Non-positional, binary, octal, decimal, hexadecimal

and their representation; Methods of conversion from one' base to another, Un-

signed, signed, 1 's complement, 2's complement, sign-magnitude and excess

notation; range of values; Binary Arithmetic: Fixed & floating point numbers, repre-

sentation, biased exponent, range & precision, errors, overflow, underflow; BCD

arithmetic.

Boolean Algebra

Concepts of prepositional logic; Two variable Boolean algebra definitions, postu-

lates, properties, simplification of logical expressions using properties and maps

(upto 4 variables,) Min-term, Max-term expressions.

Digital Logic

Logic gates: AND, OR, NOT, XOR; Combinational circuits; Simple logic design

using logic gates. Alphanumeric codes: ASCII, EBCDIC, Combinational Circuits:

encoder, decoder, code converter, comparator, adder / subtractor, multiplexer,

demultiplexer, parity generator. Basic Sequential circuits; flip-Flops: RS, Clocked

RS, D. edge-triggered b, JK, T and Master Slave; Schmitt-trigger; multi-vibrators:

astable and monostable; Registers and shift registers, Counters; D/A & A/D con-

verters.



ITL Education Solutions Limited, Introduction to Information Technology, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley


220




2008.


Paper-II

Group A

Data and File Structures

Concepts of data types; elementary structures; words and their interpretation. Ar-

ray: Types, memory representation, address translation; single and multi dimen-

sional arrays with examples. Linked Structures: singly and doubly linked list (non-

circular and circular); List manipulation with pointers: Examples involving insertion

and deletion of elements; Stacks and Queues: Definition representation, uses and

applications; Searching: Linear and binary search, Hashing: concept, advantages

and disadvantages; different types of functions collision resolution techniques.

Sorting: Terminology, performance evaluation Different sorting techniques (Bubble,

insertion, selection).

Overview of physical storage media; Storage access File organization: Organiza-

tion of records in files: Data dictionary storage.

Books Recommended:Kanetkar Y.P., Data Structures Through C, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2010.

Lipschutz S., Data Structures, New Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2009

Srivastava S.K. & D., Data Structures Through C In Depth, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2011.

Paper- I

Group B

Programming Language-I (C - Programming)

Introduction: basic structure, character sets, keywords, identifiers, constants, vari-

able type declaration; Execution of some simple sample programs. Operators:

arithmetic, relational, logical and assignment, increment, decrement and condi-

tional; Operator precedence and associations; Expressions in C; Expression evalu-

ation and type conversion. Formatted input & output; Statements in C: Assign-

ment, control and loop statements; Arrays: Single and multi dimensional, initializa-

tion, string handling with arrays, staring handling functions. Functions in C: need,

simple examples, argument passing in C, functions & their use, return arrays within

structures. Pointers: declaration & initialization, accessing variables through point-

ers, pointer arithmetic, pointer S & arrays; strings; pointer to functions & struc-

tures. File access: opening & closing, I/O operations.

Operating Systems

What is OS; Concepts of process, files, shell, system calls. Structures: Monolithic,

layered, virtual, client-server model. Concept of Synchronization: semaphores, criti-

cal regions, monitor etc., Inter process communication mechanisms. Processor;

message passing, scheduling, I/O: devices and devices controllers; interrupt han-

dlers and device drivers. Memory: multiprogramming, swapping, paging, page re-




placement techniques; File system: files and directories, file servers, security and

protection. Deadlock: how it can happen; ideas on detection and prevention. Case

study: DOS, UNIX, WINDOWS.

Books Recommended:Balagurusamy E., Programming in Ansi C, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Education, 2010.

Galvin Peter B., Silberschatz A., Gagne G., Operating System Concepts, Wiley, 2009.

Paper II

Group B

Computer Organization

Computers: Basic building blocks and subsystems, control and intra-connection,

Bus; Tr-state devices; CPU: General structure; CPU Registers; Instruction for-

mats; Addressing Modes: direct, indirect, immediate, relative, implied, indexed, 0-

1-2 addressing schemes; Stack organization; memory: Organization, addressing,

reading 7 writing, SAM, RAM, & ROM; ALU : Main sub-units, registers, arithmetic

operations, shift and data transfer operation storing, integer and floating point arith-

metic circuits; Memory Hierarchy: CPU Registers, Cache Memory, Primary memory,

Secondary Memory, Virtual Memory, Control unit Principles, sequence of opera-

tions, fetch-decode-execute cycle; Input - output (I / 0) : Modes of data transfer,

buffers, I/O channels, bus interrupts, try and other interrupt processing levels and

priorities; Keyboard; VDU; Matrix printer and other devices.

System analysis and Design

Introduction: System definition, characteristics, real time and distributed systems;

System life cycle: Waterfall mode, description of different phases; Planning: Data

gathering techniques, feasibility studies, cost-bend& analysis; Design and Model-

ing: Logical and physical design, > flowcharts and structured charts, DFD and

ERD, form design, use interface design, Modularity: Module specification concepts,

coupling and cohesion; Maintenance: Evaluation, testing validation, maintenance

issuet; rase Study: Accounting and financial systems.

Books Recommended:Mano M.M., Computer System Architecture, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.


2008.


Paper - IV

Data Base Management System

Basic concepts: A itáges M DBMS, ANSI / SPARC architecture, physical concep-

tual an external models; Entity RelationshiP diagrams; Data models: Relational,

hierarchical an network, File Organization: Sequential, indexed sequential, ran-

dom, inverted; Query Languages: Relational Algebia. and Relational Calculus;

Functional dependencies and normal forms: INF, 2NF, 3 NF and CNF; Structured

222



Query Language: Elementary ideas and simpl examples; Security, Integrity; Case

Study: any RDBMS.

Visual programming

Basic features; building objects with classes; operations with objects, class librar-

ies; Multitasking and multithreading; forms; objects; events; functions; procedures;

methods; ODBC driver; front end development with database; MFC.

Networks and Internet

Concepts of centralized and distributed computing; advantages of networking; lay-

ered architecture; OSI architecture: basic features; LAN and WAN; 8imp1e PC

based network examples (block diagram, mode of operation and characteristic

features).

What is Internet, Servers, Clients, Port, Domain Name Server (DNS), Accounts,

ISP, Connection: Dial Up, ISDN, ADSN, Cable modem; E-mail: Account, sending,

receiving, Mailing List, IRC; Voice & Video conferencing; WWW, Browser.

Suggested Readings:

Date C.J. & Kannan A. & Swamynathan S., An Introduction to Database Systems,

New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

Elmasri R. & Navathe S.B., Fundamentals of Database Systems, New Delhi, Dorling


Forouzan B.A., Data Communications and Computer Networking, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2009.

Korth H.F. & Silberschatz A. & Sudarshan S., Database System Concepts, New

Delhi, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2002.


Tanenbaum A.S., Computer Networks, New Delhi, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2009.




MATHEMATICS (GENERAL)

(Need not pass in individual group.)

Part I: (End of 1st Year)

Paper - I : Group - A : Classical Algebra (25 Marks)

: Group - B : Modern Algebra (25 Marks)

Paper - II : Group - A : Analytical Geometry of Two and Three

Dimensions. (35 Marks)

: Group - B : Vector Algebra (15 Marks)

Paper-III : Differential Calculus (50 Marks)

Part II: (End of 2nd Year)

Paper -IV : Group - A : Integral Calculus (30 Marks).

: Group - B : Ordinary Differential Equation (20 Marks)

Paper - V : Group - A : Numerical Analysis (25 marks)

: Group - B : Linear Programming (25 Marks)

Paper - VI : Any one of the following Groups.

: Group - A : Analytical dynamics: (50 Marks)

: Group - B : Probability & Statistics: (50 Marks)

: Group - C : Elements of Difference Equation And calculus of

Variation (50 Marks).

Part III: End of 3rd Year

Paper - VII : Any two of the following groups

: Group - A : Elements of Computer Science & Programming

(50 Marks)

: Group - B : A Course of CALULUS (50 Marks)

: Group - C : Discrete Mathematics (50 Marks)

224



Part I / 1st Year

MINIMUM 8 CLASSES PER WEEK REQUIRED

PAPER - I 100 Marks


Classical Algebra

1. Complex Numbers: De Moivre's Theorem and its applications. Exponential

Sine, Cosine and Lugarithrn of a complex number, az. (a ≠ 0). Inverse circular

and Hyperbolic functions.

2. Polynomials: Fundamental Theorem of Classical Algebra (Statement only).

Polynomials with real co-efficients : The nth degrec polynomial equation has

exactly n roots. Nature of roots of an equation (Surd or Complex roots occur

in pairs). Statement of Descarte's Rule of signs and its applications. Statements

of

(i) If the polynomial f(x) has opposite signs for two real values of x, e.g. a

and b, the equation f(x) = 0 has an odd number of real roots between a

and b then f(a) and f(b) are of same sign, either no real root or an even

number of roots lie between a and b.

(ii) Rolle's Theorem and its direct applications.

Relation between roots and co-efficients. Symmetric functions of roots,

Transormations of equations. Cardan's method of solution of a cubic.

3. Determinants up to the third order: Properties, Cofactor and Minor. Product

of two determinants. Adjoint, Symmetric and Skew-symmetric determinants.

Solutions of linear equations with not more than three variables by Cramer's

Rule.

4. Matrices of Real Numbers: Equality of matrices. Addition of matrices.

Multiplication of a matrix by a scalar. Multiplication of matrices − Associative

properties. Transpose of matrix − its properties. Inverse of a non-singular

square matrix. Symmetric and Skew-symmetric matrices. Scalar matrix.

Orthogonal matrix. Elementary operations on matrices.

Rank of a matrix: Determination of rank either by considering minors or by

sweep-out process. Consistency and solution of a system of linear of equations

with not more than 3 variables by matrix method.


Modern Algebra

1. Basic concept: Sets, Subsets, Equality of sets. Operations on sets: Union,

intersection and complement. Verification of the laws of algebra of sets and

De Morgan's Laws. Cartesian product of two sets.

Mappings, One-One and onto mappings. Composition of Mappings − concept

only. Identity and Inverse mappings. Binary Operations on a set. Identity

element. Inverse element.




2. Introduction of Group Theory: Definition and examples taken from various

branches (examples from number system, roots of unity, 2 x 2 real matrices,

nonsingular real matrices of a fixed order). Elementary properties using

definition of Group. Definition and examples of subgroup − Statement of

necessary and sufficient condition; its applications.

3. Definitions and examples of (i) Ring (ii) Field (iii) Subring (iv) Subfield.

4. Concept of Vector space over a Field: Examples, Concepts of Linear

combinations, Linear dependence and independence of a finite set of vectors,

Subspace. Concepts of generators and basis of a finite-dimensional vector

space. Problems on formation of basis of a vector space (No proof required).

5. Real Quadratic Form involving not more than three variables − Problems

only.

Paper II

Analtlytical Geometry of two and three dimensions


Two Dimensions:

1. Transformations of Rectangular axes: Translation, Rotation and their

combinations. Invariants.

2. General equation of second degree in x and y: Reduction to canonical forms.

Classification of conic.

3. Pair of straight lines: Condition that the general equation of 2nd degree in x

and y may represent two stright lines. Point of intersection of two intersecting

straight lines. Angle between two lines given by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0. Equation

of bisectors. Equation of two lines joining the origin to the points in which a

line meets a conic.

4. Equations of pair of tangents from an external point, chord of contact, poles

and polars in case of General conic: Particular cases for Parabola, Ellipse,

Circle, Hyperbola.

5. Polar equation of straight lines and circles. Polar equation of a conic referred

to a focus as pole. Equation of chord joining two points. Equations of tangent

and normal.

Three Dimensions :

1. Rectangular Cartesian co-ordinates: Distance between two points. Division

of a line segment in a given ratio. Direction cosines and direction ratios of a

straight line. Projection of a line segment on another line. Angle between two

straight lines.

2. Equation of a Plane: General form. Intercept and Normal form. Angle between

two planes. Signed distance of a point from a plane. Bisectors of angles

between two intersecting planes.

3. Equations of Straight line: General and symmetric form. Distance of a point

from a line. Coplanarity of two straight lines. Shortest distance between two

skew-lines.

226



4. Sphere and its tangent plane.

5. Right circular cone.


Vector Algebra

Addition of Vectors. Multiplication of a Vector by a scalar. Collinear and Coplanar

Vectors. Scalar and Vector products of two and three vectors. Simple applications

to problems of geometry. Vector equation of plane and straight line. Volume of

Tetrahedron. Applications to problems of Mechanics (Work done and Moment).

PAPER III (100 Marks)


Differential Calculus

I. Rational numbers. Geometrical representations. Irrational number. Real

number represented as point on a line − Linear Continuum. Acquaintance

with basic properties of real number (No deduction or proof is included).

2. Sequence: Definition of bounds of a sequence and monotone sequence. Limit

of a sequence. Statements of limit theorems. Concept of convergence and

divergence of monotone sequences − applications of the theorems, in

particular definition of e. Statement of Cauchy's general principle of

convergence and its application.

3. Infinite series of constant terms: Convergence and Divergence (definitions).

Cauchy's principle applied to infinite series (application only). Series of positive

terms: Statements of Comparison test, D’ Alembert’s Ratio test. Cauchy's nth

root test and Raabe's test − Applications. Alternating series: Statement of

Leibnitz test and its applications.

4. Real valued functions defined on an interval: Limit of a function (Cauchy's

definition). Algebra of limits. Continuity of a function at a point and in an interval.

Acquaintance (no proof) with the important properties or continuous functions

on closed intervals. Statement of existence of inverse function of a strictly

monotone function and its continuity.

5. Derivative − its geometrical and physical interpretation. Sign of derivative −Monotonic increasing and decreasing functions. Relation between continuity

and derivability. Differential − application in finding approximation.

6. Successive derivative − Leibnitz's Theorem and its application.

7. Statement & Proof of Rolle's Theorem and its geometrical interpretation. Mean

Value Theorems of Lagrange and Cauchy. Statements of Taylor's and

Maclaurin's theorems with Lagrange's and Cauchy's form of remainders.

Taylor's and Maclaurin's Infinite series for functions like ex, sin x, cos x,

(1 +x)n, log (1 +x) [with restrictions wherever necessary]

8. Indeterminate Forms: L'Hospital's Rule: Statement and problems only.

9. Application of the principle of Maxima and Minima for a function of single

variable in geometrical, physical and other problems.




10. Functions of two and three variables: Their geometrical representations. Limit

and Continuity (definitions only) for functions of two variables. Partial

derivatives: Knowledge and use of Chain Rule. Exact differentials (emphasis

on solving problems only). Functions of two variables − Successive partial

derivatives: Statement of Schwarz's theorem on commutative property of mixed

derivatives. Euler's theorem on homogeneous function of two and three

variables.

Maxima and minima of functions of not more than three variables − Lagrange's

method of undetermined multiplier − Problems only. Implicit function in case

of function of two variables (existence assumed) and derivative.

11. Applications of Differential Calculus: Tangents and Normals, Pedal equation

and Pedal of a curve. Rectilinear Asymptotes (Cartesian only). Curvature of

plane curves. Envelope of family of straight lines and of curves (Problems

only). Definitions and examples of singular points (viz. Node, Cusp, Isolated

point).

Part II / 2nd Year

PAPER IV


Integral Calculus

1. Integration of the form: -

dx and Integration of Rational functions

2. Evaluation of definite Integrals.

3. Integration as the limit of a sum (with. equally spaced as well as unequal

intervals).

4. Reduction formulae of , associated problems (m and n

are non-negative integers).

5. Definition of Improper Integrals: Statements of (i) µ-test, (ii) Comparison test

(Limit form excluded) − Simple problems only. Use of Beta and Gamma

functions (convergence and important relations being assumed).

6. Working knowledge of Double integral.

7. Applications: Rectification, Quadrature, Volume and Surface areas of solids

formed by revolution of plane curve and areas − Problems only.


Ordinary Differential Equations

1. Order, degree and solution of an ordinary differential equation (ODE) in

presence of arbitrary constants. Formation of ODE.

228



First order equations:

(i) Variables separable

(ii) Homogeneous equations and equations reducible to homogeneous

forms.

(iii) Exact equations and those reducible to such equation.

(iv) Euler's and Bernoulli's equations (Linear).

(v) Clairaut's Equations: General and Singular solutions.

2. Second order linear equations:

Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Euler's

Homogeneous equations.

3. Simple applications: Orthogonal Trajectories.

PAPER V (100 Marks)

(Groups A and B are Compulsory and anyone of Groups C & D) (15+15)


Numerical Methods

1. Approximate numbers, Significant figures, Rounding off numbers. Error −Absolute, Relative and Percentage.

2. Operators ∆,∇ and E (Definitions and some relations among them).

3. Interpolation: The problem of Interpolation. Equispaced arguments Difference

Tables, Deduction of Newton's Forward Interpolation Formula, Remainder

term (expression only). Newton's Backward Interpolation Formula (statement

only) with remainder term. Unequally-spaced arguments − Lagrange's

Interpolation Formula (statement only). Numerical problems on Interpolation

with both equally and unequally spaced arguments.

4. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal and Simpson's 1/3rd formula statement

only). Problems on Numerical Integration.

5. Solution of Numerical Equation: To find a real root of an algebraic or

transcendental equation. Location of root (Tabular method), Bisection method,

Newton-Raphson method with geometrical significance, Numerical problems

& Problems.

Practical: 1.Newton's Forward interpolation. 2.Newtown's backward

interpolation 3.Lagrange's Interpolation.4. Trapezoidal Rule. 5.Simpson's

1/3 Rule. 6.Bisection Method 7.Newton-Raphson method

(Note: Emphasis should be given on problems)


Linear Programming

Motivation of Linear Programming problem. Statement of Linear Programming

Problem (LPP). Formulation of LPP. Slack and Surplus variables. LPP in matrix




form. Convex set, Hyperplane, Extreme points, Convex Polyhedron, Basic solutions

and Basic Feasible Solutions (BFS). Degenerate and Non-degenerate BFS.

The set of all feasible solutions of an LPP is a convex set. The objective function of

an LPP assumes its optimal value at an extrerne(point or t he convex set of feasible

solutions, A BFS to an LPP corresponds to an extreme point of the convex set of

feasible solutions.

Fundamental Theorem of LPP (Statement only) Reduction of a feasible solution to

a BFS Standard form of an LPP Solution by graphical method (for two variables),

by simplex method and method of penalty. Concept of duality. Duality Theory. The

dual of the dual is the primal. Relation between the objective values of dual and the

primal problems. Dual problems with at most one unrestricted variable, one

constraint of equality.

Transportation and Assignment problem, and their optimal solutions.

Paper VI

Any One of the following groups


Analytical Dynamics

1. Velocity and Acceleration of a particle. Expressions for velocity and acceleration

in rectangular Cartesian and polar co-ordinates for a particle moving in a

plane. Tangential and normal components of velocity and acceleration of a

particle moving along a plane curve.

2. Concept of Force: Statement and explanation of Newton's laws of motion.

Work, power and energy. Principles of conservation of energy and momentum.

Motion under impulsive forces. Equations of motion of a particle (i) moving in

a straight line, (ii) moving in a plane.

3. Study of motion of a particle in a straight line under (i) constant forces, (ii)

variable forces (SHM, Inverse square law, Damped oscillation, Forced and

Damped oscillation, Motion in an elastic string). Equation of Energy.

Conservative forces.

4. Motion in two dimensions: Projectiles in vacuum and in a medium with

resistance varying linearly as velocity. Motion under forces varying as distance

from a fixed point.

5. Central orbit. Kepler's laws of motion. Motion under inverse square law.


Probability & Statistics

Emphasis on Applications only

A. Elements of Probability Theory: Random experiment, Outcome, Event,

Mutually Exclusive Events, Equally likely and Exhaustive. Classical definition

of Probability, Theorems of Total Probability, Conditional Probability and

Statistical Independence. Bayes' Theorem. Problems. Shortcomings of the

230



classical definition. Axiomatic approach − Problems, Random Variable and

its Expectation. Theorems on mathematical expectation. Joint distribution of

two random variables. Theoretical Probability Distribution − Discrete and

Continuous (p.m.f. & p.d.f.). Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions and

their properties.

B. Elements of Statistical Methods. Variables, Attributes. Primary data and

secondary data. Population and sample. Census and Sample Survey.

Tabulation − Chart and Diagram, Graph, Bar diagram, Pie diagram etc.

Frequency Distribution − Ungrouped and grouped cumulative frequency

distribution. Histogram, Frequency curve, Measures of Central Tendencies −Averages: AM, GM, HM, Mean, Median and Mode (their advantages and

disadvantages). Measures of Dispersions − Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean

Deviation, Variance/S.D., Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis.

C. Sampling Theory: Meaning and objects of sampling. Some ideas about the

methods of selecting samples. Statistic and Parameter, Sampling Distribution

− standard error of a statistic (e.g. sample mean, sample proportion). Four

fundamental distributions derived from the normal: (i) Standard Normal

Distribution, (ii) Chi-square distribution (iii) Student distribution (iv) Snedecor's

F-distribution.

D. Bivariate Frequency Distribution. Scatter Diagram, Correlation co-efficient −Definition and properties. Regression lines.

Group - C

Elements of Difference Equation And calculus of Variation (50 Marks)


PAPER VII (100 Marks )

Any two of the following groups

Group - A (50 marks)

Elements of Computer Science and Programming

A. Boolean algebra - Basic Postulates and Definition. Two-element Boolean

algebra. Boolean Function. Truth table. Standard forms of Boolean function −DNF and CNF. Minterms and maxterms. Principle of Duality. Some laws and

theorem of Boolean algebra. Simplification of Boolean expressions − Algebraic

method and Karnaugh Map method. Application of Boolean algebra −Switching Circuits, Circuit havingo some specified properties, Logical Gates

− AND, NOT, OR, NAND, NOR, etc.

B. Computer Science and Programming: Historical Development, Computer

Generation, Computer Anatomy − Different Components of a Computer

System. Operating System, Hardware and Software.

Positional Number System. Binary to Decimal and Decimal to Binary. Other systems.

Binary Arithmetic. Octal, Hexadecimal, etc. Storing of data in a Computer − BIT,

BYTE, WORD, etc. Coding of a data − ASCII, etc.




Programming Language: Machine language, Assembly language and High level

language. Compiler and Interpreter. Object Programme and Source Programme.

Ideas about some HLL e.g. FORTRAN, C, 90 or COBOL, PASCAL, etc.

Algorithms and Flow Charts − their utilities and important features, Ideas about the

complexities of an algorithm. Application in simple problems. FORTRAN 77/90:

Introduction, Data Type − Keywords, Constants and variables − Integer, Real,

Complex, Logical, Character, Subscripted Variables, Fortran Expressions.

I/O statements − formatted and unformatted. Programme execution control − Logical

if, if-then-else, etc. Arrays, dimension statement. Repetitive Computation − Do,

Nested Do etc.

Sub Programs − (i) Function Sub Programme (ii) Subroutine Sub Programme.

Elements of BASIC Programming Language: Reading, Printing, Branch & Loop,

Array, Functions.

Application to Simple Problems. An exposure to MS Office, e-mail, Internet (Through

Demonstration only).

Books Recommended:1. C Xavier, Fortran 77 and Numerical Methods, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Age International

Limited.

2. P S Grover, Programming and Computing with Fortran 77/90, Allied Publishers Limited.

3. D M Etter, Structured FORTRAN 77 for Enginers and Scientists, The Benjamin, Cummings

Publishing Co. Inc.

4. Balaguruswamy, Programing in Basic.

Group - B (50 marks)

A Course of Calculus

1. Determination of Radius of convergence of Power Series.

Statement of properties of continuity of sum function of power series, Term by

term integration and Term by term differentiation of Power Series. Statements

of Abel's Theorems on Power Series. Convergence of Power Series.

Expansions of elementary functions such as ex, sin x, log (1 +x), (1 + x)n.

Simple problems.

2. Fourier series on (-π,π): Periodic function, Determination of Fourier co-

efficients. Statement of Dirichlet's conditions of convergence and statement

of the theorem on convergence of Fourier Sine and Cosine series.

3. Third and Fourth order ordinary differential equation with constant coefficients.

Euler's Homogeneous Equation.

4. Second order differential equation: (a) Method of variation of parameters.

(b) Method of undetermined co-efficients. (c) Simple eigenvalue problems.

5. Simultaneous linear differential equation with constant co-efficients.

6. Laplace Transform and its application to Ordinary differential equation. Laplace

Transform and Inverse Laplace Transform. Statement of Existence theorem.

Elementary properties of Laplace Transform and its Inverse. Application to

232



the solution of ordinary differential equation of second order with constant

coefficients.

7. Partial Differential Equation (PDE) : Introduction, Formation of PDE, Solutions

of PDE, Lagrange's method of solution.

Group - C (50 marks)

Discrete Mathematics

1. Integers: Principle of Mathematical Induction. Division algorithm.

Representation of integer in an arbitrary base. Prime integers. Some properties

of prime integers. Fundamental theorem of Arithmetic. Euclid's Theorem.

Linear Diophantine Equations. (Statement of Principle of Mathematical

Induction. Strong form of Mathematical induction. Applications in different

problems. Proofs of division algorithm. Representation of an integer uniquely

in an arbitrary base, change of an integer from one base to another base.

Computer operations with integers − Divisor of an integer, gcd of two positive

integers, prime integer. Proof of Fundamental theorem. Proof of Euclid's

Theorem. To show how to find all prime numbers less than or equal to a given

positive integer. Problems related to prime number, Linear Diophantine

equation − when such an equation has solution, some applications.

2. Congruences − Congruence relation on integers, Basic properties of this

relation. Linear Congruences, Chinese Remainder Theorem. System of

Linenar Congruences. (Definition of Congruence -- to show it is an equivalence

relation, to prove the following:

a ≡ b (mod m) implies (i) (a + c) ≡ (b + c) (mod m) (ii) ac ≡ bc (mod m)

an ≡ bn (mod m), for any polynomial f(x) with integral coefficients

f (a) ≡ f (b) (mod m) etc. Linear Congruence, to show how to solve these

congruences, Chinese remainder theorem − Statement and proof and some

applications. System of linear congruences, when solution exists − some

applications.

3. Application of Congruences − Divisibility tests. Computer file, Storage and

Hashing functions. Round-Robin Tournaments. Check digit in an ISBN, in

Universal Product Code, in major Credit Cards. Error detecting capability.

(Using Congruence, develop divisibility tests for integers based on their

expansions with respect to different bases. If d divides (b − 1) then

n = (aka

k-1 ... a

1b) is divisible by d if and only if the sum of the digits is divisible

by d etc. Show that congruence can be used to schedule Round-Robin

tournaments. A university wishes to store a file for each of its students in its

computer. Systematic methods of arranging files have been developed based

on Hashing functions h(k) ≡ k (mod m). Discuss different properties of this

congruence and also problems based on this congruence. Check digits for

different identification numbers − International standard book number, universal

product code etc. Theorem regarding error detecting capability).

4. Congruence Classes: Congruence classes, addition and multiplication of




congruence classes. Fermat's little theorem. Euler's Theorem. Wilson's

Theorem. Some simple applications. (Definition of Congruence Classes,

properties of Congruence classes, addition and multiplication, existence of

inverse. Fermat's little theorem. Euler's theorem. Wilson's theorem −Statement, proof and some applications.)

5. Recurrence Relations and Generating functions − Recurrence Relations. The

method of Iteration. Linear difference equations with constant coefficients.

Counting with generating functions.

6. Boolean Algebra − Boolean Algebra, Boolean functions, Logic gates,

Minimisation of circuits.

Books Recommended:

1. Kenneth H Rosen, Elements of Number Theory and its Applications, Addison-Wesley.

2. R Johnsonbaugh, Discrete Mathematics, Prentice Hall, 1997.

3. R P Grimaldi, Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics, Addision-Wesley, 1994.

4. I Nivan and H Zuckerman, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, John Wiley &

Sons,1968.

5. S Lipschetz & M L Lipson, Discrete Mathematics, McGraw Hill International Editions

Schaum's Series.

6. Susann S, Discrete Mathematics with Application.

7. David Widder, Advanced Calculas, Prentice Hall.

8. B Sen, Elementary Treatise on Laplace Transform, World Press.

9. Kiseleyev, Makarenko, Krasnov, A Text Book on Ordinary Differential Equations, Mir

Publication.

10. J Amarnath, An elementary Course in Partial Differential Equations, Narosa.

234



STATISTICS (GENERAL)

PART - I (Theory)

2 papers carrying 50 marks each :

(Practical) 1 paper carrying : 50 Marks Contact hours

Paper-I Descriptive Statistics 35 40

(Th.50) Economic Statistics 15 20

Paper-IIMethod of Sampling 25 25

(Th.50) Sampling distribution 25 25

Paper-III: Based on topics of Th. Paper-I 20 35 (on Calculator)

(Pr.50) Based on topics of Th. Paper-II 20 30 (on Calculator)

Note Book 2

Viva-Voice 8

PART - II (Theory) Marks:100

2 papers carrying 50 marks each:

(Practical) 1 paper carrying: 50 marks

Contact hours

Paper-I Probability 35 40

(Th.50) Numerical Analysis 15 20

Paper -II (Th. 50)

Methods of Statistical Inference 35 50

ANOVA (one-way & two -way) 15 20

Paper-III

Based on topics of Th. Paper-I 20 35 (on Calculator)

(Pr.50) Based on topics of Th. Paper-II 20 30 (on Calculator)

Note Book 2

Viva-Voice 8




PART-III One paper of 100 marks divided as follows:

Marks Contact Hours

Paper-I A. Statistical Quality Control 20 25

(Th.65) B. Indian Statistical System 20 10

C. Population Statistics 15 25

D. Design of Experiment 10 25

Paper- II

(Pr.35) Based on Calculator 20

Based on Computer 10

Note Book and Viva-Voce 5

The Pass course will complete Part-I of the General course only (The Pass course

meant for students seeking an Honours degree in a subject other than Statistics)

PART - I / 1st Year

PAPER - I

Descriptive Statistics: Type of data-Primary and secondary data, quantitative and

qualitative data, nominal and ordinal data, cross section and time series data,

discrete and continuous data.

Presentation of data-Presentation by tables and by diagrams, construction of tables

with one, two and three factors of classification, diagrammatic representations,

frequency distributions for continuous and discrete data, graphical distribution by

histogram and frequency polygon, cumulative frequency distributions (inclusive

and representation of a frequency conclusive method) & ogives.

Analysis of quantitative data-Measures of location or central tendency, dispersion,

moments and quantiles, measures of skewness and kurtosis for both grouped and

ungrouped data.

Analysis of data on two characters: Measures of association and contingency.

Bivariate data-Scatter diagram, regression curve between two variables and concept

of error in regression, principles of least squares & filling of first, second, third

degree. Concept of correlation coefficient & its properties correlation ratio, polynomial

regression, correlation index. Rank correlation coefficient due to Spearman and

Kendall.

Analysis of categorical data - Fundamental set of frequencies, consistency of data,

association of attributes, various measurement of association.

236



Linear regression involving two independent variables. Partial and multiple

correlation coefficient

Economic Statistics: Definition, construction and use of price index numbers

Laspeyres'. Passache's. Fisher's and Edgeworth-Marshall's index numbers. Time

and factor reversal tests. Chain index number wholesale and consumer price index

numbers.

Analysis of time-series: Different components of a time series. Determination of

trend by free hand smoothing. Method of moving average and by fitting of a

mathematical curve Determination of seasonal indices by method of trend ratios

and ratios to moving averages.

PAPER - II

Methods of Sampling: Preliminary concepts-schedules and questionnaires, pilot

survey, non-sampling errors, use of random numbers. Simple random sampling

with and without replacements - estimates of population mean and population

proportion and their standard errors, estimates of these standard errors. Stratified

random sampling-estimates of population mean and their standard errors, estimates

of these standard errors. Allocation of sample size in stratified random sampling

Random number generation.

Linear and circular systematic sampling. Two stage sampling (equal first stage

units). Ideas of ratio and regression estimators -- only estimates of sample mean.

Sampling Distribution: Concept of random sampling from an infinite population,

parameter and statistic. Random sampling and sampling distribution of a statistic

and its standard error. Chi Square, t and F distributions, Sampling distribution of

mean and variance of independent normal variables.

PAPER III

Based on topics of Th. Paper-I

Based on topics of Th. Paper-II

Note Book

Viva-Voice


PAPER - I

Probability: Random experiment and random events. Statistical regularity and

meaning of probability. Classical and empirical definition of probability and the

drawback axiomatic definition. Conditional probability. Independence of events.




Principal theorems including theorems on the union and intersection of events and

Bayes' theorem.

Random variable and its probability distribution. Probability mass and probability

density functions. Mathematical expectation and variance. Joint distribution of two

random variables with simple examples. Marginal and conditional distributions.

Covariance, simple theorems on expectation and variance including theorems on

expectation and variance of a sum of random variables and product of independent

random variables. .

Theoretical distributions: Binomial, Poisson, Hyper-geometric and normal

distributions with their uses. Statement of the general properties of a bivariate

normal distribution.

Tchebycheff's inequality, weak law of large numbers including Bernouli's theorem.

Statement of Central Limit Theorem (i.i.d. case) and its uses.

Numerical Analysis: Errors due to rounding of numbers, ∇ and E operators.

Interpolation formulae; Newton's forward and backward formulae, Newton's divided

difference and Lagrange formulae (without remainder term).

Numerical solutions of equations in one unknown bisection method. Method of

false position, method of iteration and Newton-Raphson method (statement of

condition of convergence).

Numerical integration - trapezoidal and Simpson's one-third rules Simpson's 3/8

rule Weddle’s rule.

PAPER - II

Methods of Statistical Inference

Point estimation: Requirements of a good estimator (unbiasedness and minimum

variance, consistency and efficiency). Methods of estimation - method of moments

and maximum likelihood. Point estimators of paramenters of Binomial, Poisson

and Normal (univariate) distribution and their standard errors.

Hypothesis Testing: Null and alternative hypotheses, two kinds of errors, critical

region, level of significance and power of a test. Exact tests of hypotheses under

univariate normal set-up for a single mean, the difference of two means, single

variance, the ratio of two variance, Exact tests of hypotheses under bivariate normal

set up for the difference of two means, ratio of two variances, simple correlation

and regression coefficients.

Interval estimation: Confidence interval and confidence co-efficient. Exact

confidence interval under normal set-up for a single mean difference of two means,

single variance and ratio of two variances.

238



Formula for standard error of a function of statistics in large samples (without

derivation) and its application for the derivations of standard errors of standard

deViation Large sample tests for proportions and under normal set-up for mean,

variance and simple correlation coefficient, use of z-transformation. Large sample

tests for goodness of fit and for homogeneity and independence in a contingency

table.

Analysis of variance: One-way classified data and two-way classified data with

equal number of observation in each cell.

PAPER - III

Based on the topics of Theory Paper-I

Based on the topics of Theory Paper -II

Practical Note-Book.

Viva-Voce


PAPER - I

A. Statistical Quality Control: Concepts of Process and product control, Rational

sub- grouping. Control charts underlying theory, advantages of SQC, construction

and use of control charts fro mean, range, number of defectives (including the

case of varying sub-group size), fraction defective and number of defects.

Concept of sampling inspection plan by attributes, AQL, LPTD, Consumer's risk,

producer's risk, OC, ASN for single sampling plan. Use of IS 2500 part-I.

B. Indian Statistical System: Activities of CSO and NSSO, collection of official

statistics relating to Population. Agriculture and Industry.

C. Population Statistics: Sources of demographic data. Measurement of mortality-

crude. Specific standardised death rates and infant mortality rates. Complete life

table. Measurement of fertility and reproduction-crude birth rate, general, specific

and total fertility rates. Rate of natural, increase. Gross and net reproduction rates.

Population estimates and projection (mathematical method) - Inter-censal and

postcensal estimates. Projection-logistic curve and Fitting of Logistic curve.

Definition of stable and stationary population

D. Design of Experiments: Basic principles of Design-randomisation, replication

and local control. Completely Randomised design, Randomised Block design and

Latin Square design. Technique of analysis of variance with reference with reference

to the analysis of above designs.

Factorial experiments: unconfounded 22 and 2 experiments.




PAPER-II

A. Practical work on topics based on the theory (on calculator)

B. Solution of simple statistical problems, viz., graphical representation of data,

condensation of data, curve fitting, regression analysis, elementary tests of

significance and ANOVA problems using spread sheet package (Excel and / or

Q-P)

C. Viva Voce & Practical Note-Book.

Books Recommended:1. M. Chakraborti, R. G. Laha & J. Roy, Hand Book of Methods of Applied Statistics Vol. I & Vol. II,

John Wiley.

2. W. G. Cochran, Sampling Techniques, Wiley Eastern.

3. F. E. Croxton, D. J. Cowden S. Klein, Applied General Statistics, Prentice Hall.

4. A. J. Duncan, Quality Control & Industrial Statistics.

5. W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications Vol. I, Wiley Eastern.

6. H. Freeman, Finite Differences for Actuarial Students, Cambridge University Press.

7. M.Goon, M. K. Gupta & B. Dasgupta, Fundamentals of Statistics Vol - I and Vol - II, World Press.

8. E. L. Grant & R. S. Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, McGraw-Hill.

9. W. C. Guenther, The Analysis of Variance, Prentice Hall.

10. J. N. Kapoor & H.C., Saxena - Mathematical Statistics, S. Chand & Co.

11. P.G. Hoel, S. C. Port & C. J. Stone, Introduction to Probability Theory, UBS.

12. F.C. Mills, Statistical Methods, Henry Holt.

13. P. Mukherjee, Applied Statistics, Central.

14. J. Pitman, Probability, Narosa.

15. D. Raj & P. Chandok, Sample Survey Theory, Narosa.

16. V. K. Rohatgi, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Mathematical Statistics, Weley Eastern.

17. J. B. Scarborough, Numerical Mathematical Analysis, Johns Hopkins and Oxford Book Co.

18. M. Spiegelman, Introduction to Demography, Harvard University Press.

19. U. Yule & M. Kendal F, An Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, UBS.

MODERN INDIAN LANGUAGES(MIL)

FOR PART I




ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH

Marks 50

Group I

1. Essay : 15 Marks

2. Two short questions 10 Marks

i) J. M. Synge : Riders to the Sea

ii) Scott Fitzgerald : The Great Gatsby

iii) R. K. Narayan : The Man-Eater of Malgudi

Group II

Essay writing/Precis writing/Report writing 25 Marks

242



izeq[k Hkkjrh; Hkk”kk izeq[k Hkkjrh; Hkk”kk izeq[k Hkkjrh; Hkk”kk izeq[k Hkkjrh; Hkk”kk izeq[k Hkkjrh; Hkk”kk (MIL) usikyh usikyh usikyh usikyh usikyh

iw.kZ la[;k & 50

1- y{ehizlkn nsodksVk % equkenu ¼vad& 15½

2- O;kdj.k % ¼vad& 10½

uke] loZuke] fØ;k] vO;;] okD; jpuk]

i;kZ;okph “kCn] foykse “kCn] lkj “kCn A

3- izfrosnu jpuk vFkok foKkiudks [kslzk r;kjh A ¼vad& 5½

4-vaxzsthckV usikyhek ok usikyhckV vaxzsthek vuqokn A ¼vad& 4+4=8½

5- fucU/k jpuk A ¼vad& 12½

lgk;d lUnHkZ xzUFklgk;d lUnHkZ xzUFklgk;d lUnHkZ xzUFklgk;d lUnHkZ xzUFklgk;d lUnHkZ xzUFk%

1- ek/;fed usikyh O;kdj.k j jpuk] tui{k izdk”ku] xkUrksd

2- ikjlef.k iz/kku] Hkk’kk izos”k usikyh O;kdj.k

3- Ñ’.kizlkn ijktqyh] jkezks jpuk j feBks usikyh

4- HkkbpUnz iz/kku rFkk ,e0 ch0 iz/kku] lqxe usikyh O;kdj.k j jpuk

5- jktukjk;.k iz/kku] usikyh lftyks O;kdj.k




|É¨ÉÖJÉ ¦ÉÉ®úiÉÒªÉ ¦ÉÉ¹ÉÉ (MIL) Ê½þxnùÒ

{ÉÚhÉÇ ºÉÆJªÉÉ - 50

ºÉÆIÉä{ÉxÉ - |ÉÉ°ü{ÉhÉ +ÆEò 5

{É±±É´ÉxÉ +ÆEò 5

{ÉjÉSÉÉ®ú - EòÉªÉÉÇ±ÉªÉÒ, ´ªÉÉ´ÉºÉÉÊªÉEò, ´ªÉÉ´É½þÉÊ®úEò +ÆEò 5

Ê´ÉYÉÎ{iÉ, Ê´ÉYÉÉ{ÉxÉ +ÆEò 5

{ÉÉÊ®ú¦ÉÉÊ¹ÉEò ¶É¤nùÉ´É±ÉÒ (see syllabus) +ÆEò 5

EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ +ÆEò 13

(Eò) Eò¤ÉÒ®ú& MÉÖ°ünäù´É EòÉä +ÆMÉ- 14,20 +ÆEò 13

¨ÉÊvÉ EòÉä +ÆMÉ-1 +ÆEò 8 nùÒPÉÇ =kÉ®ú¨ÉÚ±ÉEò |É¶xÉ

ºÉÖÊ¨É®úxÉ EòÉä +ÆMÉ-1,2 +ÆEò 5 ´ªÉÉJªÉÉ =kÉ®ú¨ÉÚ±ÉEò |É¶xÉ

(JÉ) iÉÖ±ÉºÉÒ& (nùÉä½þÉ´É±ÉÒ)- ®úÉ¨É ®úÉ¨É ¨ÉÊxÉ nùÒ{É..........

=kÉ¨É ¨ÉvªÉ¨É xÉÒSÉ MÉÊiÉ.......

VÉc÷ SÉäiÉxÉ MÉÖxÉ nùÉä¹É¨ÉªÉ........

¤ÉvªÉÉä ¤ÉÊvÉEò {É®úªÉÉä {ÉÖxªÉ VÉ±É.......

BEò ¦É®úÉä±Éä BEò ¤É±É..........

(MÉ) ®ú½þÒ¨É- ®ú½þÒ¨ÉxÉ {ÉÉxÉÒ ®úÉÊJÉB.........Eònù±ÉÒ ºÉÒ{É ¦ÉÖVÉÆMÉ...........

®ú½þÒ¨ÉxÉ ÊxÉVÉ ¨ÉxÉ EòÒ ´ªÉlÉÉ.........

®ú½þÒ¨ÉxÉ Ê´É{ÉnùÉ ½ÚÄþ ¦É±ÉÒ...............

®ú½þÒ¨ÉxÉ vÉÉMÉÉ |Éä̈ É EòÉ.................

(PÉ) Ê¤É½þÉ®úÒ- Eò½þiÉ xÉ]õiÉ...........

Eò½þ±ÉÉxÉä BEòiÉ ¤ÉºÉiÉ.......

<iÉ +É´ÉiÉ SÉÊ±É VÉÉiÉ......

VÉ{É ¨ÉÉ±ÉÉ UôÉ{ÉÉ ÊiÉ±ÉEò......

iÉÆjÉÒ-xÉÉnù EòÊ´ÉkÉ ®úºÉ......

(c.÷) VÉªÉ¶ÉÆEò®ú |ÉºÉÉnù- Ê½þ¨ÉÉÊpù iÉÖÆMÉ ¸ÉÞÆMÉ ºÉä.......

ºÉÚªÉÇEòÉxiÉ ÊjÉ{ÉÉ`öÒ- 'ÊxÉ®úÉ±ÉÉ'-v´ÉÊxÉ

xÉÉMÉÉVÉÖÇxÉ- ¶ÉÉºÉxÉ EòÒ ¤ÉÆnÚùEò

ºÉ´Éæ̧ ´É®únùªÉÉ±É ºÉCºÉäxÉÉ- ¦ÉäÊc÷ªÉÉ

MÉvªÉ ºÉÉÊ½þiªÉ& +ÆEò 12

|Éä¨ÉSÉÆnù- nùÉä ¤Éè±ÉÉå EòÒ EòlÉÉ +ÆEò 8 nùÒPÉÇ =kÉ®ú¨ÉÚ±ÉEò |É¶xÉ

¨É½þÉnäù´ÉÒ ´É¨ÉÉÇ- ºÉÉäxÉÉ +ÆEò 4 ´ªÉÉJªÉÉ

¦ÉÒ¹¨É ºÉÉ½þxÉÒ- ZÉÖ]õ{ÉÖ]õÉ

¡òhÉÒ¸´É®úxÉÉlÉ ®äúhÉÖ- `äöºÉ

244



COMPULSORY LANGUAGE LEPCHA (MIL)

Full Marks: 50

Marks Tot.no.of

lectures

A. Poetry:

1. Ring-Dek (Poetry) - R.M.R.K. 10 35

2. Ckuk-Dong Punol (Poetry) -

(Poems by Dorjee Wangdi Lepcha,

Dichen Tangden Lepcha and Dawa Namthonmoo)

B. Fiction:

1. Ring Mom Sung Zot - R.M.R.K. 10 35

(Short stories)

C. Drama:

1. Su-Song Alkat (Collection of short

plays) - U. Shipmoo 10 35

D. Grammar & Composition:

1. Grammar- (a) Parts of speech 10 35

(b) Grammatical categories-

Person, Number,Case

2. Composition: - (a) Precis writing, 10 35

Amplification.

(b) Interviews, speech- writing, Advertisement,

Letter-writing, Short-script-writing.

(c) Translation from Lepcha into

Nepali/English and vice-versa.




COMPULSORY LANGUAGE BHUTIA (MIL)

Full Marks: 50

Marks Tot. no.of lectures

A. Poetry:

1. Tsigcheth Poetry) - D.R. Lama 10 35

B. Fiction:

1. Sungtam (Short stories) - T. Bhutia 10 35

C. Prose:

1. Science and Nature - P.R.Lama

2. Losoong -B.T. Bhutia 10 35

D. Grammar & composition:

1. Grammar - (a) Parts of speech. 10 35

(b) Grammatical categories-

Person, Case, Number.

2. Composition: 10 35

(a) Letter-writing, Interview,

Speech-writing, Advertisement,

Short-script writing.

(b) Precis-writing, Amplification.

(c) Translation from Bhutia into

Nepali/English

246



COMPULSORY ENGLISHFOR PART II




COMPULSORY ENGLISH

Compulsory English (Part A)

Full Marks: 50

(a) Text : 30

(b) Unseen: 20

Section I: (Text)

Prose: 1. M.K. Gandhi :How a Client was saved.

2. Ernest Hemingway :Old Man at the Bridge.

3. Jack Denton Scott :Prankster of the Sea.

(Three short questions are to be answered: 5 x 3 = 15) Marks

Poetry : 1. Walt Whitman :O Captain! My Captain!

2. Thomas Hardy :Afterwards

3. W.H. Auden :The Unknown Citizen

4. Kamala Das :Summer in Calcutta

(Two short questions are to be answered : 5 x 2 = 10) marks

Play: 1. Lady Gregory :The Rising of the Moon.

(Five objective-type questions are to be answered: 1 x 5 = 5) marks

Section : II (Unseen)

i. Letter writting (within 60 words) 5 marks

a) Applying for a job.

b) Ventilating grievances in Newspapers.

c) Lodging an FIR.

d) Seeking an appointment with an official.

e) Applying for a loan.

ii. Write a report in 150 words 8 marks

a) Annual sports meets.

b) Welfare programmes.

c) Cultural Events.

d) Seminars/Meetings.

iii. Percis writing: 7 marks(The given text should be in prose and within 200 words)

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES(EVS)

FOR ARTS - PART III




ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Marks: 50

IA An introductory note depicting the global concern for deteriorating atmosphere.

IB Earth, the only known habitat for living organisms.

Qualities of earth for supporting life

Origin of life and its diversity

Ecological principles - Interaction of organisms with physical and biological

components, Nature’s balance, Energy flow through Ecosystem.

II Impact of human activities on Ecosystem and Remedies

Population Growth

Over-exploitation - Deforestation and Flood.

Remedy for preserving forest and its ecosystem.

Remedial measures for erosion and landslides on hills.

Pollution of Land - Industrialization, Urbanization, Plastics,Sewers,

Agricultural - fertilizer, pesticides, Remedial measures including biological

control and pest management.

Pollution of water - Different types of water resources (streams, springs, lakes,

wells) and characteristics of water for human consumption and agricultural

purpose. Nature and magnitude of water pollution, remedy, water source

management, waste minimisation measures, re-use, desalination.

Air pollution - particulate, chemical and noise, Green House Effect, Ozone

holes.

Air Quality standards and remedy for pollution.

Energy managements - production efficiency, improvement of equipment

and household utilities (Chullah and others) for efficient use of energy, alternate

sources for energy (solar, wind, bio-gas, fast-growing fuel plants, Mini-hydel

projects).

III. Public Health

Epidemiology - Definition, water-borne diseases, Air borne diseases, Vector-

borne diseases, Animal reservoir.

Quality of food, Remedy, Sanitation measures, Vector control, Pollution - health

and change in genetic material.

IV. Environmental Ethics

Conservation of Nature, Wild life.

Change in the human attitudes and business houses.

Environmental protection laws.

Public awareness Government measures and role of NGOs.

SYLLABUS FOR CAREER ORIENTED PROGRAMME

(COP)




COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH

Certificate Course

Paper I : Phonetics Full marks: 100

Group A: Theoretical : 50 Marks

Group B: Practical : 50 Marks

Objectives: To enable the students to acquire phonetics skills required for

‘oral skills’.

Course content:

Theory - Linguistics and Phonetics; Phonetics & Phonology - the Phonemes

of English - The speech organs - place of articulation, manner of articulation

- speech sounds; vowels and consonants - consonant clusters in English -

the syllable - word accent, accent and rhythm in connected speech -

intonation - phonemic symbols - phonemic transcription.

Practicals: Intensive Drilling in Phonetic skills.

Teaching hours (per week)

Theory: 2 hours

Practicals: 2 hours

Marks: 100

Mode of Examination: (50 Theory); (50 Practical (Oral)

Each candidate shall be examined for 30 minutes for the purpose of practical

examination.

Unit-wise distribution of marks for practical examination shall be as follows:

Unit I -Listening -10 marks

Unit II -Reading -10 marks

Unit III -Conversation -15 marks

Unit IV -Speech -15 marks

Note: Not more than 15 examinees to be examined per day.

Books Recommended:

1. An Introduction to the pronunciation of English: A.C. Gimson

2. A text Book of English Phonetics for Indian Students: T. Balasubramanium (Macmillan)

3. English Phonetics for Indian students (a workbook) T. Balasubramanium (Macmillan)

4. English Pronouncing Dictionary: Daniel Jones (Latest Ed.) Universal Book stall.

5. Oxford Advanced lerner’s Dictionary of current English: A.S. Hornby (OUP)

6. Better English pronunciation: J.D. O’Connor ELBS.

252



Paper II (Remedial Grammar) Full marks: 100

Objectives:

1. To introduce corrective measure to students

2. To eradicate grammatical errors in speech.

3. To eradicate grammatical errors in writing.

Teaching hours:

Theory : 3 hours

Tutorial : 1 hour

Mode of examination : 100 Theory

Course contents:

Theory: The Article, parts of speech, linking verbs, negative sentences,

questions, agreement or concord, verbs Transitive/Intransitive, Regular/

Irregular, Tense and their uses, Helping verbs, verbs and adverbs, Question

tags, transformation.

Nouns: Singular or plural.

The possessive adjective, the definite & indefinite article, nouns denoting

parts of the body, confusion of adjective and adverb s, adverbial use of No,

Not and None, difficulties with comparative and superlative. confusion of

participles, active and passive voice, the use of ‘one’.

Exercises: Practical exercises from different subjects. preposition, negative

verbs, redundant pronouns and prepositions, the use of correlative. The

use of who and whom, much and many, still and yet, so that, so as, make

and do, errors in the use of individual words, the courtesy, words like please

and thank you, dates and the time, greeting and salutation.

Books Recommded:

1. F.T. Wood, A Remedial English Grammar for Foreign Students, ELBS.

2. Penny UR, Grammar Practice Activities, Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. press.

3. A.J. Thomson & A.V. Martinet, A Practical English Grammar, ELBS.

Paper III (Writing Skills) Full marks: 100

1. Letter writing 15 marks

2. Report writing 15 marks

3. Precis 15 marks

4. Comprehension 20 marks

5. Paragraph writing (developing a paragraph, topic sentence etc) 10 marks

6. Scripts writing or compering 15 marks




7. Note taking & note making 10 marks

Books recommended:

1. N. Krishnaswami, Modern English, Macmillan, India.

2. Carl Warren, Radio News Writing and Editing.

3. Champa Tickoo & Jaya Sasikumar, Writing with a Purpose, OUP.


Diploma Course

Paper IV : Internet Full marks: 100

Objectives:

1. To enable the students to search for information in the internet

2. To enable the students to send or receive mails through internet

Teaching hours (per week)

Theory: 1 hours

Practicals: 3 hours

Mode of examination 50 Theory; 50 Practicals

Course contents:

A. COMPUTER/INTERNET

1. Overview of computers and internet

2. Some key terms

3. Search

4. How to open a mail box

5. Attachment: uploading/downloading

6. How to compose a mail

7. How to send an E-mail

8. Chatting

9. Power point presentation

Paper V : Conversational English Full marks: 150

Group A: Theoretical 65 marks

Group B: Practical 85 marks

GROUP A - Theoretical

A. Language and Society, Style and registers.

B. Language and communication - Dialogue writing

254



C. English in situations:

1. Greetings

2. Asking to pay

3. At the Post office

4. Catching a train

5. Buying a dress

6. Booking a room at a hotel

7. At the Bank

8. Making a telephone call

9. At a place of worship

10. Asking the time: Time expression

11. Receiving and seeing off a guest

12. Buying a guide book

13. At the Travel agency

14. At the Air Port

15. At the Customs

16. At the Police station

17. At the International Air port

18. Offering an apology

19. On the Bus

20. At the Restaurant

21. Taking a Taxi

22. Hiring a Rickshaw

23. At the Doctor’s Clinic

24. Buying a theatre ticket

25. Making an appointment

26. At the Chemist’s shop

27. Buying vegetables

28. At the Dinner party

29. In the Ladies Hair Dressers

30. At the Men’s Hair Dressers

31. At the Garage




32. In a Coffee Bar

33. Lost Property

34. At the Stock exchange.

GROUP B - Practical

A. General Conversation - 30 marks

B. Conversation in specific situation - 30 marks

C. Group Discussion - 25 marks

Books Recommended

1. R.C. Neil, English in Situations, OUP

2. Viola Higgins, What to say When, BBC London.

3. Geoffrey Brought, Success with English: The penguin course Bk I & II.

4. Alexander Baird, Succes with English: the penguin course: a first reader.

Paper VI : Business English Full marks: 100

Theory: 70 marks

Practical: 30 marks

GROUP A - Theory

Basic concepts of ESP

Letters (Enquiries, replies, follow-up letters, sales letter, orders, complaint, packing,

forwarding, despatching, appointment letters, DO letters etc.)

Drafting, Fax, Telex, Telegrams, Circulars, Quotations, Tenders, writing proceedings

of meetings, writing resolutions, agenda, notices, projet reports, advertising a

product, drafting a brochure, note taking & note making, internet English/SMS

english.

Interviews, Telephone, making a presentation.

GROUP B - Practical

Candidates will be asked to take part in mock interviews and also will be asked to

make presentations with the help of Audio-visual aids.


Advance Diploma Course

Paper VII : Broadcasting and Telecasting Full marks: 100

Eligibility: A pass in the Diploma in Communicative/Functional English of the

University of North Bengal.

256



Objective: To give practical training in news reading and announcing on the T.V./

Radio.

Course content: a) Practical training in facing the camera: Gestures and speech:

(i) Face expressions, lip movement, eye movement (ii) Stress intonation

etc. (iii) Use of audio-visual aids (iv) Preparing presentations (computer

and otherwise)

Practical: 4 hours of practicals per week.

Mode of examination: 25 marks Viva (project to be submitted)

75 marks for practical training in news reading and

announcing with the help of audio-visual aids.

Equipment:Audio visual aids, mike, lighting, computers, video camera, digital

camera, still camera.

Field work: Visit to the T.V./Radio station and exposure to the different

mechanisms of the T.V./Radio Broadcasting/Telecasting is necessary.

Examination: Students have to face a viva in front of an external examiner and

submit one Project paper as a proof of his/her training in any electronic

media station. a certificate has to be issued by the supervisor and another

by an authorized signatory of the organization where the work was

completed. The second certificate may however be issued by the Principal

of the college.

Paper VIII (Project and on-the-job training report) F.M. 150

Paper VIII (a) Project- (Marks: 75)

Objectives: To give apprenticeship training in the teaching of conversational skills

Course content: English in situations - Each student should work as tutor to

business people, housewives interested in learning conversational english

for four weeks and work as a receptionist at noted hotels, or as a salesman

in a comparatively famous firm for four weeks, during the vacation.


submit a two Project papers one as a proof of his/her work as an English

tutor and the other for the work as a receptionist/salesman. In each case

the Project papers a certificate have to issued by the supervisor and another


completed. In the case of the English tutor, if it was an unorganized group

the Principal of the college may issue a certificate.

Paper VIII (b) On the Job Training- (Marks- 75)

Objective: To give apprenticeship training in announcing, News Reading, Give

commentary, compering for four weeks at any one of the All India Radio

News Reading at any one of the Indian T.V. Stations for four weeks during

vacation.





submit one Project paper as a proof of his/her training in any electronic

media station. A certificate has to be issued by the supervisor and another


completed. The second certificate may however by issued by the Principal

of the college.

Paper IX Functional English: Sector Specific English F.M. 100

Unit I: English for Hotel Industry

Unit II: English for Call centres.

Unit III: English for Medical representatives

Unit IV: English for Banking/Finance/Insurance sector

Theory: 40 marks

Practical: 60 marks

Students shall be required to act as a Receptionist/Customer care officer/

Medical representative/Insurance agent.


submit one Project paper. A certificate has to be issued by the supervisor

and another by an authorized signatory of the organization where some

orientation was received. The second certificate may however be issued by

the Principal of the college.

Books Recommended1. Michael Bennie, Mastering Business English, Index Paperback.

2. John Crowther-Alwyn, Business Roles, Cambridge.

3. Drew Rodgers, Business Communication, OUP.

4. Kim Long, Writing in Bullets,Viva.

5. T.J. Bentley, Report writing in business, Viva.

6. Bill Mascull, Business vocabulary in use, OUP.

7. Brook-Hart & Whitley, Business Binchmark, OUP.

8. Jones & Alexander, New International business english, OUP.

9. Knight & others, Business goals, OUP.

10. O’Hara, Be my guest, OUP.

11. English for Banking and Finance, OUP.

12. Gasside, Essential Telephonic in English, BCL, Kolkata, and CIEFL

Call Centre’s English:

1. English for International negotiations (This book is based on cross-

cultural case studies approach) by Drew Rodgers (CUP)

2. Infotech by Santiago Remacha Esteras (CPU)

Hotel Industry & Travel & Tourism Industry

1. Welcome by Leo Gones (CPU) (This books is meant for Trave &

Tourism Industry)

258



2. Be My Guest by Francis O’Hara (CPU) (This book is meant for Hotel

Industry)

English for Medical Representatives

1. English in Medicine by Eric Glendinning & Beverly Holmstrom (CPU)

English for Banking & Finance

1. English for International Banking & Finance by Jim Corbett (CPU)

Note: For Practical examination purpose not more than 15 candidates should

be examined per day.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

Certificate Course

Paper I: Computer Fundamentals Full marks: 75

What is Computer - an introduction, uses of Computers in modern society

e.g. Weather forecasting, census, oil exploration, speech recognition,

banking, publishing, accounting, research etc.

Information concepts and processing-evolution of information processing-

data, information, language and communication.

Computer arithmetic and number system. ASCII & EBCDIC character sets.

Elements of a Computer processing system- hardware, software, firmware-

Computer capabilities and limitations. Concept of files and directories.

Hardware features and use- CPU, I/O devices, Storage devices and media.

Block diagram of computer and functions of each block.

Introduction to networking, multiprocessing, time sharing, multitasking and

real time computing. Concepts of LAN and Internet and WWW.

Variety of hardware system features, various types of Computers available

in market. Micro, Mini and Main frames, supercomputers.

Concepts of data, information, difference between data & information,

information processing cycle, storage and retrieval of data.

Paper II: Operating Systems concepts and office tools WORD processing &

slide presentation. (Part-A Marks: 50)

Introduction to various categories of softwares. Operating system and its

functions. Interaction of operating system with hardware and user programs.

O.S. as resource manager, processor management, job scheduling, simple

user, multi user, multi programming and time sharing concepts. Concepts

of priorities, protection device management, spooling, deadlocks, memory

management, file structures, command interpreter.




Case study of windoes O.S.: An overview of windows interface, Managing

files by windows explorer and My Computer. Accessories, Control panel,

working with disk and drives, Backup data, Installing and managing

applications.

(Part-B Marks: 25)

MS-Word: An overview, creating & Editing documents, formatting

documents, tables, use of drawing tools, columns etc.

MS-PowerPoint: PowerPoint Basics, creating different types of

presentations, special effects, slide show.

Paper III: Business Data Processing

Introduction to data processing, records & file data collection, preparation,

verification, editing and checking.

Overview of business functions. Use of Computer system for business

application.

Spread sheets Macros. Use of Computer System for business applications.

Business files, Introduction to data structures, Elements fields and Records.

Classification of files. Master files Transaction files.

Distributed processing. Various facilities for business computing Introduction

to databases.

Financial Accounting.

Paper IV : Practical

Windows O.S. as per paper II. Use of MS-Word, MS-Excel & MS-Access,

MS-PowerPoint.

Visit to Computer Lab. Introduction to various components of a Computer.

A simple documentation preparation and printing. Usage of printer and other

components. Rooting.

Analysis of a business system on paper.

Using spread sheet for payroll, balance sheets and other business

applications. Design of packages using spreadsheet macros. Use of a

Financial Accounting package.

Paper V : On the Job Training Full marks: 25

260



Diploma Course

Paper VI: Introduction to Programming using ‘C’ Full marks: 75

Introduction to programming:

Algorithms, necessary features of algorithm, Flowcharts, simple examples.

Introduction to C programming:

Structure of a C program, Header files, C character set, delimiters, keywords,

constants, variables, rules for defining variables, simple data types, declaring

initializaing-using variables, data type conversion, constant and volatile

variables.

Operators & Expressions:

Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Comma and Conditional operators, priority

of operators.

Input/Output:

Formatted Unformatted I/O functions.

Decision Statements:

if-then-else, nested if, break, continue, go to, switch, nested switch

statements.

Loop Control Statements:

for, nested for, while, do-while loops.

Arrays:

Definition and characteristics of array, one-dimensional aray, predefifned

streams, two-dimentional array, sscanf() and sprintf() functions, simple

programs using arrays including bubble sort and binary search.

Strings:

Declaration and Initialization, Display in different formats, String Standard

functions, Application of strings.

Functions:

Declaration, Definition, the return statement, recursion, simple examples.

Paper VII: Introduction to Desk Top Publishing Full marks: 75

Introduction to DTP:

Preliminary idea of DTP related terms, texts and graphics formats, difference

between drawing and image, image storage formats- bmp, gif, tiff, jpg/jpeg

etc.




Adobe PageMaker Basics:

PageMaker Work Environment, Preferences, Menus, Toolbox, Palettes,

Converting Documents from Other Programs, Saving and Closing a

Document, Document Pages, Master Pages, Printing a document.

Working with Text:

Using Text in PageMaker, Importing Text, Text Frames, Story Editor,

Character Formatting, Paragraph Formatting, Type Utilities, Working with

Styles, Editing Existing Styles, Working with Tables.

Working with Objects:

Rectangles and Ellipses, Polygons, Manipulating Objects, Filling and

Stroking Objects.

Working with Color:

Colors Palette, Adding a New Color, Editing and Deleting Colors, Checking

Color for Printing, Trapping.

Working with Images and Graphics:

Image/Graphic File Formats, Image Resolution, Placing Images, Modifying

Images and Graphics, Working with Frames, Text wrap, Image Masks.

Exporting as HTML and PDF Files:

Creating HTML Pages, Creating Hyperlinks, Export Options, Exporting

Pages, Exporting PDF Files.

Basics of Corel Draw:

Menus, Large Munus and Dialog Boxes, Toolbars, Property Bar, Status

Bar, Toolbox, Zoom Tool- Zooming in and Zooming out, Pan tool, viewing a

Document, Desktop Power Tools, Starting a new document, Opening an

Existing Document, Saving, Importing and Exporting a File.

Rectangles and Ellipses:

Paths-Objects-Properties, Drawing Rectangles, Rounding the Corners of a

Rectangle, Creating an Ellipse, Changing an Ellipse to a Pie Shape or Arc.

Select, Move, and Size:

Selecting and Deselecting Objects, Marquee Select, Moving an Object,

Copying and Pasting an Object, Cloning an Object, Copying/Moving and

Object between Documents, Handles and Scaliing, Changing and Object’s

Dimensions.

Polygons, Stars, and Spirals:

Creating a Polygon, Drawing a Star, Creating a Polygon as Star, Creating a

Symmetrical Spiral, Drawing a Logarithmic Spiral.

262



Nodes and Paths:

Adding-Deleting-Joining-Converting-Using different types of nodes.

Lines and Curves:

Freehand Tool, Bezier Tool, Knife Tool, Eraser Tool, Artistic Media Tool.

Color and Fills:

Closing an Object’s Path, Filling with Uniform Color, Changing the Outline

Color, Eyedropper Tool, Paintbucket Tool, Interactive Mesh Fill Tool.

Working with Text:

Add Artistic Text and Paragraph Text, Using Handles, Formatting Text, Flow

Text between Paragraph Text Frames. Flow Paragraph Text onto a Path

and into an Object, Make Text Flow around an Object, Rotate Text, Free

Skew Tool, Interactive Drop Shadow Tool, Vector Extrusions.

Paper VIII: Introduction to Networking & Internet Full marks: 75

Introduction to Networking:

Definition, Objectives of Networking, Categories of Networks: LAN, MAN,

WAN and the Internet, Preliminary ideas of Protocols and Standards,

Network Topologies, Transport Technology: Message-switched, Circuit-

switched, and Packet-switched Networks, Components required for a

minimum LAN set-up (definitions and functions only), Definitions of Hub,

Repeater, Switch, Router, Gateway, Bridge, Modem.

Introduction to internet:

Services offered by the Internet- E-mail, Gopher, WWW, Telnet, FTP,

Newsgroups, Video Conferencing, Internet Relay Chat etc., Browser, URL,

ISP and On-Line Service, Types of Internet Connections: Dial-up ISDN,

ADSL, Leased Line, HTTP and HTML.

Introduction to HTML:

HTML features, HTML Standards, Tools required, The Basic HTML Tags,

Break Tags, Headings.

Text Alignment, and Lists:

Text Alignment and Justification, Nesting Tags, Indenting, Block quote,

Hexadecimal Color, Blinking Text, Font Tags, Horizontal Rules, Paragraph

and Heading Alignment, Lists.

Graphic and Images:

Image Tags, Graphic File Formats, Background Patterns, The Alternative

Attribute, Alignment, Image Size, Graphic Image as Links, Thumbnails,

Image Maps: Purpose, Server-Side Image maps, Client-Side Image maps,

Overlapping Images.




Links and Webs:

Hypertext Basics, Referencing Documents: The URL, Creating Hyperlinks,

Creating Effective Links, Creating Searchable Documents.

Tables:

Description of Tables, TABLE Tags, Table Header Tags, Table Data Tags,

Table BORDER Attributes, CAPTIONS Tag, Alignment, Column Span and

Row Span, Formatting Border and Cells, Nesting Tables.

Frames:

Creating Frames, FRAMESET, Rows and Columns, FRAME Tag, FRAMES

Constructing a Frame Page.

Paper IX: Practical Full marks: 75

All the practical problems related to Papers VI, VII and VIII.

Paper X: Continuing Evaluation: Industrial Lecture Full marks: 50

At least two experts from the industries will be invited by the concerned

college/institution for delivering lectures regarding the ongoing software

development in industries. At the end of the lectures, the students will be

evaluated based on participation jointly by the invited expert and one subject

teacher (Marks to be sent to the Controller of Examinations before the

commencement of the theory examinations).


Paper XI: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming with Java(FM : 75)

Paper XII: Introduction to Multimedia (FM : 75)

- Photo: Adobe Photoshop (FM : 25)

- Audio: Cakewalk Pro Audio (FM : 25)

- Video: Adobe Premier (FM : 25)

Paper XIII: Introduction to Dynamic Web page Design (FM : 75)

Paper XIV: Practical (Based on papers XI, XII & XIII) (FM : 50)

Paper XV: Project (FM : 75)

----------------------------------------

Total 350

264



Detailed syllabus

Paper XI: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming with Java (75 marks)

Objects, classes, encapsulation, Inheritance, Polymorphism. Introduction

to Java - object oriented, platform independence, internet language. Data

types, variables, arrays, operators, control statements.

Introduction to Classes, class fundamentals, methods, constructors.

Packages and interfaces, system packages, user-defined packages,

multithreading, exception handling, string handling.

Introduction to applets, applet class, AWT, Windows, graphics and text.

AWT controls. Image fundamentals, Networking with Java.

Paper XII: Introduction to Multimedia (75 marks)

A. Introduction to Adobe Photoshop (25 marks)

Toolbox- various tools, hidden tolls, Using Navigator, Colour, History, Layers.

Using rulers, measure tool, guides and the grid. Creating, opening and

importing images, changing size and resulution, duplicating images,

Difference between bitmap images and vector graphics. Image-mode,

brightness/contrast and colour adjustments. Working with colours-basic

ideas only. Drawing and editing-using shape tools, pen tools, path palettes.

Painting-using painting tools, Erasing, gradient and paint bucket tools.

Foreground and background colours. Worrking with Layers-basic ideas only.

Saving, printing and exporting images.

B. Introduction to Cakewalk Pro Audio (25 marks)

Computer sound and music, sound file formats - W.A.V MP3, WMA.MIDI

and digital audio, MIDI channels, patches and instruments. Cakewalk Pro

Audio - screen layout. Toolboxes - standard, transport, tempo, loop. Views

- Track view, audio view, piano roll. Opening a project file, playing the song,

restarting the song. Creating MIDI and audio tracks, track properties. Using

piano roll to write music. MIDI and audio clips, measures-beats-ticks,

selecting clips - whole and partial. Snap grid, splitting and combining clips,

adjusting tempos. Recording new tracks, mixing - volume and pan

envelopes, mix-down audio. Saving project - .wrk and .bun files.

C. Introduction to Adobe premiere (25 marks)

Work area - project, timeline and monitor windows. Capturing and importing

video-clips, analog and digital video, basic idea of a capture card. Basic

editing- adding clips to the timeline, developing a storyboard, trimming and

fine-tuning clips in the timeline, previewing the rough cut, using still images.

Adding transitions - inserting a transition, changing, transitions, adding

multiple transitions. Adding audio- importing and organizing audio clips.

overlaying video with sound, adjusting audio levels in the timeline. Video

and audio effects - preliminary idea. Rendering - exporting the movie, file

formats - MPEG, AVI, WMV and .dat formats.




Paper XIII: Introduction to Dynamic Web design (75 marks)

Browsers - Internet Explorer vs. Netscape Navigator; HTML, DHTML, Style

Sheet, Document Object Mode (DOM), Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) -

basic concepts. Adding Style Sheets to Documents - understanding block-

level elements, two types of containment, style attributes. Adding dynamic

positioning to documents - creating positionable elements, absolute vs.

relative positioning, positioning attributes, clip attribute, overflow attribute,

visibility attribute, flying objects. Making content dynamic- writing variable

content, frames, images swapping, dynamic tables. Scripting events- event

types, event objects, event propagation.

Paper XIV: Pratical (Based on papers XI, XII & XIII) (50 marks)

Paper XV: Project (75 marks)

266



MUSIC

Certificate Course

GROUP - A (WESTERN MUSIC)

Paper I Full marks: 100

Section - A (Theory) 50 Marks

Unit-I History of Western Classical mMusic (20)

1. The Baroque Era (1600 - 1750c)

a) Growth and development of Western Music in the Baroque period.

b) Nature and classification of Music in Baroque period.

2. The Life sketch of the following Composers and their works:

a) Antonio Vivaldi.

b) Henry Purcell.

Unit-II Rudiments of Western Classical Music (30)

1. CLEF:

a) Treble b) Bass.

Staff or Stave: Ledger Lines: Rest and Values, Technical Terms for Notes:

Character formation of Notes, Tone, Semitone.

2. PITCH: Duration & Intensity.

3. TIME SIGNATURE:

a) Simple Time

Duple 2 Triple 3 Quadruple 4

4 4 4

b) Compound Time

Duple 6 Triple 9 Quardruple 12

8 8 8

4. INTERVAL

Unit-III PRACTICAL (Exercise for Practice) 50 Marks (External 25; Internal

25)

1. Scale from memory:

Major and Harmonic minor scale ascending and descending with both

hands together in the keys of C, G Majors and A, E minors in one octave.




2. Tuning and maintenance of instruments.

3. Compositions

Piano/Keyboard

i) Slow Air (Williama Small Wood’s Piano Forte Tutor)

ii) Speed Welll (Alfred E. Roland Piano Forte Tutor)

iii) Daffodil Dell (Alfred E. Roland Piano Forte Tutor)

iv) God Save the Queen (Alfred E. Roland Piano Forte Tutor)

v) AIR from Mozart (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st

Grade Book)

vi) The Owl’s Question (Nocturne) (John Thompson’s Modern Course for

the Piano, 1st Grade Book)

vii) The Cuckoo Clock (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano,

1st Grade Book)

GUITAR

i) Birds’ Morning Call (Nick Manoloff-Spanish Guitar Method, Book-1)

ii) Pretty Rainbow (Nick Manoloff-Spanaish Guitar Method, Book-1)

iii) Sailor’s March (Nick Manoloff-Spanaish Guitar Method, Book-1)

iv) Rock A-Bye Baby (Nick Manoloff-Spanaish Guitar Method, Book-1)

v) Home on the Range (Edizioni Musicali Book-1, First performance Piano

Organ)

vi) Short ‘Nin’ Bread (Edizioni Musicali Book-1, First performance Piano

Organ)

vii) The Quilting Party (Edizioni Musicali Book-1, First performance Piano

Organ)

THE VIOLIN

i) Little Brown Jug (Eta Cohen, The First year Violin Method)

ii) Cherry Ripe (Eta Cohen, The First year Violin Method)

iii) French Melody (Eta Cohen, The Third year Violin Method)

iv) Rouseau’s Hymn (The Young Violinist’s Tutor and Duet Book)

v) Queen Mary Scottish Folk Song (Eta Cohen, Violin Method Book-1)

vi) Vilikins and His Dinah, English Song (Eta Cohen Violin Method

Book-1)

268



GROUP - B (INDIAN CLASSICAL MUSIC)

(Medium- English/Hindi/Bengali/Nepali)

Paper I

(Common for Vocal & Tabla) Full marks: 100

1. History of Music

a) Mythology of the origin of music

b) Introductory knowledge of Darjeeling folk music (Nepali, Lepcha,

Bhutia, Sherpa etc.)

2. Eminent Musicians: Life sketch and their works

a) Pandit Vishnu Digamber Paluskar

b) Pandit Vishnu Narayan Bhatkhande

3. Introductory study of the Forms and Compositions of Modern

period

a) Sargam Geet (Swar malika)

b) Lakshan Geet

c) Khyal (Bada-Khyal and Chota-khyal)

d) Sugam sangeet.

4. Introductory knowledge of Musical Instruments

a) Tanpura, b) Harmonium,

c) Flute, d) Tabla,

e) Sitar, f) Sahnai,

g) Santoor, h) Sarod,


Paper II

(Theory 50, Practical 50)

Unit-I History of Western Classical Music (Marks 20)

1. The Baroque Era (1600 - 1750 c)

The Life Sketch of the following Composers and their works

i) Johann Sebastian Bach

ii) George F. Handel

Unit-II

2. Rudiments of Music (Marks 30)

i) Rests and Values: Tied Notes, Repeat Sign, Accidentals etc.




ii) Chromatic Sign: Sharp; Flat; Natural; Double Sharp; Double Flat.

3. Scales

i) Formation of Major and Harmonic Minor Scales up to three Sharps and

three Flats

ii) Scale of Degrees (Technical Names of each Note of a scale)

iii) Scale in Sixes and Scale in Threes.

iv) The Key (Major and Minor Scale) and the order of placing their Key

Signatures up to three Sharps and three Flats.

Unit-III PRACTICAL (Exercises for Practice) (Marks 50) (External 25; Internal

25)

1. Arpeggios:

The common chords of C, G majors and A, E minors, in the Root position

only with both hands together in one octave.

2. Tuning and maintenance of instruments.

3. Compositions

Piano/Keyboard

i) Deck the Halls (Welsh Carol) (Sam Fox Publishing Co., New York)

ii) Little Village in the mountain, Waltz, Folk song (Sam Fox pubs. Co.,

New York)

iii) Long, Long, Ago (Sam Fox pubs. Co., New York)

iv) At the village inn (Sam Fox pubs. Co., New York)

v) The Cuckoo (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, The 1st

Grade Book)

vi) Lightly Row (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, The 1st

Grade Book)

vii) Falling Leaves (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, The

1st Grade Book)

Guitar

i) Lightly Row (Nick Manoloff-Spanish Guitar Method Book - 1)

ii) March the Toreadors (Nick Manoloff-Spanish Guitar Method Book - 1)

iii) Frankie and Johnny (Nick Manoloff-Spanish Guitar Method Book - 1)

iv) Fairy Dance (Nick Manoloff-Spanish Guitar Method Book - 1)

V) Yankee Doodle (Edizioni Musicali, First Performance, Piano Organ)

VI) Reuben and Rachel (Edizioni Musicali, First Performance, Piano Organ)

270



vii) For He’s a Jolly Good Fellow (Edizioni Musicali, First Performance,

Piano Organ)

Violin

i) Country Dance (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year year Violin Method)

ii) Auld Lang Syne (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year year Violin Method)

iii) The Merry Hay Makers (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year year Violin Method)

iv) The Dove, Russian Folk Song (Eta Cohen, Violin Method Book-1)

v) Melody (Eta Cohen, Violin Method Book-1)

vi) The Bells of Vendome, French Folk Song (Eta Cohen, Violin Method

Book-1)


Paper II

(Unit-I is strictly for the VOCALS and Unit-II

is for the TABLA students only)

Unit-I (VOCAL)

Section - A (Theory = 50 marks)

I) Definition of Sound (naad) and its kinds

II) Definition of Music (sangeet) and its components

III) Introductory study of the following musical terms:

Swara, Saptak, Shuddha swara, Vikrit swara, Raga, Thata, Aaroha, Avaroha,

Pakad, Vadi, Samvadi, Anuvadi, Vivadi, Aalaap, Taan, Tala, Matra, Theka,

Sam, Thali, Khali

IV) Elementary theory of the following Ragas:

a) Alhaiya Bilawal b) Yaman c) Khamaj

d) Bhairav e) Purvi.

Section - B

(Practical = 50 marks) (External 30; Internal 20)

I) Voice Training and knowledge (Swargyan) of different types of notes

II) Voice Training and learning of Alankaras, Sargam, exercises and sargam

patterns

III) Practical voice training and knowledge of the following ragas with Aalaap,

Sargam, Geet.

Lakshan Geet, Madhyalaya Khyal, Alhaiya Bilawal, Yaman, Khamaj, Bhairav,

Purvi.




Unit-II (TABLA)


I) Introductory knowledge of the Mechanaism of Tabla and Baaya (description

of different parts with drawing)

II) Definitions and understanding of the following musical terms:

Tabla, Laya (Vilambit, Madhya, Drut) Matra, Sam, Tali, Khali, Theka, Vibhag.

III) Elementary syllables of Tabla and Baaya (Varna)

IV) Definition of Music (Sangeet) and its components

v) Elementary study of the following Taalas with notations:

Dadra, Kerva, Tritala, Jhaptala, Ektala.

Section - B (Practical = 50 marks)

I) Practice in different elementary syllables of Tabla and Baaya and their

compositions

II) Tala/Theka practice with Dugun, Chaugun of the following Taals:

Dadra, Kerva, Tritala, Jhaptala, Ektala

III) Practical oral rendering of the above mentioned Taalas.


Paper III


Unit-I History of Western Classical Music (20)

1) Pre-Classical and Classical Periods (1750 -1820c)

i)) Nature and Classification of Music in Pre-Classical and Classical

Period.

2) The Life Sketch of the following Composers and their works:

i) Amadeus Mozart

ii) Ludwig Van Beethoven

Unit-II Rudiments (30)

1) Formation of Chords: (Major and minor triads)

2) Major Diatonic Scale and Naming Chords by using the Roman Numbers

e.g. I, IV, V.

3) Detailed Study of the following Musical Instruments:

i) Strings ii) Keyboard.

272



4) Some foreign words, Dynamics, Articulation and metronome marks.

Unit-III PRACTICALS (Exercises for Practice) (50) (External 25; Internal 25)

1. Scales from memory

Major and Harmonic minor Scale ascending and descending with both

hands together in:

The Keys of F, B flat Majors and D, G minors in one octave.

2. Tuning and maintenance of instruments

3. Compositions

Piano/Keyboard

a) Serenade (Sam Fox Publishing Co., New York)

b) Lightly Row (Sam Fox Publishing Co., New York)

c) Peasant Dance (Polka) (Sam Fox Publishing Co., New York)

d) Evening Waltz (Folk Song) (Sam Fox Publishing Co., New York)

e) Dutch Dance (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st Grade

Book)

f) The Fairy Court (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st

Grade Book)

g) Tiresome Woodpecker (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano,

1st Grade Book)

Guitar

i) The Water is Wide (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

ii) Spanish is the Loving Tongue (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

iii) On Top of Old Smoky (Edizioni Musicali, First performance, Piano Organ)

iv) Marine’s Hymn (Edizioni Musicali, First performance, Piano Organ)

v) Oh, My Darling Clementine (Edizioni Musicali, First performance, Piano

Organ)

vi) Good Bye Old Paint (Edizioni Musicali, First performance, Piano Organ)

vii) ALOHA OE (Edizioni Musicali, First performance, Piano Organ)

Violin

i) The Blue Bells of Scotland (The Young Violinist’s tutor and Duet book)

ii) Be kind to Thy Fathers (The Young Violinist’s tutor and Duet book)

iii) The Ash Grove (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin Method)

iv) The River (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin Method)




v) In the Forest (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin Method)

vi) The Keys of Canterbury (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin Method)

viii) There is a happy Land, Indian Air. (Eta Cohen, Violin Method Book-1)


Paper III

(Unit-I is strictly for the VOCALS and

Unit-II is for the TABLA students only)

Unit-I (VOCAL)

Section-A (Theory = 50 marks)

I) Introduction, learning and writing of Pandit Bhatkhande’s Musical notation

system

II) Writing and forming different types of Alankaras (Exercises) Aalap, Taan in

ragas under practical study.

III) Study of the following Talas with their notations:

Dadra, Kerva, Tritala, Jhaptala, Ektala

IV) Elementary study of the following ragas:

Marwa, Kaffi, Asawari, Bhairavi, Todi.

Section-B (Practical = 50 marks)

(External 30; Internal 20)

I) Practical study and knowledge of the following ragas with Aalap, Sargam

geet, Lakshan geet and Madhyalaya Khyal:

a) Marwa b) Kaffi c) Asawari d) Bhairavi e) Todi.

II) Study and rendering of the following taalas with their tali and khali:

a) Dadra b) Kerwa c) Tritala d) Jhaptala e) Ektala

III) Light music singing

Bhajans, Rabindra Sangeet, Folk songs of Darjeeling.

Unit-II (TABLA)

Section-A (Theory = 50 marks)

I) History and development of Tabla

II) Practice in writing of the following taalas with their thekas, Kaidas, Mukras,

Tukras, Tihai in Tabla notation:

a) Dadra b) Kerwa c) Tritala d) Jhaptala e) Ektala

III) Practice in writing the taalas in Dugun, Chaugun in notation

IV) Life-sketch of your favourite Tabla player

274



Section-B (Practical = 50 marks)

I) Tabla Practice of the following:

a) Tritaal - Two kaidas with three variations and one Tihai

b) Jhaptala - Two kaidas with three variations and one Tihai

c) Dadra - One rela and one Tihai

d) Ektala - One kaidas with two variations and a mukra

II) Practice in accompanying vocal compositions or Bhajans set to Dadra,

Tritala, Jhaptala, Kerwa, Roopak

III) Practice in tuning Tabla

Diploma Course


Paper I



1. The Romantic Era (1820 - 1920c)

i) Growth and development of Western Music in the Romantic period

ii) Nature and classification of Music in Romantic period

2. The Life-sketch of the following Composers and their works:

i) Johan Brahms

ii) Peter llich Tchaikovsky

Unit-II Rudiments of Western Music (40)

1. CLEF (Contd.)

Treble, Bass, Alto, Tenor.

2. Time signature (Contd.)

i) Simple Time

Duple 2 2 2 Triple 3 3 3 Quardruple 4 4 4

2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8

ii) Compound Time

Duple 6 6 6 Triple 9 9 9 Quardruple 12 12 12

4 8 16 4 8 16 4 8 16




3. Transpositions:

Transposing short melodies from one key to another by using intervals-

Up Major 2nd; Up Major 3rd; Up Perfect 4th and Up Perfect 5th.

4. SCALES (Contd.)

i) The key (Major and minor Scales) and the Order of Placing their key

signatures up to five Sharps and five Flats.

ii) Mode or Modal Scales: The Seven Steps of a Scale and their technical

names.

Unit-III PRACTICAL (Exercises for Practice) (50) (External 25; Internal 25)

1. Scales from Memory:

Major and Minor (Harmonic and Melodic) Scales ascending and

descending with both hands together in the keys of D, A Majors and B,

F# Minors in two Octaves.

2. Tuning and Transpose

3. Composition:

Piano/Keyboard

i) Auld Lang Syne (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

ii) Rousseau’s Dream (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

iii) Happy Go Lucky, Primo (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

iv) Hungarian Melody (William Smallwood’s Piano Forte Tutor)

v) The Little Waltz (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st

Grade Book)

vi) To Celia (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st Grade

Book)

vii) Cradle Song (C.M. Von Weber) (E.M. Schumann, Children’s Piano

pieces)

Guitar

i) Little Jordan Waltz (Nick Manoloff, Spanish Guitar Method, Book-1)

ii) Dew Drops Waltz (Nick Manoloff, Spanish Guitar Method, Book-1)

iii) On! Mary don’t you weep (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

iv) My Country, ‘Tis of thee (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

v) Bring Back My Bonnie (Edizioni Musicali, First Performance, Piano

Organ)

vi) Santa Lucia (Edizioni Musicali, First Performance, Piano Organ)

276



vii) Loch Lomond (Edizioni Musicali, First Performance, Piano Organ)

Violin

i) Grand Father’s Clock (The young Violinist’s tutor and Duet Book)

ii) Ten Little Niggers (The young Violinist’s tutor and Duet Book)

iii) Bohemian Polka (Eta Cohen, 3rd year Violin Method)

iv) Minuet (Eta Cohen, 3rd year Violin Method)

v) Ballet- by J.S. Bach (James Brown, Violin, Polichordia String Tutor,

Step-3)

vi) Swedish Dance (Lottie is Dead) (James Brown, Violin, Polichordia String

Tutor, Step-3)

vii) Read Sky at Night (James Brown, Violin, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-

3)


Paper I

(Common for Vocal and Tabla) Full marks: 100

1. History of Music

a) Different opinions about the origin of Music

b) Music during the Vedic period

2. Life-sketch of the Musicians and their contributions

a) Amir Khusro b) Tansen

3. Introduction to “Bharata Natyashastra”

4. Introductory study of the following compositions

i) Dhrupad

ii) Dhamar

iii) Tarana

iv) Chaturang

v) Trivatta

vi) Thumri

vii) Tappa





Paper - II



1) The Romantic Era (1820 - 1920c)

The Life-sketch of the following Composers and their works

i) Franz Schubert

ii) Robert Schuman

Unit-II Rudiments of Western Classical Music (40)

1) Some irregular Time Signatures:

2 4 3 5 7 6 12

2 2 8 4 4 4 16

2) Grouping of Notes and Four Bars Rhythm

SCALES (Contd.)

1) Writing Major and Minor (both Harmonic and Melodic) Scales up to five

Sharps and five Flats- key Signatures.

2) Diatonic Scales (with Chords) both in Major and Harmonic minor Scales.

Unit-III Formation of Chords

1) Major and Minor (Triads), Augmented 5th and Diminished 7th.

2) Chords with inversion up to 3rd inversion by usding interval.

Unit-IV PRACTICAL (Exercises for Practice) (60) (External 30; Internal 30)

1. Arpeggios:

The Common Chords of D, A Majors and B, F# Minors, in root position

with both hands together in one Octave.


3. Compositions:

Piano/Keyboard

i) “Boy Scouts” March (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

ii) Sun Shine Shower (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

iii) The First Violet (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

iv) March (William Smallwood’s Piano Forte Tutor)

278



v) Rose, Rose, Bloom for Me. (L. Kohler), (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE

Piano Tutor)

vi) Bourree, An Old French Dance (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano

Tutor)

vii) Listen To the Mill (L. Kohler) (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano

Tutor)

Guitar

i) Elvira Waltz (Nick Manoloff, Spanish Guitar Method Book-1)

ii) Greensleeves (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

iii) House of the Rising Sun (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

iv) The Ash Grovel (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

v) Juanita (Edizioni Musicali First performance, Piano Organ)

vi) No body knows the trouble I’ve seen (Edizioni Musicali First

performance, Piano Organ)

vii) How D’ye Do (Edizioni Musicali First performance, Piano Organ)

Violin

i) Hebrew Folk Tune (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin method)

ii) The ash Grove (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin method)

iii) Song of Freedom (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin method)

iv) A Little romance (Eta Cohen, The 3rd year Violin method)

v) Oh, Dear, What can the matter be, English song (Eta Cohen, The 3rd

year Violin method)

vi) The High Land Lad, Scotish Folk Song (Eta Cohen, Violin method Book-

1)

vii) Water of Tyne (Eta Cohen, Violin method Book-1)

GROUP - B (INDIAN CLASSICAL MUSIC) Full Marks: 125

Paper II



Unit-I (VOCAL)


I) Formation of Thata and its methods in Hindustani Music

II) Formation of Ragas

III) Ten Thata system of Pandit Bhatkhande




IV) Introductory study of the following Terms:

Alpha swara, Meend swara, Kand swara, Tadi swara, Agantuk swara, Varjya

swara

V) Study of the following Ragas:

Bhimpalas, Malkauns, Kedar, Bageshree, Desh.


I) Swargyan through advanced sargam exercises and Alankaras.

II) Practical study of the following ragas with Aalap, Sargam geet, Lakshan

geet, Madhyalaya Khyal:

-Bhimpalas, Malkauns, Kedar, Bageshree, Desh.

III) Intensive study of the following ragas with Aalap and Taan with one Vilambit

khyal and one Madhyalaya khyal:

a) Yaman b) Bhairav.

Unit-II (TABLA)


1. Elementary knowledge of the importance of Rhythmic accompaniment in

Indian Classical Music.

2. Definition of Peshkar and its application in Solo playing.

3. Definitions and understanding of the following Terms:

Tihai, Kaidas, Avratan, Rela, Mukra,a Tukra, Chaugun, Tigun.

4. Study of the following Taalas with their notations:

Chautala, Deepchaudi, Jhoomra, Roopak, Tilwada.

Section - B (Practical = 75 marks) (External 45; Internal 30)

1. Revision of the Certificate Syllabus, viz. Dadra, Tritala, Jhaptala and Ektala.

2. Taala/Theka practice with Dugun, Chaugun and Tigun of the following taalas:

Chautala, Deepchandi, Jhoomra, Roopak and Tilwada.

3. Oral rendering of Theka Bol-compositions of the Taalas covered so far.

280




Paper III



1. The Romantic Era (1820 - 1920c)

The Life-sketch of the following Composers and their works:

i) Felix Mendeissohn

ii) Frederic Chopin

Unit-II Rudiments of Western Music (40)

1. The Chromatic Scales: C, G and D

2. Naming Chords with Inversion from the given extract.

3. Some important Ornaments:

Arpeggois, Acciaccatura, Appoggiatura, Trills or Shake, Upper and Lower

Mordent.

4. Some foreign words, Dynamics and Articulation (Contd.)

Unit-III Detailed Study of the following Musical Instruments (Contd.)

i) Strings ii) Keyboard iii) Percussion

Unit-IV Compositions, Cadence and Voice

1. Composing Melody of eight Bars long by continuing from the given

Opening Bar, Mention Tempo, Dynamics, Articulation and the name of

instrument.

2. Chords at Cadential points: Perfect, Imperfect and Plagala Cadence.

3. Voice in Score: Soprano, Alto, Tenor and Bass.

Unit-V PRACTICAL (Exercises for Practice) (60) (External 30; Internal 30)

1. Scales from Memory:


descending with both hands together in the keys of Eb, Ab majors and C,

F minors in two Octaves.


3. Compositions:

Piano/Keyboard

i) Lullaby (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

ii) Speedwell (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)




iii) Melody (William Smallwood’s Piano Forte Tutor)

iv) Waltz (Alfred E. Roland, Piano Forte Tutor)

v) The Sleigh (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st Grade

Book)

vi) Evening Bells (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the Piano, 1st

Grade Book)

vii) The Knight and The Lady (John Thompson’s Modern Course for the

Piano, 1st Grade Book)

Guitar

i) All through the Night (Welsh Lullaby) (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for

Beginners)

ii) Scarborough Fair (English Ballad) (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for

Beginners)

iii) Amazing Grace (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for Beginners)

iv) Hark! The Herald Angel Sing (Massimo Montarese, Guitar for

Beginners)

v) Auld Lang Syne (Edizioni Musicali First performance, Piano Organ)

vi) Little Brown Jug (Edizioni Musicali First performance, Piano Organ)

vii) Deep River (Edizioni Musicali First performance, Piano Organ)

Violin

i) Greensleeves (Eta Cohen, The 3rd Violin method)

ii) First Loss (Eta Cohen, The 3rd Violin method)

iii) Spring Song (Eta Cohen, The 3rd Violin method)

iv) The River (Eta Cohen, The 3rd Violin method)

v) Merry May (Eta Cohen, The Violin method Book-1)

vi) May Day (Eta Cohen, The Violin method Book-1)

vii) Little Brown Jug (Eta Cohen, The Violin method Book-1)

282



GROUP - B (INDIAN CLASSICAL MUSIC) Full marks: 125

Paper III



Unit-I (VOCAL)


1. Forming and writing different Alankaras, Aalap, Taan in ragas under practical

study

2. Notation of compositions under practical study

3. Study of the following Taalas with their notations:

Dadra, Kerwa, Tritala, Jhaptala,a Ektala, Roopak, Chautala, Deepchandi,

Jhoomra, Addha (Thumri anga)

4. Study of the following ragas:

Hamir, Brindavanisarang, Durga, Jounpuri, Sohini.

5. Comparative study of the following ragas

i) Bihag-Kalyan ii) Bhimpalsai-Bageshree


1. Practical study of the following ragas with Aalap, Sargam geet, Lakshan

geet and Madhyalaya khyal, Hamir, Brindavanisarang, Durga, Jounpuri,

Sohini.

2. Intensive learning of the following ragas with Aalap, Taan, Vilambit khyal

and Madhalaya khyal:

i) Bihag ii) Bhupali

3. Oral rendering of the following Taalas:

Roopak, Chautal, Deepchandi, Jhoomra

4. Light Music singing

Bhajans, Rabindra Sangeet, Folk songs of Darjeeling.

Unit-II (TABLA)


1. Advanced playing in Tritala, Jhaptal, Ektal with extra kaidas, relas, tukhras

and tihais

2. Execution and oral rendering of the following Taalas:

Dhamar, Adachautaal, Sultaal, Gaj-Jhampa, Punjabi Tritaal

3. Practice in playing with Thumri, Gazals, Geet and Bhajans.




Advanced Diploma Course


Paper I



1. The Modern Period (1920 - )

i) Growth and development of Western Classical Music in the Modern

period.

ii) Nature and Classification of Western Classical Music in Modern

period.

2. The Life-sketch of the following Composers and their works:

i) Arnold Schoenbert.

ii) Elliot Carter.

Unit-II

1. Transpositions (Contd.)

Tranposing short melodies from one key to another by using Intervals-

Up and down Major 2nd ; Up and down Major 3rd; Up and down Perfect 4th

Up and down Perfect 5th; Up and down Major 6th; Up and down Major 7th

Up and down Minor 2nd; Up and down Minor 3rd; Up and down Minor 6th

Up and down Minor 7th.

2. SCALES (Contd.)

i) The key (Major and Minor Scales) and the Order of placing their key

signatures up to Seven Sharps and Seven Flats.

ii) Writing Major and Minor (both Harmonic and Melodic) Scales ascending

only by using with or without key Signatures up to Seven Sharps and

Seven Flats.

iii) Chromatic Scales: A; F and B Flat.

Unit-III Practical (Exercises for Practice) (50) (External 25; Internal 25)

1. Scales from Memory


descending with both hands together in the keys of E; B Majors and D

Flat; A Flat Minors in two Octaves.

2. Tuning, maintenance and Transpose

3. Composition:

284



Piano/Keyboard

i) Long, Long, Ago (T.H. Bayly) (E.M. Schumann’s Children’s Piano pieces,

Book-1)

ii) Prelude in A Major (Chopin) (John Thompson’s Modern course for the

Piano, 2nd Grade Bk)

iii) Minuet from Don Juan (Mozart) (John Thompson’s Modern course for

the Piano, 2 Grd. Bk)

iv) True Love, Thuringiana Air (Ernest Haywood) The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

v) All through the Night (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

vi) Soldier’s March (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

vii) The British Grenadiers (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

Guitar

i) Minuet (Alfred E. Roland, Roland’s Violin method)

ii) Daffodil (Alfred E. Roland, Roland’s Violin method)

iii) Lullaby (Alfred E. Roland, Roland’s Violin method)

iv) Al Fresco (Alfred E. Roland, Roland’s Violin method)

v) The First violet (Alfred E. Roland, Roland’s Violin method)

vi) On Top of Old Smoky (Edizioni Musicali- First performance Piano

Organ)

vii) Up The River (Runnemede) (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor,

Step-3)

viii) Red Sky at night (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

Violin

i) Journey (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

ii) The Minuet (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the

Violin)

iii) At the Seashore (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for

the Violin)

iv) The Clown (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

v) Sailing (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

vi) Hopping (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

vii) The Sunset (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the

Violin)





Paper I

Common for Vocal and Tabla Full marks: 100

1. History of Music

a) Introductory History of the development of Music of Medieval and Modern

period

b) Evolution of Music from Folk Musical forms

c) Study of one of the Folk Musical forms of Darjeeling (Nepali, Lepcha,

Bhutia, Sherpa)

2. Eminent Musicians: Life-sketch and their works:

A. Bharat

Sharangdev

Pandit Bhatkhande

Pandit Paluskar

B. Surdas

Meerabai

Sadarang

Faiyaz Khan

3. Introduction to Musical works:

a) Natya Shastra

b) Sangeet Ratnakar

c) Sangeet Parijaat

d) Raga Tanrangini

4. Detailed study of the following compositions:

a) Dhrupad-Dhamar

b) Khyal

c) Thumri

d) Tappa

5. Introductory study of different Gharanas of both vocal and instrumental

music.

286




Paper II



1. The Modern Period (1920- )

The Life-sketch of the following Composers and their works:

i) John Cage

ii) Richard Strauss

iii) Stravinski

Unit-II Formation of Chords (Contd.) (40)

1. Major and Minor (Triads), Augmented 5th and Diminished 7th.

Augmented 6th Chords (Italian 6th; French 6th and German 6th)

Neopolitan 6th Chords

2. Harmony-Chords of the Seventh (Dom 7th)

3. Naming Chords with Inversion from the given extract

4. Chromatic Harmony

5. Dischords and further Dischords

6. Counterpoint

7. Figured Basses.

Unit-III

1. Harmony in Four parts

2. Harmonic Progression

3. Setting words to Music

4. Four-part Voices (S.A.T.B.) by using figured bass.

Unit-IV Detailed study of the following Musical instruments (Contd.)

i) Strings ii) Keyboard iii) Percussions

iv) Brass v) Wood wind.




Unit-V PRACTICAL (Exercises for Practice) (60) (External 30; Internal 30)

1. Arpeggios:

The Common Chords of E; B Majors and D Flat; A Flat Minors, in root

position with both hands together in one Octave.

2. Tuning, Maintenance and Transpose

3. Compositions:

Piano/Keyboard

i) In the Garden (L.Kohler) (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

ii) The Tight Little Island, Irish Air (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano

tutor)

iii) Home Sweet Home (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

iv) Batti, Batti (Don Giovanni) Mozart (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE

Piano tutor)

v) Two Little Duets (Shepherd’s Song) (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE

Piano tutor)

vi) The Cuckoo (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

vii) Chorus of Fisherman (Earnest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano tutor)

Guitar

i) Where has my Little Dog gone (Edizioni Musicali- First performance

Piano Organ)

ii) Waltz, “Wild Roses” (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

iii) The Happy Tinker (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

iv) March (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

v) March “Alceste” (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

vi) Gavotte by Handel (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

vii) O Mistress Mine (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

Violin

i) The Woodland path (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann, Practical method

for the Violin)

ii) Fairy Dance (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann, Practical method for the

Violin)

iii) Dance in Spring (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann, Practical method for

the Violin)

iv) March (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

288



v) Yankee Doodle, Arranged by L.J.B. (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann,

Practical method for the Violin)

vi) The Boy Scouts (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann, Practical method for

the Violin)

vii) The Stubborn Mules (Christian Heinrich Hoohmann, Practical method

for the Violin)

GROUP - (INDIAN CLASSICAL MUSIC) Full marks: 125

Paper II

Unit-I (VOCAL)


1. Defifnition of the following from physics point of view:

a) Sound b) Pitch c) Intensity

d) Frequency e) Timbre f) Velocity

2. Derivation of Thatas from musical scales

a) 72 Thatas of Pandit Vyankatamakhi

b) 32 Thatas of North Indian Music

c) Ancient Musical scales by the use of Murchanas

3. Time theory of Ragas and its principles and its uses

4. Theory of Rasa according to “Bharat Natya Shastra”

5. Study of the following Ragas

Purya, Chayanat, Adana, Shuddha Kalyan, Pilu

6. Comparative study of the following pairs of Ragas

Purya - Sohini

Todi - Multani


1. Practical study of the following Ragas with Aalap, Sargam geet, Lakshan

geet, Madhyalaya khayal

Purya, Chayanat, Adana, Shuddha Kalyan, Pilu

2. Intensive study of the following Ragas with Aalap, Taan, one vilambit khayal

and one Madhyalaya khyal:

a) Bhimpalasi b) Malkauns c) Allaiya Bilawal




Unit-II (TABLA)


1. Comparative study of Khulla and Band Baz

2. Main difference between Tabla and Pakhawaj with proper examples of Bol-

compositions

3. Definitions of three places of the Tabla (Puri) where different syllables are

executed (Chant, Maidan, Shiyali)

4. Definitions and understanding of the following terms:

a) Sadth Sangat b) Ad and Ruad layas c) Tripalli

d) Peshkar e) Laggi

5. Study of the following Taals with their notations:

Brahma, Matta, Shikhara, Pashtu, Vasant.


1. Revision of the Diploma course syllabus under practical study

Dadra, Tritala, Ektala, Roopak, Tilwada

2. Tala/Theka practice with Dugun, Chaugun, Tigun of the following Taalas:

Brahma, Matta, Shikhara, Pashtu, Vasant

3. Oral rendering of Thekas, Bol-compositions of the Taalas covered so far.


Paper III



1. The Modern Period (1920- )

The Life-sketch of the following Composers and their works

i) Hans Werner Henze

ii) Benjamin Britten

iii) Ravel

Unit-II (40)

1. Some important Ornaments (Contd.)

i) Arpeggois ii) Acciaccatura iii) Appoggiatura

290



iv) Trills or Shake v) Upper and Lower Mordent.

2. Some foreign words, Dynamics and Articulation (Contd.)

3. Detailed study of the following Musical Instruments (Contd.)

i) Strings ii) Keyboard iii) Percussion

iv) Brass v) Woodwind

Unit-III

1. Phrasing marks

2. Melodic Decoration (Passing Note, Accented Passing Note, An Auxiliary

Note or Non-Harmony Note, Escape Note, Anticipation etc.)

3. Harmonising a Melody - Writing a Bass

4. Writing a Melody above a Bass.

Unit-IV Compositions (Contd.)

1. Composing Melody with Modulation of eight Bars long by Continuing from

the given opening Bar. Mention Tempo, Dynamics, Articulation and the Name

of the Instruments.

2. Harmonising a Melogy - Writing a Bass

3. Writing a Melody above a Bass.

Init-V PRACTICAL (Exercises for Practice) (60) (External 30; Internal 30)

1. Scales from Memory

Major and Minor (Harmonic and Melodic) Scales Ascending and

Descendding with both hands together in the keys of Db; Gb Majors and Bb;

Eb Minors in two Octaves.

2. Tuning, Maintenance and Transpose

3. Compositions:

Piano/Keyboard

i) Ash Grove (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano Tutor)

ii) Toreador Song (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano Tutor)

iii) LA CI Dream, Mozart (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano Tutor)

iv) Menuet DE LA Reine (Ernest Haywood, The ECLIPSE Piano Tutor)

v) “Surprise Simphony, Theme from Andante (Joseph Hayden) (E.M.

Schumann’s Children’s Piano pieces, Book-1)




vi) Melody (Robert Schumann, Opera-68) (Joseph Hayden) (E.M.

Schumann’s Children’s Piano pieces, Book-1)

vii) Oh, Susanna! (Stephen Foster) (Sam Fox Pubs. Co., New York, © MCM

XXXIX)

Guitar

i) Minuet Henry Purcell (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

ii) Ballet J.S. Bach (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

iii) March “Scipio” Hande (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

iv) Swedish Dance (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

v) Minuet and Trio (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

vi) O Lubly Lubly Dinah (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

vii) Bourree (James Brown, Polichordia String Tutor, Step-3)

Violin

i) The Campbells are coming, Arranged by L.J.B. (Christian Heinrich

Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

ii) The winding stream, L. Spohr (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical

method for the Violin)

iii) Chorus from Faust, Arranged by L.J.B. (Christian Heinrich Hohmann,

Practical method for the Violin)

iv) Killarney (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

v) Hallowe’en (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the Violin)

vi) Court Dance, Spohr (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for

the Violin)

vii) The Minstrels (Christian Heinrich Hohmann, Practical method for the

Violin)

GROUP - B (INDIAN CLASSICAL MUSIC) Full marks: 125

Paper III

Unit-I (VOCAL)


1. Forming and writing different Alankars, Aalap, Taan in Ragas under Practical

study

2. Notations of compositions under practical study

3. Study of following Taalas with their notation system:

a) Dhamar b) Ada Chautal c) Sultaal

d) Gaj Jhampa e) Tilwada.

292



All the previous Taalas included

4. Study of the following Ragas

a) Sohini b) Hindol c) Kamod

d) Shankara e) Ramkali

5. Comparative study of the following pairs:

Deskar - Bhupali

Ramkali - Bhairav


1. Practical study of the following Ragas with Aalap, Sargam geet, Lakshan

geet and Madhyalaya khyal:

Sohini, Hindol, Kamod, Shankara, Ramkali

2. Intensive study of the following ragas with Aalap, Taan with one Vilambit

Khyal and one Madhyalaya Khyal:

Kedar, Bageshree, Jounpuri

Unit-II (TABLA)


1. Practice in writing of the prescribed Taalas, Thekas, Kaidas, Tikhras, etc. in

notation Roopak, Chautala, Deepchandi, Jhoomra, Addha, Dhamar, Ada-

Chautala, Sultaal, Gaj-Jhampa, Punjabi-tritala.

2. Comparative study of the different taalas of the same matras

3. Introductory knowledge of the following styles of Tabla playing:

a) Delhi b) Poorab c) Farrukhabad d) Ajrada

4. Life-sketch and contribution of the Tabla exponent of your choice

5. General knowledge of percussion instruments of India.


1. Advanced playing in Trital, Jhaptal, Ektal, Roopak with extra Kaidas, Relas,

Tukhras and Chakradhar Tihais.

2. Execution and oral rendering of the following taalas:

Kerwa, Dadra, Tritala, Jhaptala, Ektala, Roopak, Chautala, Deepchandi,

Jhoomra, Ada-Chautala, Dhamar, Sultala, Gaj-jhampa, Punjabi tritala,

Addha.

3. Practice in playing with the following compositions: Khyal, Thumri, Gazals

and Bhajans etc.




SPORTS MANAGEMENT

CERTIFICATE COURSE

PAPER I FULL MARKS:100

ORGANISATION, PRINCIPLES AND MANAGEMENT IN SPORTS

1. Concept of Organisational Behaviour: Meaning of O.B., Contributing Disci-

plines to O.B, Individual Behaviour - Ability, Learning, Values, Attitudes, Per-

sonality.

2. Leadership: What is Leadership, Trait Theories of Leadership, Leadership

Styles, and Situational Theories of Leadership.

3. Concept of Management: Sports Management, Management in Physical Edu-

cation and its Scope.

4. Physical Education: Its Meaning, Need of Physical Education in Modern living.

5. Philosophical Principles of Physical Education: Naturalism, Idealism and prag-

matism.

6. Biological Principles of physical Education: Biological changes and disadvan-

tage due to evolution, Body type.

7. Sociological Principles: Socialization through Physical Education, Physical Edu-

cation and National Integration.

Suggested Readings1. Fred Luthans, Organizational Behaviour, McGraw Hill International.

2. S P Robins, Organizational Behaviour, Prentrice Hall India Ltd.

3. Ghanekar, Organizational Behaviour Concept &Cases, EPH.

4. Dr. M.L.Kamlesh, Foundation of Physical Education.

5. Ajmer Singh, Essential of Physical Education.

6. D. Jain, Principal of principle of education.

7. Sanjay V. Deshmukh, Philosophical, Sociological, Historical and Recreational basis of Physical

Education & Sports.

PAPER II

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SPORTS

COURSE CONTENT FULL MARKS:100

1. Psychology: Attention and interest-characteristics, types, factors, relation be-

tween interest and attention.

2. Anatomy and Physiology :definition. The human skeleton system-anatomical

sex difference. The muscular system and The nervous system-central and

autonomic nervous system, the neurons, synapse and spinal cord.

294



3. Sports Training: definition and basic principles of sports training. Motor fitness

and its components, different exercise for developing the various component-

strength, endurance and speed. Warming up, Conditioning, cooling down

4. Health Education-definition. World Health Organization (WHO) .Food and Nu-

trition-balanced diet at different age, diets for athletes and non-athletes.

5. Therapeutic values of Physical Activities: exercise and Chronic disease-Os-

teoporoses, obesity, hypertension, diabetics, heart disease. Health exercise-

fitness and wellness-life long process-active life style. Physical activity for

women.

Suggested Readings1. M.L.Kamlesh, Psychology in physical education and sports.

2. A.Mahaboojan, U.Viswejan, Sports Training.

3. Harodayal Singh, Sports training.

4. Fox & Mathews, Physiological basis of physical education and athletics.

5. Rajalakshmi D., Anatomy and Physiology in Physical Education.

6. A.K.Uppal, Physical Fitness and Wellness.

PAPER III

PRACTICALS ACTIVITIES AND PHYSICAL FITNESS

Internal marks-70

External marks-30

COURSE CONTENT

Group A

1. Activities-Aerobics/Folk Dance

2. Formal Activities-Callisthenics/Wand

Group B

1. Track and Field.(any one)

i.Running - (a) sprint running (b) middle & long distance running

ii.Throwing - (a) shot put (b) discuss (c) javelin, and

iii. Jumping - (a) high jump (b) long jump (c) triple jump.

2.Self - defence.(any one)

i Judo

ii. Karate

Group C

1. Football-pass, kicking, volley, heading, dribble, goal keeping.

2. Volleyball-service, pass, games practice

3. Basketball-passing and receiving, dribbling, shooting, game practice.

4. Throw ball-service, throw, placing, game practice.

5. Badminton-service,strockes,smash,strategy for single play and doubles

formation, game practice.




6. Table Tennis-holding the bat, service, strategy-defensive & attacking, game

practice.

7. Cricket-fundamental skill-batting, bowling, filding, wicket keeping, game

practice.

DIPLOMA COURSE

PAPER - IV FULL MARKS:100

Ethics, Principles and History of Sports

Course Contents

1. VALUES- ETHICS IN SPORT -Nature, Characteristics and Needs, Ethical prac-

tices in the field of Sports, Sports Code of Conduct.

2. Philosophies of education as applied to Physical Education-Idealism, Natural-

ism, Realism ,Pragmatism, Humanism.

3. Olympic Movement-(a) Ancient Olympic Games (b) Ideas and Objectives of

Olympic movement.(c) Mordern Olympic Games.The Olympic Flag,Olympic

Tourch,The Marathone Race,Winter Olympic Games.

4. Role of Government in Promotion of Sports : Role of the Ministry of Human

Resource Development in Development of Sports and Physical Education,

various Boards and Statutory Bodies established by Govt. for control and pro-

motion of Sports, their roles and functions, importance and contributions.

5. Roles and Functions of National/International Sports Organizations: Roles of

IFA, FIFA, BCCI, ICC, CAB, Sports Authority of India (SAI), National Hockey

Association, Bengal Volley Ball Association, Bengal Tennis Association , their

Functions and Importance in the Promotion and Management of Sports.

Suggested Readings1. Haydn Middleton, The Olympics, Ancient Olympic Games.

PAPER-V

Evaluation and Research in Physical Education

1. Evaluation of skill Achivement :(a) McDonal Soccer Test.(b) Russel Lange

Vollyball Test(c)Johnson Basketball Test Ability Test.

2. Statical Tools In Evaluation(a) Frequence Dristribution(b) Measure of centre

Tendency,Mean,Median,Mode. (c)Measure of Varilibility ,Range ,Quartile De-

viation and Standard Deviation.

3. Research:Nature and scope of research. Type of Research, formulation and

Selection of Research problem.

296



4. Traning method-weight traning, Interval Traning,Circuit Traning,Fartlek.

Perodization: Meaning and definition,types and different parts of perodization.

5. Method of teaching:types of teaching method,lesson plan and technique of

Presenttion.

References:1. Sivaramkrishna, Reasearch Method in Physical Education.

2. Mangal, Statistic in psychology and physical and education.

3. M.L.Kamlesh, Method in physical education.

PAPER -VI

PRACTICAL TEACHING EXPOSURE FULL MARKS:100

1. Internal Teaching (a)Formal activities and (b) any one team game.

2. External Teaching:The students shall have to undertake a full time Two Week

teaching exercise in any recognised School/College on the areas of Physical

Education/Sports and submit a certificate from the Head of the Institute/ Vice-

Principal for the same.

ADVANCED DIPLOMA COURSE

PAPER- VII FULL MARKS:100

Advertising, Public Relation and Sponsorship in Sports

Course Contents

1. Introduction to Avertising - History and Development in Advertising. Definition

of Advertising, Objectives of Advertising in Sports.

2. Sports Personalities as brand endorsers - Reputed sports persons and the

brand they are endorsing.

3. Public Relations - History, Definition and Role of Public Relations in promoting

sporting events.

4. Sponsorship Issues in Sports - Meaning and Objectives of Sponsorship, Ad-

vertising and Sponsorship, Developing Sponsorship proposal.

PAPER- VII FULL MARKS:100

Sports Facilities Planning & Management

Course Contents

1. Planning and Management Infrastructure Facilities like Courts, tracks, Gallery,

provision for Drinking Water, Lighting, Sitting Arrangements etc.




2. Developments & Maintenance of Sports Arena, Grounds, Indoor Stadium, Tents,

Camps etc. Responsibilities of facilities managers, essential knowledge and

skills required for operating a sport facility: Soft Skills (interpersonal and PR

skills ) & Hard Skills - Facility planning, site selection and design and construc-

tion, crowd and alcohol management .

3. First aid and emergency arrangement.

4. Facility administration, including marketing and sales, finance and budgeting,

human resources and legal issues. Event planning, security and procedures.

5. Critical phase of facility management: From pre-event briefings to Cleanup

and closings, Merchandising, Housekeeping and Maintenance.

PAPER IX

PROJECT WORK 100 MARKS

For the Partial Fulfilment of the Advanced Diploma Course, the students have to

undertake a Live Project on any Association /Body related to Sports and submit a

Project Report on any activity related to the Association /Body. The Following top-

ics may be suggested for the project work.

1. Role of the organization in the Promotion of Sports.

2. Sports Training - Training Load, Conditional Abilities, Technical Taining.

3. Public Relations in Sports.

4. Planning and Mannaging Facilities and infrastructure in Sports.

5. Drug Abuse in Sports Vs Nutritional Medicines.

6. Managing and promoting Sporting Events.

7. Managing the spectators during Sports Events.

8. Why Sports need to be funded: Role of funding in sports management

9. Sports organization’s operating environment.

10. Sports Media & Event Management.

298



TOURISM & TRAVEL MANAGEMENT

Certificate Course

Paper I. Tourism Business FM: 100 (70+30)

1. Definition, nature, Importance, Components and typology of Tourism.

2. Concepts of Domestic and International Tourism recent trends.

3. Tourism as an industry, visitor, tourist, excursionist.

4. Growth and development of Tourism in India.

5. Impacts of Tourism -Economic, Social, Physical and Environmental

Paper II. Tourism Products: FM: 100 (70+30)

Group A

1. Socio-Cultural Resources-Important historical/archaeological/biological

sites.

2. Popular Religious Shrines/Centres - Hindu/Buddhist, Jain, Sikh, Muslim,

Christian and others. Yoga, Meditation and other centres.

3. Classical Dances and Dance Styles - Centre of learning and

performances, Indian folk dances.

4. Music and musical instruments - Different schools of Indian music, status

of vocal and instrumental music: New Experiments.

5. Handicrafts of India as potential tourist resources.

6. Fair and Festival-Social, religious and commercial falls, festivals,

promotional (Tourism) fairs, viz., kite festival, white water festival, snake

best race etc.

7. Created tourist destinations: Academic, Scientific and Industrial

Institutions.

Group B

1. Tourist resource potential in mountain with special reference to

Himalayas: Resources and resource use-patterns in the past, present

and future perceptive.

2. India main desert areas, their geological structure: development as desert

tourism existing trends and facilities available, desert safari and desert

festival.

3. Coastal areas, beaches and Islands: Resources and resource use

pattern, Islands, Overview on Tourism Development Strategies.




Paper III. Field Trip Report

Report writing (70 marks): (Candidates shall submit the report with

the following format)

FORMAT OF FIELD REPORT:

1. MAP OF THE LOCATION

2. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

i. Introduction of the area/object visited.

ii. Detailed Description.

iii. Discussion of importance of the place/object from the point of views

of Tourism/framing tour-circuits in the area visited.

iv. Concluding section with some suggestion to Promote Tourism.

NOTE: 1. Minimum number of Pages should be 25.

2. Neatly typed/Computer Printed Pages.

3. Font size should be 12; Font - Times New Roman.

4. Plagiarism is strictly Prohibited.

5. This report shall be signed by the candidates and forwarded by the

Course Coordinator and Principal/Lecturer-in-charge of the College.

Viva -Voce (30 Marks)


Diploma Course

Paper IV. Tourism Marketing

Marketing in Tourism FM: 100 (70+30)

Course objectives:

- To enable students to gain knowledge and understanding of marketing

in general.

- To enable students to gain knowledge understandign of tourism

marketing.

- To enable students to gain appreciation of typical characteristics of

tourism marketing.

- To acquaint and enable students to acquire knowledge on several

activities and procedures of tourism marketing and application of tourism

marketing methods.

300



- Students at the end of this course shoudl be able to appreciate

appropriate strategic and marketing tools in travel/tourism.

Course contents:

• General Marketing

• Marketing Philosophy in Tourism

• Definition of Tourism Marketing

• Fundamental characteristics of tourism and their implications in marketing

• Main types of tourism marketing

• Consumer behaviour and travel decision process

• Market segmentation in tourism

• Exploring the use of tourism marketing tools or marketing mix methods

• Tourism marketing research

• Formulation and development of tourism products

• Role and functions of different PSUs and Private Sectors in Tourism

marketing

• Distribution of tourist product

• Tourism Marketing, its means and methods

• Tourism Marketing situation of India.

Paper V. Tourist Services, Operations and Management FM: 100 (70+30)

Course objectives:

Students at the end of this course should be able to:

- Formulate (tailor made), tour, trek, raft and other tourist services

programmes (from already identified/existing itinerary, tariffs)

- Work out quotation for such tailor-made programme.

- Deal with special tours, conference and convention tours.

- Plan new tours, trek and rafting programmes.

- Establish contracts/negotiate rates with accommodation establishments,

transport and other tourists.

Course contents:

• Definition and analysis of concepts of “Inclusive Tours” (IT)

• Opening and completing guest file.

• Preparation of tour, trek, rafting and other tourist services.




• Dealing with tailor made tours, special tours and conference and

convention.

• Itinerary formulation

• Formulating tailor made programmes

• Preparing quotation of tailor made programme

• Assisting in laying out of Brochure and other publicity materials

• Handling clients complaints

• Costing of Package Tour

Paper VI. Information, Communication and Automation FM: 100 (70+30)

1. Consumer Expectation and Service legislation.

2. Computer Networks - LAN and WAN, Communication media Network

in India.

3. Information technology: Fax, E-mail, use of data based Internet,

Reservation (Air, Railways, Hotels).

4. Market research: data collection interview, concept of system analysis

and design besic idea related to Creation of Information system on

tourism.

5. Devices of Computers and Communication, CPU, Memory Primary and

Auxiliary (RAM, ROM, Cache, Floppy disk, Hard disk, Tape, CD ROM)

6. I/O devices- VDU Printer (Dot Matrix, Inkjet, Laser, Line) Key-board,

Mouse, Scanner.

Paper VII. On-the-Job Training (4 weeks) Full Marks: 50

(A Report is to be furnished by the students while undergoing Training)



Paper VIII. Management Principles and Practices (50 marks)

1. Nature and functions of management.

2. Development of Management thought.

3. Co-operation.

4. Planning.

5. Decision making.

6. Organization.

302



7. Staffing/HRD.

8. Recruitment and Selection.

9. Placement and Induction.

10. Training and Development.

11. Purpose of communication in Tourism.

Paper IX. Strategic Tourism Management FM-100 (70+30)

1. Relevant concepts and practices for effective Tourism Development.

2. National Development Council Report on Tourism Development.

3. National Action Plan 1992 and subsequent changes.

4. New Policies on Tourism and Civil Aviation.

5. Tourist traffic and its improvising.

6. Destination Development.

7. Sustainable Development.

8. Eco-Tourism Policy.

9. Tourism policy analysis.

10. Tourism legislation a necessity.

11. Consumer expectation and service legislation.

Paper X. Travel Agency Tour Business and accommodation (100 marks)

1. Definition of Travel Agency/Tour Operators.

2. Main Functions.

3. Organizational structure of Travel Agency and the Tour Operators.

4. Different types of Travel Agency and their responsibilities.

5. Procedure to become a travel agent and tour operator in India.

6. Role of Indian Air Line and Air India on the growth and management of

tourism.

7. Role of the Private Air Lines namely Sahara, Jet Airways, Vayudoot

etc., in the growth and management of tourism.

8. Role of Indian Railways in the growth and management of tourism.

9. Tour operators/Travel Agents and the tourism business.

10. Accommodation - Types, Organization and Management.




Paper XI

A. On-the-Job Training (4 weeks) (50 marks)

(A Report is to be furnished by the students while undergoing Training)

B. Project Report (50 marks)

Each candidate will be furnished with one project assignment by the

college, while selecting the topics it may be in keeping with the viability

of the project, availability of information and maturity level of an

undergraduate student.

Proforma:

Map of the project site

Acknowledgement

Introduction

Site survey report

Market survey report

Details of the project:

a) The tentative target

b) Infrastructure needed

c) Human resource requirement

d) Cost estimate

Conclusion: explaining the vitality of the project and some suggestions (if possible

for resource mobilization. The project may be written in 20 to 25 Typed/

Computer printed pages.

304



PERSONAL DETAILS

Name: ..............................................................................................

Course: ...................................................... Year: ............................

Registration No: ...............................................................................

Club: ................................................................................................

Address: ..........................................................................................

.........................................................................................................

.........................................................PIN: ........................................

Phone No. .......................................................................................

e-mail: ..............................................................................................

Blood Group: ...................................................................................

In case of emergency contact Mr/Ms: .............................................

Phone No. .......................................................................................

Address: ..........................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................